Fix copy/paste mistake in kvm_getswapinfo(3)
It seems this manpage was copied from kvm_getloadavg(3), but the
DIAGNOSTICS section was not updated completely. Update the section with
correct information about a return value of -1.
Without this patch, some CS4614 cards will need users to reload the driver manually or
the hardware won't be initialised properly. Something like:
# kldload snd_csa
# kldunload snd_csa
# kldload snd_csa
Tested with: Terratec SiXPack 5.1+
Fixes for the following issues:
1. Fix taskqueues drain/free to fix panic seen when interface is being
bought down and in parallel asynchronous link events happening.
2. Fix bxe_ifmedia_status()
Submitted by:[email protected] and [email protected]
Fix Issue with adding MultiCast Addresses. When multicast addresses are
added/deleted, the delete the multicast addresses previously programmed
in HW and reprogram the new set of multicast addresses.
Submitted by:[email protected]
1. state checks in bxe_tx_mq_start_locked() and bxe_tx_mq_start() to
sync threads during interface down or detach.
2. add sysctl to set pause frame parameters
3. increase max segs for TSO packets to BXE_TSO_MAX_SEGMENTS (32)
4. add debug messages for PHY
5. HW LRO support restricted to FreeBSD versions 8.x and above.
Submitted by: [email protected]
1. modify fwdump (a.k.a grcdump) so that grcdump memory is allocated
and freed on as needed basis.
2. grcdump can be taken at failure points by invoking bxe_grc_dump()
when trigger_grcdump sysctl flag is set. When grcdump is taken
grcdump_done sysctl flag is set.
3. grcdump_done can be monitored by the user to retrieve the grcdump
1. Process tx completions in bxe_periodic_callout_func() and
restart transmissions if possible.
2. For SIOCSIFFLAGS call bxe_init_locked() only if !BXE_STATE_DISABLED
3. remove code not needed in bxe_init_internal_common()
Submitted by:[email protected];[email protected]
Modified the use of bxe_grc_dump() function so that it can be invoked directly at any potential error path, where a fwdump is needed. The fwdump (a.k.a grcdump) is stored in a driver buffer. The sysctl grcdump_done indicates if a fwdump was taken and waiting to be retrieved.
The sysctl trigger_grcdump can be used to manually trigger a fwdump.
namecache hit. This was ommitted due to a merging error in r238913. The
effect was to usually break caching of negative name lookups in the NFS
client.
Submitted by: bde
Check for packet_length is greater than 60 bytes as well as packet_length is
greater than len_on_bd, before invoking the routine to handle jumbo over SGL
(bxe_service_rxsgl()).
Add counters for number of jumbo_over_SGL packets (rx_bxe_service_rxsgl) and
erroneous jumbo_over_SGL packets (rx_erroneous_jumbo_sge_pkts)
Fix formatting in bxe_sysctl_state()
Update to tzdata2015g:
Turkey's 2015 fall-back transition is scheduled for Nov. 8, not Oct. 25.
Norfolk moves from +1130 to +1100 on 2015-10-04 at 02:00 local time.
Fiji's 2016 fall-back transition is scheduled for January 17, not 24.
Fort Nelson, British Columbia will not fall back on 2015-11-01. It has
effectively been on MST (-0700) since it advanced its clocks on 2015-03-08.
New zone America/Fort_Nelson.
Just like the other file systems found in /sys/fs, g_vfs_open()
should be paried with g_vfs_close(). Though g_vfs_close() is a wrapper
around g_wither_geom_close(), r206130 added the following test in
g_vfs_open():
if (bo->bo_private != vp)
return (EBUSY);
Which will cause a 'Device busy' error inside reiserfs_mountfs() if
the same file system is re-mounted again after umount or mounting failure:
(case 1, /dev/ad4s3 is not a valid REISERFS partition)
# mount -t reiserfs -o ro /dev/ad4s3 /mnt
mount: /dev/ad4s3: Invalid argument
# mount -t msdosfs -o ro /dev/ad4s3 /mnt
mount: /dev/ad4s3: Device busy
(case 2, /dev/ad4s3 is a valid REISERFS partition)
# mount -t reiserfs -o ro /dev/ad4s3 /mnt
# umount /mnt
# mount -t reiserfs -o ro /dev/ad4s3 /mnt
mount: /dev/ad4s3: Device busy
On the other hand, g_vfs_close() 'fixed' the above cases by doing an
extra step to keep 'sc->sc_bo->bo_private' and 'cp->private' pointers
synchronised.
Reviewed by: kib
Though there is no direct midi_uninit() caller amongst existing drivers
at this moment, a quick experiment indicates that EBUSY gives users more
precise error message once drivers start to honour this result. For example,
emu_midi_detach() should check the result of mpu401_uninit() and block
module unloading if there is any MIDI I/O in progress.
Update to tzdata2015f:
Changes affecting future time stamps
North Korea switches to +0830 on 2015-08-15. (Thanks to Steffen Thorsen.)
The abbreviation remains "KST". (Thanks to Robert Elz.)
Uruguay no longer observes DST. (Thanks to Steffen Thorsen and Pablo Camargo.)
Changes affecting past and future time stamps
Moldova starts and ends DST at 00:00 UTC, not at 01:00 UTC. (Thanks to Roman Tudos.)
- Avoid lock contention in the if_transmit callback by using trylock and
enqueueing the frames when it fails. This way there is some latency
removed from the transmitting path.
- If IFF_DRV_OACTIVE is set (and also if IFF_DRV_RUNNING is not) just
enqueue the desired frames and return successful transmit. This way we
avoid to return errors on transmit side and resulting in
possible out-of-order frames. Please note that IFF_DRV_OACTIVE is set
everytime we get the threshold ring hit, so this can be happening quite
often.
Submitted by: [email protected]
Fix swapped copyin(9) arguments in cxgb's iwch_arm_cq() function.
Detected by clang 3.7.0 with the warning:
sys/dev/cxgb/ulp/iw_cxgb/iw_cxgb_provider.c:309:18: error: variable
'rptr' is uninitialized when used here [-Werror,-Wuninitialized]
chp->cq.rptr = rptr;
^~~~
In bxe_set_mc_list(): added missing BXE_MCAST_UNLOCK()
In __ecore_vlan_mac_h_exec_pending(): need to check for ECORE_PENDING
Submitted by:[email protected]
PHY LOCK acquires the hardware lock via bxe_acquire_phy_lock() and releases it via bxe_release_phy_lock(). It was simply acquiring a mutex earlier which can cause the PHY to use bogus values. Fixes intermittent link failures.
bxe_ioctl() completes all functions within its context as opposed to a taskqueue earlier.
bxe_handle_rx_mode_tq() no longer required. bxe_set_rx_mode() handles the functionality within its context
Submitted by:[email protected]
Fix the following clang 3.7.0 warnings in lib/libfetch/http.c:
lib/libfetch/http.c:1628:26: error: address of array 'purl->user'
will always evaluate to 'true' [-Werror,-Wpointer-bool-conversion]
aparams.user = purl->user ?
~~~~~~^~~~ ~
lib/libfetch/http.c:1630:30: error: address of array 'purl->pwd'
will always evaluate to 'true' [-Werror,-Wpointer-bool-conversion]
aparams.password = purl->pwd?
~~~~~~^~~~
lib/libfetch/http.c:1657:25: error: address of array 'url->user'
will always evaluate to 'true' [-Werror,-Wpointer-bool-conversion]
aparams.user = url->user ?
~~~~~^~~~ ~
lib/libfetch/http.c:1659:29: error: address of array 'url->pwd'
will always evaluate to 'true' [-Werror,-Wpointer-bool-conversion]
aparams.password = url->pwd ?
~~~~~^~~ ~
lib/libfetch/http.c:1669:25: error: address of array 'url->user'
will always evaluate to 'true' [-Werror,-Wpointer-bool-conversion]
aparams.user = url->user ?
~~~~~^~~~ ~
lib/libfetch/http.c:1671:29: error: address of array 'url->pwd'
will always evaluate to 'true' [-Werror,-Wpointer-bool-conversion]
aparams.password = url->pwd ?
~~~~~^~~ ~
Since url->user and url->pwd are arrays, they can never be NULL, so the
checks can be removed.
Reviewed by: bapt
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D2673
Update to tzdata2015e:
Changes affecting future time stamps
Morocco will suspend DST from 2015-06-14 03:00 through 2015-07-19 02:00,
not 06-13 and 07-18 as we had guessed. (Thanks to Milamber.)
Assume Cayman Islands will observe DST starting next year, using US rules.
Although it isn't guaranteed, it is the most likely.
Add stat counters for Jumbo Frames using SGE ring.
Also remove the checks for IFCAP_LRO in bxe_alloc_fp_buffers() and bxe_pf_rx_q_prep() since both TPA and Jumbo can use SGE ring.
Submitted by:[email protected]
Ensure that the static structs emitted by the MODULE_DEPEND() and
MODULE_VERSION() macros don't end up as .comm symbols, when all the
version fields are zero.
Normally, such symbols will end up in .bss, but for kernel module
version objects, this can lead to "garbage" version numbers.
Fix this by instructing the compiler to always put these structs in the
.data segment instead.
Reported by: delphij, ae
Update to tzdata2015d:
Release 2015d - 2015-04-24 08:09:46 -0700
Changes affecting future time stamps
Egypt will not observe DST in 2015 and will consider canceling it
permanently. For now, assume no DST indefinitely.
(Thanks to Ahmed Nazmy and Tim Parenti.)
Change affecting past and future time zone abbreviations
The abbreviations for Hawaii-Aleutian standard and daylight times
have been changed from HAST/HADT to HST/HDT, as per US Government
Printing Office style. This affects only America/Adak since 1983,
as America/Honolulu was already using the new style.
Update to tzdata2015c:
Release 2015c - 2015-04-11 08:55:55 -0700
Changes affecting future time stamps
Egypt's spring-forward transition is at 24:00 on April's last Thursday,
not 00:00 on April's last Friday. 2015's transition will therefore be on
Thursday, April 30 at 24:00, not Friday, April 24 at 00:00. Similar fixes
apply to 2026, 2037, 2043, etc. (Thanks to Steffen Thorsen.)
When an mbuf allocation fails in the receive path, the mbuf containing the received packet is not sent to the host network stack and is reused again on the receive ring. Remaining received packets in the ring are not processed in that invocation of bxe_rxeof() and defered to the task thread
Release 2015b - 2015-03-19 23:28:11 -0700
Changes affecting future time stamps
Mongolia will start observing DST again this year, from the last
Saturday in March at 02:00 to the last Saturday in September at 00:00.
(Thanks to Ganbold Tsagaankhuu.)
Palestine will start DST on March 28, not March 27. Also,
correct the fall 2014 transition from September 26 to October 24.
Adjust future predictions accordingly. (Thanks to Steffen Thorsen.)
Changes affecting past time stamps
The 1982 zone shift in Pacific/Easter has been corrected, fixing a 2015a
regression. (Thanks to Stuart Bishop for reporting the problem.)
Some more zones have been turned into links, when they differed
from existing zones only for older time stamps. As usual,
these changes affect UTC offsets in pre-1970 time stamps only.
Their old contents have been moved to the 'backzone' file.
The affected zones are: America/Antigua, America/Cayman,
Pacific/Midway, and Pacific/Saipan.
Changes affecting time zone abbreviations
Correct the 1992-2010 DST abbreviation in Volgograd from "MSK" to "MSD".
(Thanks to Hank W.)
Release 2015a - 2015-01-29
Changes affecting future time stamps
The Mexican state of Quintana Roo, represented by America/Cancun,
will shift from Central Time with DST to Eastern Time without DST
on 2015-02-01 at 02:00. (Thanks to Steffen Thorsen and Gwillim Law.)
Chile will not change clocks in April or thereafter; its new standard time
will be its old daylight saving time. This affects America/Santiago,
Pacific/Easter, and Antarctica/Palmer. (Thanks to Juan Correa.)
New leap second 2015-06-30 23:59:60 UTC as per IERS Bulletin C 49.
(Thanks to Tim Parenti.)
Changes affecting past time stamps
Iceland observed DST in 1919 and 1921, and its 1939 fallback
transition was Oct. 29, not Nov. 29. Remove incorrect data from
Shanks about time in Iceland between 1837 and 1908.
Some more zones have been turned into links, when they differed
from existing zones only for older time stamps. As usual,
these changes affect UTC offsets in pre-1970 time stamps only.
Their old contents have been moved to the 'backzone' file.
The affected zones are: Asia/Aden, Asia/Bahrain, Asia/Kuwait,
and Asia/Muscat.
Pull in r174303 from upstream gcc trunk (by Jason Merrill):
PR c++/48211
* name-lookup.h (cp_class_binding): Make base a pointer.
* name-lookup.c (new_class_binding): Adjust.
(poplevel_class): Adjust.
This fixes a potential segfault when compiling gold, a part of the
devel/binutils port, with gcc. See also the upstream bug report:
https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=48211
Thanks to Jason Merrill, Tom Callaway and Red Hat legal for approving
the use of this patch under the GNU GPL, version 2 or later.
Fix the following -Werror warnings from clang 3.5.0, while building
bsnmpd's snmp_hostres module:
usr.sbin/bsnmpd/modules/snmp_hostres/hostres_snmp.c:204:20: error: absolute value function 'abs' given an argument of type 'const long' but has parameter of type 'int' which may cause truncation of value [-Werror,-Wabsolute-value]
str[9] = (u_char)(abs(tm->tm_gmtoff) / 3600);
^
usr.sbin/bsnmpd/modules/snmp_hostres/hostres_snmp.c:204:20: note: use function 'labs' instead
str[9] = (u_char)(abs(tm->tm_gmtoff) / 3600);
^~~
labs
usr.sbin/bsnmpd/modules/snmp_hostres/hostres_snmp.c:205:22: error: absolute value function 'abs' given an argument of type 'const long' but has parameter of type 'int' which may cause truncation of value [-Werror,-Wabsolute-value]
str[10] = (u_char)((abs(tm->tm_gmtoff) % 3600) / 60);
^
usr.sbin/bsnmpd/modules/snmp_hostres/hostres_snmp.c:205:22: note: use function 'labs' instead
str[10] = (u_char)((abs(tm->tm_gmtoff) % 3600) / 60);
^~~
labs
Since tm::tm_gmtoff is a long, use labs(3) instead.
Fix the following -Werror warnings from clang 3.5.0, while building
usr.bin/locate:
usr.bin/locate/locate/util.c:249:29: error: taking the absolute value of unsigned type 'unsigned int' has no effect [-Werror,-Wabsolute-value]
MAXPATHLEN, abs(i) < abs(htonl(i)) ? i : htonl(i));
^
usr.bin/locate/locate/util.c:249:29: note: remove the call to 'abs' since unsigned values cannot be negative
MAXPATHLEN, abs(i) < abs(htonl(i)) ? i : htonl(i));
^~~
usr.bin/locate/locate/util.c:274:32: error: taking the absolute value of unsigned type 'unsigned int' has no effect [-Werror,-Wabsolute-value]
MAXPATHLEN, abs(word) < abs(htonl(word)) ? word :
^
usr.bin/locate/locate/util.c:274:32: note: remove the call to 'abs' since unsigned values cannot be negative
MAXPATHLEN, abs(word) < abs(htonl(word)) ? word :
^~~
The problem is that ntohl() always returns an unsigned quantity. In
this case, it's expected to be cast back to a signed integer, but to
stop complaints about abs() we just store it into an integer, and don't
call ntohl() again.
Reviewed by: ngie
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1196
Release 2014j - 2014-11-10 17:37:11 -0800
Changes affecting current and future time stamps
Turks & Caicos' switch from US eastern time to UTC-4 year-round
did not occur on 2014-11-02 at 02:00. It's currently scheduled
for 2015-11-01 at 02:00. (Thanks to Chris Walton.)
Changes affecting past time stamps
Many pre-1989 time stamps have been corrected for Asia/Seoul and
Asia/Pyongyang, based on sources for the Korean-language Wikipedia
entry for time in Korea. (Thanks to Sanghyuk Jung.) Also, no
longer guess that Pyongyang mimicked Seoul time after World War II,
as this is politically implausible.
Some more zones have been turned into links, when they differed
from existing zones only for older time stamps. As usual,
these changes affect UTC offsets in pre-1970 time stamps only.
Their old contents have been moved to the 'backzone' file.
The affected zones are: Africa/Addis_Ababa, Africa/Asmara,
Africa/Dar_es_Salaam, Africa/Djibouti, Africa/Kampala,
Africa/Mogadishu, Indian/Antananarivo, Indian/Comoro, and
Indian/Mayotte.
Changes affecting commentary
The commentary is less enthusiastic about Shanks as a source,
and is more careful to distinguish UT from UTC.
Fix a clang 3.5 warning about abs(3) being given an argument of type
quad_t in setusercontext(). While here, sanitize the clamping of the
priority value, and use the correct type for the return value of
login_getcapnum().
Reviewed by: kib
Upgrade to 2014i
Lots of historical data
Pacific/Fiji will go into DST from 2014-11-02 to 2015-01-18
Pacific/Bougainville will go from UTC+10 to UTC+11.
Europe/Minsk will go from FET to MSK.
For C++ programs, don't emit any explicit dependency to libstdc++.a or
libc++.a during the early build stages (bootstrap-tools, build-tools,
cross-tools), since it is not possible to know in advance which C++
library is available on the host system.
Instead, just use the bootstrap compiler's built-in default. This
should eventually make it possible to build stable/9 on head, or on
stable/10, which ship without libstdc++ by default.
[Note: this should get the stable/7 tinderbox at least a bit further in
buildworld.]
Initiate error recovery stats fail to update after 3 retries.
Change bxe_panic() ECORE_DBG_BREAK_IF() ECORE_BUG() ECORE_BUG_ON() to
panic only if ECORE_STOP_ON_ERROR is defined.
- Parts of Russia will change times on 2014-10-26.
- Time zone name changes for Asia/Novokuznetsk and Xinjiang and Samoa
and America/Metlakatla, new zones Asia/Chita and Asia/Srednekolymsk.
- Australia will now use Axxx.
- New zone tab data format.
And lots of historical changes (See
http://mm.icann.org/pipermail/tz-announce/2014-August/000023.html
for the full details.)
In camisr() clear CAM_SIM_ON_DONEQ flag after camisr_runqueue() purged SIM
done queue. Clearing it before caused extra SIM queueing in some cases.
It was invisible during normal operation, but during USB device unplug and
respective SIM destruction it could keep pointer on SIM without having
counted reference and as result crash the system by use afer free.
PR: usb/168743
Modify Copyright information and other strings to reflect
Qlogic Corporation's purchase of Broadcom's NetXtreme business.
Added clean option to Makefile
Submitted by: David C Somayajulu ([email protected]) QLogic Corporation
Modify Copyright information to reflect Qlogic Corporation's purchase
of Broadcom's NetXtreme business
Submitted by:David C Somayajulu ([email protected]) QLogic Corporation
which can result in different warnings-as-errors in this tool, but these
are all completely harmless.
This is a direct commit to stable/7, stable/8, stable/9 and stable/10,
since this kernel build tool has already been removed in head.
In g_eli_crypto_hmac_init(), zero out after using the ipad buffer,
k_ipad.
Note that the two consumers in geli(4) are not affected by this
issue because the way the code is constructed and as such, we
believe there is no security impact with or without this change
with geli(4)'s usage.
Reported by: Serge van den Boom <serge vdboom.org>
Reviewed by: pjd
For sys/boot/i386 and sys/boot/pc98, separate flags to be passed
directly to the linker (LD_FLAGS) from flags passed indirectly, via the
compiler driver (LDFLAGS).
This is because several Makefiles under sys/boot/i386 and sys/boot/pc98
use ${LD} directly to link, and the normal LDFLAGS value should not be
used in these cases.
In sys/dev/scc, remove unused static function scc_setmreg(). While
here, invoke scc_getmreg() in two more places where it can be used.
Reviewed by: marcel
In sys/dev/mcd/mcd.c, mark the static const COPYRIGHT string as __used,
so it ends up in the object file, and no warnings are emitted about it
being actually unused.
tzdata2013f
- Jordan goes to winter time on the last Friday in October.
- Tocantins in Brazil will not go into summer time in October.
- Indonesian time zones renames.
- Lots of cleanups in with regarding to links and historical data.
tzdata2013h
- Libya didn't go back to DST.
- Fix Morocco 2038 issue.
- Brazil/Acre and ?Western Amazonas are chaning timezones.
Fix a bug in ld, where indirect symbols are not handled properly during
linking of a shared library, leading to corrupt indexes in the dynamic
symbol table. This should fix the multimedia/ffmpegthumbnailer port.
Reported by: swills
to prevent problems between the resolver and Microsoft DNS servers with
AAAA lookups. The upstream open source project will work on a more
permanent fix for the next release. Issue noted by Pavel Timofeev.
- Morocco:
announced that the year's Ramadan daylight-savings transitions
would be 2013-07-07 and 2013-08-10.
- Israel:
As of 2013, DST starts at 02:00 on the Friday before the last
Sunday in March. DST ends at 02:00 on the first Sunday after
October 1, unless it occurs on the second day of the Jewish Rosh
Hashana holiday, in which case DST ends a day later (i.e. at 02:00
the first Monday after October 2). [Rosh Hashana holidays are
factored in until 2100.]
For ATA_PASSTHROUGH commands, pretend isci(4) supports multiword DMA
by treating it as UDMA.
This fixes a problem introduced in r249933/r249939, where CAM sends
ATA_DSM_TRIM to SATA devices using ATA_PASSTHROUGH_16. scsi_ata_trim()
sets protocol as DMA (not UDMA) which is for multi-word DMA, even
though no such mode is selected for the device. isci(4) would fail
these commands which is the correct behavior but not consistent with
other HBAs, namely LSI's.
smh@ did some further testing on an LSI controller, which rejected
ATA_PASSTHROUGH_16 commands with mode=UDMA_OUT, even though only
a UDMA mode was selected on the device. So this precludes adding
any kind of mode detection in CAM to determine which mode to use on
a per-device basis.
Note: The reasons behind this change do not apply to stable/7. This MFC
is to keep the driver consistent across stable branches and current.
Sponsored by: Intel
When gcc 4.2.0 was imported, the 3DNow intrinsics header <mm3dnow.h> was
not added to the list of intrinsics headers to install, so belatedly (5
years :) add it.
Return a lun count of 1 and a lun id of 0 when CAM attempts a REPORT_LUNS
command on a disk device. This quieseces some noise on the console that
recently appeared.
When rebooting (exiting) from the BTX loader, make sure to restore the
GDT from the correct segment, otherwise a triple fault would be caused.
In some virtual environments (VMware, VirtualBox, etc) this could lead
to a unhandled error or hang in the guest emulation software.
Thanks to avg and jhb for a few hints in the right direction.
Noticed by: Jeremy Chadwick <[email protected]> (and many others)
- antarctica: AusAQ and ATAQ have been removed.
- Antarctica/Macquarie has been moved to australasia file and AU.
- Asia/Hebron, Palestine updated for 2013.
- Paraguay stays with DST for the whole year.
Notify CAM on state* change to a logical volume not status. This resolves
the issues reported regarding camcontrol devlist not showing the rebuild
states of volumes unless an explicit camcontrol rescan was executed.
Ensure make -j N universe works correctly, by checking for an up-to-date
make before starting the universe targets themselves. Otherwise, all of
the targets would attempt to build make simultaneously, overwriting each
other's copies of the make object files and executable. This could lead
to strange errors, for example when partially-written make executables
are invoked.
Also amend r216620, to make the rest of universe wait properly until the
upgrade_checks target is finished, by adding universe_${target}_prologue
to the .ORDER target. Otherwise, make will be too smart for its own
good, and start building the universe targets simultaneously with the
prologues anyway.
hw.ciss.expose_hidden_physical=1 on a HP ProLiant DL360 G6 (and possibly
others) due to mishandling of error value in acpica on stable/7
Note that this is a direct commit as this code has been fixed in stable/8
(8.4 included) and higher release for quite some time.
PR: kern/152250
Submitted by: Loic Pefferkorn <[email protected]>
Reviewed by: avg@
Similar to r239870 and r239872, teach the other binutils tools about the
DW_FORM_flag_present dwarf attribute, so they do not print errors or
warnings on files that contain it. (This attribute can be emitted by
newer versions of clang and gcc.)
The hashmask returned by hashinit() is a valid index in the returned hash array.
Fix a siftr(4) potential memory leak and INVARIANTS triggered kernel panic in
hashdestroy() by ensuring the last array index in the flow counter hash table is
flushed of entries.
- Complete r231621 (MFC'ed to stable/7 in r232094) by also blacklisting the
bridge used by VMware for PCIe devices. While at it, update the comment
now that we know that MSI-X doesn't work with ESXi 5.1 for Intel 82576
either and the underlying issue is a bug in the MSI-X allocation code of
the hypervisor.
Reported by: Harald Schmalzbauer
- Make the nomatch table const.
Correct a typo introduced in r153575, which gives inverted logic when
handling blocking semantics when seeding.
PR: kern/143298
Submitted by: James Juran <james juran baesystems com>
Reviewed by: markm
Add a sample program that shows how a custom comparison function and
qsort(3) can work together to sort an array of integers.
PR: docs/176197
Submitted by: Fernando, fapesteguia at opensistemas.com
Christoph Mallon, christoph.mallon at gmx.de
Approved by: gjb (mentor), remko (mentor)
This small change takes care of a race condition
that can occur when both sides close at the same time.
If that occurs, without this fix the connection enters
FIN1 on both sides and they will forever send FIN|ACK at
each other until the connection times out. This is because
we stopped processing the FIN|ACK and thus did not advance
the sequence and so never ACK'd each others FIN. This
fix adjusts it so we *do* process the FIN properly and
the race goes away ;-)
Approved by: rrs
Approved by: emaste (co-mentor)
Import change 40eebf235370b6fe6353784ccf01ab92eed062a5 from upstream wpa:
From: Jouni Malinen <[email protected]>
Date: Fri, 15 Jul 2011 13:42:06 +0300
Subject: [PATCH] MD5: Fix clearing of temporary stack memory to use correct length
sizeof of the structure instead of the pointer was supposed to be used
here. Fix this to clear the full structure at the end of MD5Final().
Found by: clang ToT
Reviewed by: rpaulo
Protect against DoS attacks, such as being described in CVE-2010-2632.
The changes were derived from what has been committed to NetBSD, with
modifications. These are:
1. Preserve the existsing GLOB_LIMIT behaviour by including the number
of matches to the set of parameters to limit.
2. Change some of the limits to avoid impacting normal use cases:
GLOB_LIMIT_STRING - change from 65536 to ARG_MAX so that glob(3)
can still provide a full command line of expanded names.
GLOB_LIMIT_STAT - change from 128 to 1024 for no other reason than
that 128 feels too low (it's not a limit that impacts the
behaviour of the test program listed in CVE-2010-2632).
GLOB_LIMIT_PATH - change from 1024 to 65536 so that glob(3) can
still provide a fill command line of expanded names.
3. Protect against buffer overruns when we hit the GLOB_LIMIT_STAT or
GLOB_LIMIT_READDIR limits. We append SEP and EOS to pathend in
those cases. Return GLOB_ABORTED instead of GLOB_NOSPACE when we
would otherwise overrun the buffer.
This change also modifies the existing behaviour of glob(3) in case
GLOB_LIMIT is specifies by limiting the *new* matches and not all
matches. This is an important distinction when GLOB_APPEND is set or
when the caller uses a non-zero gl_offs. Previously pre-existing
matches or the value of gl_offs would be counted in the number of
matches even though the man page states that glob(3) would return
GLOB_NOSPACE when gl_matchc or more matches were found.
The limits that cannot be circumvented are GLOB_LIMIT_STRING and
GLOB_LIMIT_PATH all others can be crossed by simply calling glob(3)
again and with GLOB_APPEND set.
The entire description above applies only when GLOB_LIMIT has been
specified of course. No limits apply when this flag isn't set!
Obtained from: Juniper Networks, Inc
In globextend() when the pathv vector cannot be (re-)allocated, don't
free and clear the gl_pathv pointer in the glob_t structure. Such
breaks the invariant of the glob_t structure, as stated in the comment
right in front of the globextend() function. If gl_pathv was non-NULL,
then gl_pathc was > 0. Making gl_pathv a NULL pointer without also
setting gl_pathc to 0 is wrong.
Since we otherwise don't free the memory associated with a glob_t in
error cases, it's unlikely that this change will cause a memory leak
that wasn't already there to begin with. Callers of glob(3) must
call globfree(3) irrespective of whether glob(3) returned an error
or not.
MFC r243759 (marcel):
In globextend(), take advantage of the fact that realloc(NULL, size) is
equivalent to malloc(size). This eliminates the conditional expression
used for calling either realloc() or malloc() when realloc() will do
all the time.
Remove 'dangerous' instructions from the example make.conf.
Clarify when and why these might be used and that this isn't a supported
configuration.
PR: docs/144488
Approved by: cperciva (mentor, implicit)
Satisfy the intent of kern/151564: [ciss] ciss(4) should increase
CISS_MAX_LOGICAL to 107
Submitter wanted to increase the number of logical disks supported by ciss(4)
by simply raising the CISS_MAX_LOGICAL value even higher. Instead, consult
the documentation for the raid controller (OPENCISS) and poke the controller
bits to ask it for how many logical/physical disks it can handle.
Revert svn R242089 that raised CISS_MAX_LOGICAL to 64 for all controllers.
For older controllers that don't support this mechanism, fallback to the old
value of 16 logical disks. Tested on P420, P410, P400 and 6i model ciss(4)
controllers.
This should will be MFC'd back to stable/9 stable/8 and stable/7 after the MFC
period.
- Add a -P option to support PID files. When -a is specified
/var/run/rarpd.pid is used by default, and when an interface is
specified /var/run/rarpd.<ifname>.pid is used by default.
Approved by: hrs, emaste (co-mentor)
r242697:
Add devd.conf(5) and devd(8) to SEE ALSO xrefs. Give users a pointer to
seemingly mysterious actions that are not done by ifconfig itself, but
by devd triggering on events caused by ifconfig.
r242704:
Remove fifteen-year-old notes on media selection (suggested by simon@).
Add commas after "e.g." and "i.e.".
PR: docs/173405
Fix a bug in ld --gc-sections: it strips out .note sections, while it
should never do so. This can cause global constructors and destructors
to not be executed at run-time, resulting in crashes and other strange
behaviour.
Reported by: rene
- Make sure that errno isn't modified before calling logerror() in error
conditions.
- Don't check for AF_INET6 when compiled without INET6 support.
Approved by: emaste (co-mentor)
Add ability to mergemaster to permit the user to type
the absolute path to PAGER if mergemaster can not find
the one already set.
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
Fix an old bug in devd, where it uses std::sort() to sort the various
lists it reads from its configuration files on the priority field.
Because some items in the lists have the same priority, and std::sort()
is not stable, the exact order in which the items are enumerated does
not have to correspond to the order they appear in the configuration
files.
Apparently this was never noticed with libstdc++, but with libc++ it
could cause the "uhid" entry from /etc/devd/usb.conf to be used instead
of the "ums" entry (which is earlier in the file). This caused the
problem described in the PR: the USB mouse module was never loaded, and
the other actions (such as starting moused) were not executed.
To fix the problem, make devd use std:stable_sort() instead.
Reported by: Jan Beich <[email protected]>
PR: bin/172958
Add 'w' flag to:
Use whitespace (spaces and tabs) as the delimiter.
Consecutive spaces and tabs count as one single field
separator.
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
Use Bernard Baruch's full name.
The words "old than" seem to be quoted as "older than" by some sources,
so use the more likely and grammatically correct text.
PR: docs/173868
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
Don't call bus_dmamap_load in CAM_DIR_NONE case, since there is nothing
to map, and technically this isn't allowed.
Functionally, it works OK (at least on x86) to call bus_dmamap_load with
a NULL data pointer and zero length, so this is primarily for correctness
and consistency with other drivers.
While here, remove check in isci_io_request_construct for nseg==0.
Previously, bus_dmamap_load would pass nseg==1, even for case where
buffer is NULL and length = 0, which allowed CAM_DIR_NONE CCBs
to get processed. This check is not correct though, and needed to be
removed both for the changes elsewhere in this patch, as well as jeff's
preliminary bus_dmamap_load_ccb patch (which uncovered all of this in
the first place).
Add support for a -q flag. While here make the custom argument parsing
use getopt instead of hacking on it more. This change also fixes the
method of silencing the compiler warning about gfn being used
uninitialized.
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
Remove hack to emulate effective uid and just use the EUID's name in the
first place. I was unaware of this option when originally committing
this change.
I accidently merged this to only one directory last time :(
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
Remove hack to emulate effective uid and just use the EUID's name in the
first place. I was unaware of this option when originally committing
this change.
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
Follow the behavior as specified in POSIX:
if (exists AND (NOT f_option) AND
((not_writable AND input_is_terminal) OR i_option))
prompt
in particular, add the test for input_is_terminal
PR: bin/173039
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
Add an ifconfig carp option that enables users to set
the state of the carp cluster.
This is a direct commit to stable/9 because -HEAD's
code is very different. I discussed this with Gleb
and the reason for this is that since we do not
touch the kernel itself and are not adding very
weird or confusing things, we can commit this to the
stable branch directly.
The options 'master' and 'backup' are now available,
which enables the administrator to force a node into
the backup or master state on the cluster. Ofcourse
preempt has to be disabled otherwise the master node
will become master again.
One can do that with:
sysctl net.inet.carp.preempt=0
After that one can schedule maintenance on the node
normally running as the master and such.
PR: 100956
Discussed with: glebius
Use the macro for standard error return values.
.Dd not bumped because there is no important content change.
Obtained from: DragonflyBSD
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
Fix a bug in aicasm_gram.y, noted by a newer clang 3.2 snapshot: it
compared an enum scope_type against a yacc-generated define, so the
condition would always be false.
Remove useless atoi(3), previous strspn(3) makes sure that a_name->val is a
number.
This also allow pw user show to work as expected.
PR: bin/172112
Submitted by: Ilya A. Arkhipov <[email protected]>
Add support for a few more devices:
PNP0510 and FUJ02E5 for a "Wacom Tablet at FuS Lifebook T"
PNP0502 and PNP0511 for some other generic devices.
PR: kern/173357
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
10 years too late add support for "2.88MB 3.5in Extra High Density"
floppies.
Its unlikely that anyone actually uses these or cares about these
anymore, since we support other floppy types and this change doesn't
hurt - just add it.
PR: conf/40777
Arrival-Date: Fri Jul 19 08:50:02 PDT 2002
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
Revert the change that makes less default.
Since I've committed this I've receieved roughly an equal
amount of email thanking me for making this change
and asking me to revert it.
I've resisted making this change because
new users tend to prefer less over more
and these users are the least likely to know
how to change the PAGER on their own.
Requested by: many
Objected to: just as many
Decision made by: core
====
Change default prompt to show ~ again for the home directory
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
MFH r221830: mark all descriptors close-on-exec
MFH r225813: man page fixes
MFH r225814: adjust copyright statement
MFH r226537: latin1 -> utf8
MFH r230307, r230478: fix SIGINFO infinite loop and data loss
MFH r233648: man page fixes
MFH r234138: support percent-encoded user and password
MFH r234837: avoid busy-loop on slow connections
MFH r234838: don't reuse credentials when redirected to another host
MFH r236193: avoid SIGPIPE on network connections
MFH r240496: use libmd if and only if OpenSSL is not available
Initialize the response queue mutex a bit earlier to avoid a panic that
occurs if t3_sge_alloc_qset fails and then t3_free_qset attempts to
destroy an uninitialized mutex.
Update the kill(2) and killpg(2) man pages to the modern permission
checks. Also indicate killpg(2) is POSIX compliant.
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
Don't deny non-temporary redirects if the -A option is set (per
the man page) [0]
While here add support for draft-reschke-http-status-308-07
PR: 172451 [0]
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
Update the kill(2) and killpg(2) man pages to the modern permission
checks. Also indicate killpg(2) is POSIX compliant.
Correct the killpg(2) return values:
Return EPERM if processes were found but they
were unable to be signaled.
Return the first error from p_cansignal if no signal was successful.
Discussed with: jilles
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
Align the PCI Express #defines with the style used for the PCI-X
#defines. This has the advantage that it makes the names more
compact, and also allows us to correct the non-uniform naming of
the PCIM_LINK_* defines, making them all consistent amongst themselves.
This is a mostly mechanical rename:
s/PCIR_EXPRESS_/PCIER_/g
s/PCIM_EXP_/PCIEM_/g
s/PCIM_LINK_/PCIEM_LINK_/g
In this MFC, #defines have been added for the old names to assist
merges and out-of-tree drivers.
Check the return error of set[e][ug]id. While this can never fail in the
current version of FreeBSD, this isn't guarenteed by the API.
Custom security modules, or future implementations of the setuid and
setgid may fail.
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
It seems that what the code really meant is that when a write is completed,
do a BUS_DMASYNC_POSTWRITE over the DMA map. The way it currently is would
only do POSTREAD for read transactions.
Submitted by: Sascha Wildner
bcd isn't installed setuid.
caesar isn't installed setuid.
For the archaeologists:
it seems this call originally came from NetBSD PR 5970 and 5945
PR: 172566
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
Be a bit more lenient in the maximum number of redirects allowed.
Chrome and Firefox have a limit of 20. IE has a limit of 8.
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
Fix conditional expression: previously a bit vector was being operated
on by a logical not instead of the entire expression.
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
Remove undefined behavior from sranddev() and
srandomdev(). This doesn't actually work
with any modern C compiler:
In particular, both clang and modern gcc
verisons silently elide any xor operation
with 'junk'.
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
Add constants for programming interfaces for NVM/solid state storage
controller sub-class code.
Reference: PCI Code and ID Assignment Specification Rev 1.2
This patch fixes a nit in the em, lem, and igb driver statistics. Increment
adapter->dropped_pkts instead of if_ierrors because if_ierrors is
overwritten by hw stats collection.
Submitted by: Andrew Boyer <[email protected]>
Reviewed by: Jack F Vogel <[email protected]>
MF9: r237100: MFC r236338, r236339, r236346, r236347, r236365, & r236977
* Deprecate the FreeBSD 10's make's ":U" (to-upper case) and ":L"
(to-lower case) modifiers for ":tu" and ":tl".
* make it easier to test newly-built make.
* Add "-V '${VAR}'" variable expansion from Portable Berkeley Make.
* regression test for '-V' command line option and the :t[lu] modifiers.
MF9: r241364: Update MAKE_VERSION for r237100.
MFC: r201225: add missing `void' keyword.
Remove references to CVS so that people will stop bringing it up
For -p:
The localtime update should have been excluded in the first place
The make.conf comparison has been OBE for some time now, and there
is no src.conf equivalent to share/examples/make.conf, so remove
the whole thing.
Update copyright
Correct the tip about finding all the directories on the system
Add a tip about clearing the screen.
Make things more consistent by removing quotes around 'make search'
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
In snmp_hostres, device_map table is used for consistent device table
indexing. When a device has gone it is not removed from device_map
table but just its entry_p field is set to NULL.
So when traversing device_map in disk_OS_get_ATA_disks() and
disk_OS_get_MD_disks() check for entry_p being NULL, otherwise the
bsnmpd crash is possible when a removed map entry is dereferenced.
Before the fix, for disk_OS_get_ATA_disks() the crash could be easily
reproduced running:
atacontrol detach ata1
The crash was not observed in disk_OS_get_MD_disks() because currently
snmp_hostres does no see md(4) disks: to get the device list it uses
devinfo(3), which does not return md devices.
Reported by: Miroslav Lachman 000.fbsd quip.cz
Define missing DEBUGOUT# macros. DEBUGOUT[45] are not yet used but are
being defined pre-emptively to avoid future build breakage
PR: kern/168967
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
When an MFI command fails, the driver needs to set bio->bio_resid so that
the upper levels notice. Otherwise we see commands silently failing leading
to data corruption. This mirrors dadone()
Submitted by: Andrew Boyer [email protected]
sys/dev/mfivar.h contains references to MFI_DEBUG, but it never gets turned on
unless the file also includes opt_mfi.h.
Submitted by: Andrew Boyer [email protected]
isci(4): Fix SCSI/ATA translation for SCSI_WRITE_BUFFER w/ mode==0x7
(download microcode with offsets, save, and activate).
SATI translation layer was incorrectly using allocation length instead
of blocks, and was constructing the ATA command incorrectly.
Also change #define to specify that the 512 block size here is
specific for DOWNLOAD_MICROCODE, and does not relate to the device's
logical block size.
Follow up to doc r39516:
Update the Vendor Relations Team information to reflect that
incoming email is now handled by core@ and the Foundation.
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
- Pacific/Fiji will go into DST from 21 October 2012 till 20 January 2013.
- Fix offset for Pacific/Tokelau.
- Gaza and West Bank had DST from 29 March to 28 September 2012.
- Syria has DST from April till October
- Morocco had DST from April to September 2012 except for 20 July to 20 August.
- Cuba changed to DST from 1 April 2012 only.
- Haiti has DST between 8 March and 1 November in 2012.
Obtained from: ftp://ftp.iana.org/tz/releases/
Teach libdwarf about the DW_FORM_flag_present dwarf attribute, so
programs using libdwarf (such as ctfconvert) don't error out on files
containing the attribute.
Teach gdb about the DW_FORM_flag_present dwarf attribute, so it doesn't
error out on files that contain it. (This attribute can be emitted by
newer versions of clang.)
Fix a twelve year old bug in readelf: when process_dynamic_segment()
encounters a DT_RUNPATH entry, the global dynamic_info[] array is
overrun, causing some other global variable to be overwritten.
In my testcase, this was the section_headers variable, leading to
segfaults or jemalloc assertions when it was freed later on.
Thanks to Koop Mast for providing samples of a few "bad" .so files.
Do not call sati_check_data_io() for SATI_UNMAP sequences.
This routine is intended only for commands such as INQUIRY where
the controller may fill out a smaller amount of data than allocated
by the host.
The end result of this bug was that isci(4) would report non-zero
resid for successful SCSI_UNMAP commands.
Sponsored by: Intel
Fix/add support for SCSI UNMAP to ATA DSM translation.
(Note: scsi_da does not support BIO_DELETE->SCSI_UNMAP on this
stable branch, but I am MFC'ing the changes to keep a
consistent driver across all stable releases.)
This addresses kernel panic observed when sending SCSI UNMAP
commands to SATA disks attached to isci(4).
1) Flesh out callback routines to allocate/free buffers needed for
translating SCSI UNMAP data to ATA DSM data.
2) Add controller-level pool for storing buffers previously allocated
for UNMAP translation, to lessen chance of no buffer available
under memory pressure.
3) Ensure driver properly handles case where buffer pool is empty
and contigmalloc returns NULL.
4) Clear freeze bit in isci_remote_device_release_lun_queue() before
calling xpt_release_devq to ensure that any ccbs which immediately
start during the call to xpt_release_devq() see an accurate picture
of the frozen_lun_mask. This code path is extensively exercised
when tagged read/write commands mix with non-tagged DSM commands.
Sponsored by: Intel
When ntp switched between PLL and FLL mode it produced a log message
"kernel time sync status change %04x". This issue is reported in ntp
bug 452[1] which claims that this behaviour is normal and the log
message isn't necessary. I'm not sure exactly when it was removed, but
it's gone in the latest ntp release (4.2.6p5).
[1] http://bugs.ntp.org/show_bug.cgi?id=452
RFC 2289 requires all hashes be stored in little endian format before
folding to 64 bits, while SHA1 code is big endian. Therefore, a bswap32
is required before using the value.
Without this change, the implementation does not conform to test vector
found in RFC 2289.
PR: bin/170519
Submitted by: Arthur Mesh <arthurmesh gmail com> (with changes)
Add a timeout on positive name cache entries in the NFS client. That is,
we will only trust a positive name cache entry for a specified amount of
time before falling back to a LOOKUP RPC, even if the ctime for the file
handle matches the cached copy in the name cache entry. The timeout is
configured via a global 'vfs.nfs.name_timeout' sysctl and defaults to 60
seconds. It may be set to zero to disable positive name caching entirely.
Note that this can result in increased NFS traffic under certain workloads.
Increasing the threshold can mitigate this somewhat. Also, to match the
existing 'vfs.nfs.negative_name_timeout' sysctl in 7, this version uses a
sysctl rather than a mount option as in 8.x and later.
Tested by: Mark Saad
- For dotdot lookup in nfs_lookup, inline the vn_vget_ino() to prevent
operating on the unmounted mount point and freed mount data in case of
forced unmount performed while dvp is unlocked to nget the target vnode.
- Close a race in NFS lookup processing that could result in stale name cache
entries on one client when a directory was renamed on another client. The
root cause for the stale entry being trusted is that each per-vnode nfsnode
structure has a single 'n_ctime' timestamp used to validate positive name
cache entries. However, if there are multiple entries for a single vnode,
they all share a single timestamp. To fix this, extend the name cache
to allow filesystems to optionally store a timestamp value in each name
cache entry. The NFS clients now fetch the timestamp associated with
each name cache entry and use that to validate cache hits instead of the
timestamps previously stored in the nfsnode. Another part of the fix is
that the NFS clients now use timestamps from the post-op attributes of
RPCs when adding name cache entries rather than pulling the timestamps out
of the file's attribute cache. The latter is subject to races with other
lookups updating the attribute cache concurrently.
- Adjust the nfs_skip_wcc_data_onerr setting so that it does not block
post-op attributes for ENOENT errors now that the name caching logic
depends on working post-op attributes.
Tested by: Mark Saad nonesuch longcount org
Use provided name when allocating ksid domain. It isn't really used on FreeBSD, but should fix a panic when pool is imported from another OS that is using this.
Requested by: nox
No objections: pjd
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
Implement handling of "atomic fragements" as outlined in
draft-gont-6man-ipv6-atomic-fragments to mitigate one class of
possible fragmentation-based attacks.
Explicitly mention that setting the change and expiry times to zero is
equivalent to leaving the time unset. [1]
Wordsmith in the compat support section.
Use a full path to nologin(8) in the context of setting it as a user's shell,
keeping a separate cross-reference.
PR: docs/169354 [1]
Approved by: hrs (mentor)
Unfortunately the change in r237958 resulted in s/install/instclean/ due to
the aggressive pattern matching of the :C modifier. I tested build and
install in 2 phases, however with different solutions, resulting in the
breakage. Mea culpa.
The solution is to break out the all: target. This causes a few lines of
code duplication, but now the all: target works as it should, and the
other targets continue to work as they did before.
While I'm here, add a ===> header line to the start of each port build
to make it easier to find/more clear in the logs.
For the ports modules building code, clean WRKDIR before building. This is
important for those that use -DNO_CLEAN routinely, since it will prevent
installing stale stuff, and even more important when the port is upgraded
to a newer version. When the user doesn't use -DNO_CLEAN, this will create
an infinitesimal amount of extra work, but won't hurt anything.
This is necessary because the ports tree has flags that prevent the ususal
'update the build if newer source files exist' logic from doing what it
would do in the base.
attach_generic causes missing devices in /dev when the driver interacts with some non-highpoint controollers. Change attach_generic to be off by default.
PR: kern/168910
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
The -S option, to specify the sector size, has been usable on all types
of memory disks since r135340. Update the man page to reflect this.
Noticed by: avg
Point out that /usr/src, /usr/doc, and /usr/ports may be empty or not
exist until populated with csup(1) or svn(1).
PR: 169487
Submitted by: Moritz Wilhelmy
Polish previous revision: if the fts_* routines have lstat()'ed the
directory entry then use the struct stat from that instead of doing
it again, and skip the rm_overwrite() call if fts_read() indicated
that the entry couldn't be a regular file.
Obtained from: OpenBSD
MFC r237284 (kevlo):
Fix potential symlink race condition in "rm -P" by adding a check
that the file we have opened is the one we expected. Also open in
non-blocking mode to avoid a potential hang with FIFOs.
Obtained from: NetBSD via OpenBSD
Tie up some loose ends r88509 left behind:
- chooseproc() is long gone, MLINK choosethread instead
- Update NAME section for choosethread
- Mark chooseproc.9 for removal
Currently the code uses gzFile * for a zlib file descriptor, which
is not correct. The code works by accident because gzFile is
currently defined as void *, and internally it would be casted from
or to its real type.
A newer version of zlib will instead define it as a pointer to a
specific type pointer (namely, struct gzFile_s *). This therefore
would cause stricter checks and compiler would catch this type
mismatch.
This change does not cause any changes to the resulting binary,
as validated with md5(1).
Include a warning when using the example code as it may not
work in unusual situations.
Also slightly optimize the command.
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
LOCALBASE/bin and sbin to PATH, which allows dependencies to be found;
adding SRC_BASE and OSVERSION to match the new kernel, and putting the
related builds under MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX so that they only need to be built
once per kernel.
In addition to the PR this includes ideas/contributions from crees
and matthew.
PR: ports/161452
Submitted by: Garrett Cooper <[email protected]>
- Update the swi_add prototype after struct ithd was split up into
struct intr_event and struct intr_thread. [1]
- Update the rest of struct ithd references.
- net_ih cookie has gone away.
- Document swi_remove(9).
PR: docs/166864 [1]
Only set _w to 0 when the file stream is not currently reading. Without this fflush may fail to write data in the buffer.
PR: kern/137819
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
In r178993, the ability to view a man page by giving a path to the
man page itself was added, but never documented. Subsequently, the
GNU-licensed man(1) and its man page were replaced by BSD licensed
implementations, and later on this undocumented functionality was
also added to the new BSD-licensed man(1), together with
documentation.
This is a merge of the documentation part of that commit (r213507)
into the GNU-licensed man(1) man page in stable/7, in order to
document the available functionality.
PR: docs/158973
Merge help: bz
Approved by: gabor (mentor)
Replace the use of wall clock time with monotonically increasing
clock. In general, gettimeofday() is not appropriate interface
when accounting for elasped time because it can go backward, in
which case the policy code could errornously consider the limit
as exceeded.
Reported by: Mahesh Arumugam
Submitted by: Dorr H. Clark via gnn
Sponsored by: Citrix / NetScaler
Relax security permissions on '.seq' file creation - the strict,
but odd permissions resulted in a security alert from 110.neggrpperm
PR: bin/165533
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
Try to finally get the point in time at which bge_add_sysctls() is called
right; it needs to be called before bge_can_use_msi() but in turn requires
bge_flags to be properly set.
Submitted by: yongari
- Print package name in case an empty pkgdep line is found.
PR: bin/164378
Submitted by: Yuri <yuri AT tsoft.com> and many others
Approved by: des (mentor)
Fix a bug in crypt(3) ignoring characters of a passphrase. [12:02]
Security: FreeBSD-SA-12:01.openssl (revised)
Security: FreeBSD-SA-12:02.crypt
Approved by: so (bz, simon)
Queue CCBs internally instead of using CAM_REQUEUE_REQ status. This fixes
problem where userspace apps such as smartctl fail due to CAM_REQUEUE_REQ
status getting returned when tagged commands are outstanding when smartctl
sends its I/O using the pass(4) interface.
Sponsored by: Intel
Introduce new device flag G_MIRROR_DEVICE_FLAG_TASTING. It should
protect geom from destroying while it is tasting.
MFC r235600:
Prevent removing of the last active component from a mirror.
PR: kern/154860
Reviewed by: pjd
Tested by: Eugene Grosbein
r228670
- Add support for UPDATING remote fetching.
- Reorganize EXAMPLES section in pkg_updating(1).
- Style fixes.
- Replace hardcoded INDEX version. [1]
- Fix a buffer overlap. [2]
- Remove empty package when fetching fails and -K is used. [3]
- Remove useless chmod2() after mkdtemp(3). [4]
- Replace mkdir(1) call with mkdir(2). [5]
- Get rid of some vsystem() calls.
- Switch from lstat(2) to open(2) in fexists().
- Try rename(2) in move_file() first.
- Fix pkg_delete, check if the file we're trying to delete is a
symlink before complaining that it doesn't exist. Typical case
would be a leftover library symlink that's left over after the
actual library has been removed.
- Print the package name on deletion errors.
- Staticify elide_root()
- In usr.sbin/pkg_install/updating/main.c, use the size of the destination
buffer as size argument to strlcpy(), not the length of the source
PR: bin/145101 [1], bin/139492 [2], bin/144919 [3]
bin/144920 [4], bin/144921 [5]
Submitted by: gcooper [1,2,3,4,5]
Approved by: des (mentor)
Do not toggle IFCAP_TSO4 if we would also do TSO6. Given the driver does
not currently announce/support TSO6 that cannot happen. Clean it up anyway
for consistency.
If we pass down 64k - L2 hdr size + 1 to 64K L3+ data adding an ether
header will make the data go over the 64k limits announced to busdma as
maxsize and the transaction will fail.
With TSO this can result in a TCP regression due to the lost packet.
According to the data sheets ixgbe(4) 82598 and 82599 can handle up to
256k so increase the maximum.
Reported by: Jon Kåre Hellan, UNINETT (jon.kare.hellan uninett.no)
Tested by: Jon Kåre Hellan, UNINETT (jon.kare.hellan uninett.no)
Fix PAWS (Protect Against Wrapped Sequence numbers) in cases when
hz >> 1000 and thus getting outside the timestamp clock frequenceny of
1ms < x < 1s per tick as mandated by RFC1323, leading to connection
resets on idle connections.
Always use a granularity of 1ms using getmicrouptime() making all but
relevant callouts independent of hz.
Use getmicrouptime(), not getmicrotime() as the latter may make a jump
possibly breaking TCP nfsroot mounts having our timestamps move forward
for more than 24.8 days in a second without having been idle for that
long.
PR: kern/61404
Introduce a new NET_RT_IFLISTL API to query the address list. It works
on extended and extensible structs if_msghdrl and ifa_msghdrl. This
will allow us to extend both the msghdrl structs and eventually if_data
in the future without breaking the ABI.
The MFC is just to provide the new API to old stable branches to make
updating and if needed downgrading a lot easier for updates to 10.
There are a couple of structs in mfireg.h with members named 'class'.
These cause problems when trying to include the header in a C++ project.
Rename them to 'evt_class', and track the change in mfi and mfiutil.
Submitted by: Mark Johnston
Sponsored by: Sandvine Incorporated
Missed with: r235636
Submitted by: Oliver Pinter (oliver.pntr gmail.com) to unbreak the build
r233711 -- IFV head_mfi into head for initial thunderbolt support
r233768 -- atomic_t --> mfi_atomic
r233805 -- fix tinderbuild, move megasas_sge to mfivar.h
r233877 -- remove atomic.h from includes
r235014 -- fix reading of sector >= 2^32 or 2^21, repair RAID handling
r235016 -- style(9)
r235040 -- fix returns from mfi_tbolt_sync_map_info()
r235318 -- repair panic on PAE i386
r235321 -- repair the repair of panics on PAE i386
Fix off-by-one error in sati_inquiry_block_device_translate_data(). Bug would
result in INQUIRY VPD 0x81 to SATA devices to return only 63 bytes of data
instead of 64 during SCSI/ATA translation.
Sponsored by: Intel
As cron(8) is started with '-s' by default, timezones that observe
DST should not need to worry about scheduling jobs when the DST time
changes.
Rather than removing the BUGS section in crontab(5) regarding this,
note that disabling '-s' may still cause jobs to be executed twice or
not at all.
PR: 166318
Return EBADF instead of EMFILE from dup2 when the second argument is
outside the range of valid file descriptors
PR: kern/164970
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
Expound a bit more about the system maximum number of FIBs,
how it may be set, and current limitations on the value.
PR: docs/157453
Approved by: hrs (mentor)
Back out r228476.
r228476 fixed superfluous link UP/DOWN messages but broke IPMI
access during boot. It's not clear why r228476 breaks IPMI and
should be revisited.
Reported by: Paul Guyot <paulguyot <> ieee dot org >
Fix read_ivar implementation for MMC and SD.
1. Both mmc_read_ivar() and sdhci_read_ivar() use the expression
'*(int *)result = val' to assign to result which is uintptr_t *.
This does not work on big-endian 64 bit systems.
2. The media_size ivar is declared as 'off_t' which does not fit
into uintptr_t in 32bit systems, change this to long.
Submitted by: kanthms at netlogicmicro com (initial version)
PR: 134745
s/Free Memory Pages/Free Memory/ to avoid confusion, since we're
reporting a number of bytes rather than a number of pages
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
r233688:
Remove task queue based link state change handler. Driver no longer
needs to defer link state handling.
While I'm here, mark IFF_DRV_RUNNING before changing media. If
link is established without any delay, that link state change
handling could be lost.
r233689:
Do not report current link status if driver is not running.
This change also workarounds dhclient's link state handling bug by
not giving current link status.
Unlike other controllers, ale(4)'s PHY hibernation perfectly works
such that driver does not see a valid link if the controller is not
brought up. If dhclient(8) runs on ale(4) it will blindly waits
until link UP and then gives up after 10 seconds. Because
dhclient(8) still thinks interface got a valid link when IFM_AVALID
is not set for selected media, this change makes dhclient initiate
DHCP without waiting for link UP.
r233585:
Partially revert r223608 and selectively allow microcode loading
for 82550C. For 82550 controllers this change restores CPUSaver
microcode loading. Due to silicon bug on 82550 and 82550C with
server extension, these controllers seem to require CPUSaver
microcode to receive fragmented UDP datagrams. However the
microcode shouldn't be used on client featured 82550C as it locks
up the controller. In addition, client featured 82550C does not
have the silicon bug. Also clear temporary memory used for
microcode loading since the same memory area is used for other
commands.
While I'm here use 82550C in probe message instead of generic
82550.
Reported by: Andreas Longwitz <longwitz <> incore de>
Tested by: Andreas Longwitz <longwitz <> incore de>
r233586:
Load entire EEPROM contents in device attach time and verify
whether the checksum of EEPROM is valid or not. Because driver
heavily relies on EEPROM information when it selectively enables
features/workarounds, it would be helpful to know whether driver
sees valid EEPROM.
While I'm here remove all other EEPROM accesses since the entire
EEPROM is loaded at device attach time.
r233587:
Remove unnecessary #if as the software workaround for PCI protocol
violation should be activated unless the system is cold-booted
after updating EEPROM.
The PCI protocol violation happens only when established link is
10Mbps so the workaround should be updated whenever link state
change is detected. Previously the workaround was activated only
when user checks current media status with ifconfig(8).
Fix probing of SAS1068E with a device ID of 0x0059 after r232411 (MFC'ed
to stable/7 in r232610).
Reported by: infofarmer
MFC: r233886
Refine r233827; as it turns out, controllers with a device ID of 0x0059
can be upgraded to MegaRAID mode, in which case mfi(4) should attach to
these based on the sub-vendor and -device ID instead (not currently done).
Therefore, let mpt_pci_probe() return BUS_PROBE_LOW_PRIORITY.
While it, let mpt_pci_probe() return BUS_PROBE_DEFAULT instead of 0 in
the default case.
- Fix panic on kernel traps having a mapping in trap_sig b0rked in r206086
(MFC'ed to stable/7 in r206197).
Reported by: David E. Cross
- Remove checks that are redundant due to tf_type being unsigned.
- Remove erroneous trailing semicolon. [1]
- Correctly determine the maximum payload size for setting the TX link
frequent NACK latency and replay timer thresholds.
Submitted by: stefanf [1]
- Use the PCI ID macros from mpi_cnfg.h rather than duplicating them here.
Note that this driver additionally probes some device IDs for the most
part not know to other MPT drivers, if at all. So rename the macros not
present in mpi_cnfg.h to match the naming scheme in the latter and but
suffix them with a _FB in order to not cause conflicts.
- Like mpt_set_config_regs(), comment out mpt_read_config_regs() as the
content of the registers read isn't actually used and both functions
aren't exactly up to date regarding the possible layouts of the BARs
(these function might be helpful for debugging though, so don't remove
them completely).
- Use DEVMETHOD_END.
- Use NULL rather than 0 for pointers.
- Remove an unusual check for the softc being NULL.
- Remove redundant zeroing of the softc.
- Remove an overly banal and actually partly incorrect as well as partly
outdated comment regarding the allocation of the memory resource.
Initialize the mutexes used for the NVM and the swflag as MTX_DUPOK in
order to avoid otherwise harmless witness warnings when these are acquired
at the same time and due to both using MTX_NETWORK_LOCK as their type.
The right fix actually would be to use different, descriptive types for
these. However, the latter would require undesirable changes to the shared
code base. Another approach would be to just supply NULL as the type, which
was deemed as less desirable though as it would cause the unique but cryptic
name also to be used for the type and to diverge from the type used by other
network device drivers.
Permit the use of relative paths for the prefix argument.
Remove an unnecessary cwd from created plists when -p is specified
Approved by: cperciva (implicit)
r232951:
fxp(4) does not handle deferred dma map loading. Tell
bus_dmamap_load(9) that it should return immediately with error
when there are insufficient mapping resources.
r232953:
Fix white space nits.
r233158:
Do not change current media when driver is already running. If
driver is running driver would have already completed flow control
configuration. This change removes unnecessary media changes in
controller reconfiguration cases such that it does not trigger link
reestablishment for configuration change requests like promiscuous
mode change.
Reported by: Many
Tested by: Mike Tancsa <mike <> sentex dot net>
r232849:
Show PCI bus speed and width as well as running mode of PCI-X
device in device attach. This would help to narrow down issue to a
specific controller and operating mode of the controller.
While I'm here rename BGE_MISCCFG_BOARD_ID with
BGE_MISCCFG_BOARD_ID_MASK.
r232850:
Make if_ierrors updated whenever any of the following counters are
updated.
o Number of times NIC ran out of RX buffer descriptors
o Number of inbound packet errors
o Number of inbound packets that were chosen to be discarded
Previously only the discarded packet counter was used to update
if_ierrors. This change fixes wrong if_ierrors counter on
BCM570[0-4] controllers. For BCM5705 and later controllers bge(4)
already correctly counted it.
Reported by: Eugene Grosbein <egrosbein <> rdtc dot ru>
Add workaround for PCI-X BCM5704 controller that live behind
AMD-8131 PCI-X bridge. The bridge seems to reorder write access to
mailbox registers such that it caused watchdog timeouts by
out-of-order TX completions.
Tested by: Michael L. Squires <mikes <> siralan dot org >
Prefer RL_GMEDIASTAT register to RGEPHY_MII_SSR register to
extract a link status of PHY when parent driver is re(4).
RGEPHY_MII_SSR register does not seem to report correct PHY status
on some integrated PHYs used with re(4).
Unfortunately, RealTek PHYs have no additional information to
differentiate integrated PHYs from external ones so relying on PHY
model number is not enough to know that. However, it seems
RGEPHY_MII_SSR register exists for external RealTek PHYs so
checking parent driver would be good indication to know which PHY
was used. In other words, for non-re(4) controllers, the PHY is
external one and its revision number is greater than or equal to 2.
This change fixes intermittent link UP/DOWN messages reported on
RTL8169 controller.
Also, mii_attach(9) is tried after setting interface name since
rgephy(4) have to know parent driver name.
PR: kern/165509
Use correct Config registers for RTL8139 family. Unlike RTL8168 and
RTL810x family , RTL8139 has different register map for Config
registers.
While here, follow the lead of re(4) in WOL configuration.
- Disable WOL_UCAST and WOL_MCAST capabilities by default.
- Config5 register write does not need to unlock EEPROM access
on RTL8139 family but unlocking EEPROM access does not affect
its operation and make it consistent with re(4).
Reported by: Matt Renzelmann mjr <> cs dot wisc dot edu
r232019:
Give hardware chance to drain active DMA cycles.
r232021:
If there are not enough RX buffers, release partially allocated RX
buffers.
r232025:
Introduce sf_ifmedia_upd_locked() and have driver reset PHY before
switching to selected media. While here, set if_drv_flags before
switching to selected media.
r232027:
No need to reprogram hardware RX filter when driver is not running.
r232029:
Remove taskqueue based MII stat change handler.
Driver does not need deferred link state change processing.
While I'm here, do not report current link status if interface is
not UP.
r232040:
Add check for IFF_DRV_RUNNING flag after serving an interrupt and
don't give RX path more priority than TX path.
Also remove infinite loop in interrupt handler and limit number of
iteration to 32. This change addresses system load fluctuations
under high network load.
- Updates to various locations in Antarctica.
- Armenia will abolish DST this year.
- Not only Samoa has moved to UTC+14, also Fakaofo did.
- There will be a leap second in 30 June 2012.
- Historical updates of 1918 to Canada, Winn, Regina, Edm, Vanc, Creston.
- Chili stays on DST until 28 April 2012
- The Falkland islands will stay on DST this year.
Call xpt_bus_register during attach context, then freeze and do not release
until domain discovery is complete. This fixes an isci(4) bug on FreeBSD 7.x
where devices weren't always appearing after boot without an explicit rescan.
Sponsored by: Intel
Reported and tested by: <rpokala at panasas dot com>
Reviewed by: scottl
Approved by: scottl
Fix NULL ptr dereference in setusercontext if pwd is null,
LOGIN_SETPRIORITY is set, and setting the priority (rtprio or
setpriority) fails.
PR: kern/164238
Approved by: cperciva
Remove reference to gcc's non-standard -fwritable-strings, which
doesn't exist in recent releases (and is bad advice anyway)
PR: docs/163119
Approved by: cperciva
Author: obrien
Date: Mon Oct 24 20:52:41 2011 UTC (4 months, 3 weeks ago)
Changed paths: 3
Log Message:
* Don't give the impression that this compiler is GPLv3.
(It is "well known" that GCC 4.2.2 is GPLv3.)
* Don't give the impression that this compiler isn't "trustable".
* Fix dependency nit.
Add a flag, -T, that tells syslogd to always replace the timestamp on
messages from the network. We already replace malformatted timestamps
and this option lets us replace timestamps that are correctly formatted
but wrong.
PR: 120891
Submitted by: Thomas Vogt <[email protected]>
MFC after: 1 week
MFC r186263
Fixing !INET6 builds after bumping WARNS to 3.
MFC r186331
Constify 'name' field in struct funix. This commit makes syslogd(8)
WARNS?=6 on amd64 but I have not tested under universe so keep WARNS?=
level as-is for now.
MFC r186234
Rather than hardcode the 'struct iovec iov' array size, use a #define.
While I'm here bump WARNS to 3.
Obtained from: Juniper Networks
MFC r186236
Use passed parameter rather than the #define.
(more accurate extraction of Juniper Networks change)
MFC r224002
Add a new option, -N to disable the default and recommended syslogd(8)
behavior, which binds to the well known UDP port.
This option implies -s.
Obtained from: delphij@ obrien@ avatar@ trhodes@ dwmalone@
Fix a bug introduced in r223938 (MFC'ed to stable/7 in r224410); on
big-endian machines coping a 32-bit quantum bytewise to the address of
a 64-bit variable results in writing to the "wrong" 32-bit half so adjust
the address accordingly. This fix is implemented in a hackish way for
two reasons:
o in order to be able to get it into 8.3 with zero impact on the little-
endian architectures where this bug has no effect and
o to avoid blowing the x86 boot2 out of the water again when compiling
it with clang, which all sane versions of this fix tested do.
This change fixes booting from UFS1 file systems on big-endian machines.
Fix a problem that was causing the mpt(4) driver to attach to MegaRAID
cards that should be handled by the mfi(4) driver.
The root of the problem is that the mpt(4) driver was masking off the
bottom bit of the PCI device ID when deciding which cards to attach to.
It appears that a number of the mpt(4) Fibre Channel cards had a LAN
variant whose PCI device ID was just one bit off from the FC card's device
ID. The FC cards were even and the LAN cards were odd.
The problem was that this pattern wasn't carried over on the SAS and
parallel SCSI mpt(4) cards. Luckily the SAS and parallel SCSI PCI device
IDs were either even numbers, or they would get masked to a supported
adjacent PCI device ID, and everything worked well.
Now LSI is using some of the odd-numbered PCI device IDs between the 3Gb
SAS device IDs for their new MegaRAID cards. This is causing the mpt(4)
driver to attach to the RAID cards instead of the mfi(4) driver.
The solution is to stop masking off the bottom bit of the device ID, and
explicitly list the PCI device IDs of all supported cards.
This change should be a no-op for mpt(4) hardware. The only intended
functional change is that for the 929X, the is_fc variable gets set. It
wasn't being set previously, but needs to be because the 929X is a Fibre
Channel card.
Reported by: Kashyap Desai <[email protected]>
Add sticky.8 to the obsolete files since it had been
moved to sticky.7
Submitted by: maxim and pluknet
With help from: dim (because of awkward merge conflicts)
Workaround for PCIe 4GB boundary issue
Enforce a boundary of no more than 4GB - transfers crossing a 4GB
boundary can lead to data corruption due to PCIe limitations. This
change is a less-intrusive workaround that can be quickly merged back
to older branches; a cleaner implementation will arrive in HEAD later
but may require KPI changes.
This change is based on a suggestion by jhb@.
- Probe BCM57780.
- In case the parent is bge(4), don't set the Jumbo frame settings unless
the MAC actually is Jumbo capable as otherwise the PHY might not have the
corresponding registers implemented. This is also in line with what the
Linux tg3 driver does.
PR: 165032
Submitted by: Alexander Milanov
Obtained from: OpenBSD
- As it turns out, MSI-X is broken for at least LSI SAS1068E when passed
through by VMware so blacklist their PCI-PCI bridge for MSI/MSI-X here.
Note that besides currently there not being a quirk type that disables
MSI-X only and there's no evidence that MSI doesn't work with the VMware
pass-through, it's really questionable whether MSI generally works in
that setup as VMware only mention three know working devices [1, p. 4].
Also not that this quirk entry currently doesn't affect the devices
emulated by VMware in any way as these don't claim support MSI/MSI-X to
begin with. [2]
While at it, make the PCI quirk table const and static.
- Remove some duplicated empty lines.
- Use DEVMETHOD_END.
PR: 163812, http://forums.freebsd.org/showthread.php?t=27899 [2]
Reviewed by: jhb
[1]: http://www.vmware.com/pdf/vsp_4_vmdirectpath_host.pdf
For RTL8168/8111D controller, make sure to wake PHY from power down
mode. Otherwise, PHY access times out under certain conditions.
Approved by: re (kib)
Increase the default shutdown timer to 90 seconds. This will allow
certain systems that take a long time to shut down, without adversely
affecting things that shut down quickly. It's also 30 seconds less than
the default hard limit of 120 seconds in kern.init_shutdown_timeout.
PR: conf/109272
Submitted by: Radim Kolar SF.NET <[email protected]>
r230286:
Introduce a tunable that disables use of MSI.
Non-zero value will use INTx.
r230337-230338:
Rename dev.bge.%d.msi_disable to dev.bge.%d.msi which matches
enable/disable and default it to on.
r231159:
Call bge_add_sysctls() early and especially before bge_can_use_msi() so
r230337 actually has a chance of working and doesn't always unconditionally
disable the use of MSIs.
Fix a logic error which resulted in putting PHY into sleep when WOL
is active. If WOL is active driver should not put PHY into sleep.
This change makes WOL work on RTL8168E.
r230275:
Use a RX DMA tag to free loaded RX DMA maps.
Previously it used a TX DMA tag.
r230276:
Free allocated jumbo buffers when controller is stopped.
Change rcvar= assignments to the literal values set_rcvar
would have returned. This will slightly reduce boot time,
and help in diff reduction to HEAD.
should have read:
MFC: r231518
Flesh out support for SAS1078 and SAS1078DE (which are said to actually
be the same chip):
- The I/O port resource may not be available with these. However, given
that we actually only need this resource for some controllers that
require their firmware to be up- and downloaded (which excludes the
SAS1078{,DE}) just handle failure to allocate this resource gracefully
when possible. While at it, generally put non-fatal resource allocation
failures under bootverbose.
- SAS1078{,DE} use a different hard reset protocol.
- Add workarounds for the 36GB physical address limitation of scatter/
gather elements of these controllers.
Tested by: Slawa Olhovchenkov
PR: 149220 (remaining part)
Let rpcgen(1) support an environment variable RPCGEN_CPP to find the C
preprocessor to run. Previously, it always ran /usr/bin/cpp, unless you
used the -Y option, and even then you could not set the basename. It
also attempted to run /usr/ccs/lib/cpp for SVR4 compatibility, but this
is obsolete, and has been removed.
Note that setting RPCGEN_CPP to a command with arguments is supported,
though the command line parsing is simplistic. However, setting it to
e.g. "gcc46 -E" or "clang -E" will lead to problems, because both gcc
and clang in -E mode will consider files with unknown extensions (such
as .x) as object files, and attempt to link them.
This could be worked around by also adding "-x c", but it is much safer
to set RPCGEN_CPP to e.g. "cpp46" or "clang-cpp" instead.
MFC r231080:
Amend r231079 by properly shifting up the existing arguments in
rpc_main.c's insarg() function. I had forgotten to put this in my patch
queue, sorry.
Pointy hat to: me
MFC r231101:
In usr.bin/rpcgen/rpc_main.c, use execvp(3) instead of execv(3), so
rpcgen will search the current PATH for the preprocessor. This makes it
possible to run a preprocessor built during the cross-tools stage of
buildworld.
Try to avoid ambiguity when sysctl returns ENOMEM additionally
checking the returned oldlen: when ENOMEM is due to the supplied
buffer being too short the return oldlen is equal to buffer size.
Without this additional check sockstat gets stuck in loop leaking the
memory if the returned ENOMEM was due the exceeded memorylocked
limit. This is easily can be observed running `limits -l 1k sockstat'.
Submitted by: Andrey Zonov <andrey zonov org>
Try to avoid ambiguity when sysctl returns ENOMEM additionally
checking the returned oldlen: when ENOMEM is due to the supplied
buffer being too short the return oldlen is equal to buffer size.
Without this additional check kvm_getprocs() gets stuck in loop if the
returned ENOMEM was due the exceeded memorylocked limit. This is
easily can be observed running `limits -l 1k top'.
Submitted by: Andrey Zonov <andrey zonov org>
changesets, but brings in the following changes:
MFC 222326
- Fix tftp_log() usage
MFC 223137
- Man page updates
MFC 223487
- Bring back syncnet() implementation from older tftp implementation.
MFC 229780
- Spelling fixes for libexec/
MFC 229904
- Fix warning when compiling with gcc46:
error: variable 'bp' set but not used
- this records svn:mergeinfo for previously merged changesets
This pulls in changes such as:
MFC 216370
- Remove adertising clause from UCB copyrighted files in usr.bin
MFC 222534
- Fix a couple of spelling errors.
MFC 223493
- Remove duplicated header files
MFC 223135 - 223491
- man page updates
MFC 229403
- Replace index() and rindex() calls with strchr() and strrchr().
MFC 230044
- fgets(3) returns a pointer, so compare against NULL, not integer 0.
Tag mbufs of all incoming frames or packets with the interface's FIB
setting (either default or if supported as set by SIOCSIFFIB, e.g.
from ifconfig).
Submitted by: Alexander V. Chernikov (melifaro ipfw.ru)
Reviewed by: julian
Add infrastructure to allow all frames/packets received on an interface
to be assigned to a non-default FIB instance.
Submitted by: cjsp
Submitted by: Alexander V. Chernikov (melifaro ipfw.ru)
(original versions)
Reviewed by: julian
Reviewed by: Alexander V. Chernikov (melifaro ipfw.ru)
Reviewed by: melifaro
Flush output buffers before closing TCP session. Fixes the case where
the proxy would eat the 221 response coming from the server towards the
client.
Obtained from: OpenBSD r1.18
PR: bin/154469
In case ntp cannot resolve a hostname on startup it will queue the entry
for resolving by a child process that, upon success, will add the entry
to the config of the running running parent process.
Unfortunately there are a couple of bugs with this, fixed in various
later versions of upstream in potentially different ways due to other
code changes:
1) Upon server [-46] <FQDN> the [-46] are used as FQDN for later resolving
which does not work. Make sure we always pass the name (or IP there).
2) The intermediate file to carry the information to the child process
does not know about -4/-6 restrictions, so that a dual-stacked host
could resolve to an IPv6 address but that might be unreachable (see
r223626) leading to no working synchronization ignoring a IPv4 record.
Thus alter the intermediate format to also pass the address family
(AF_UNSPEC (default), AF_INET or AF_INET6) to the child process
depending on -4 or -6.
3) Make the child process to parse the new intermediate file format and
save the address family for getaddrinfo() hints flags.
4) Change child to always reload resolv.conf calling res_init() before
trying to resolve names. This will pick up resolv.conf changes or
new resolv.confs should they have not existed or been empty or
unusable on ntp startup. This fix is more conditional in upstream
versions but given FreeBSD has res_init there is no need for the
configure logic as well.
Approved by: roberto
Sponsored by: Sandvine Incorporated
Compare port numbers correctly. They are stored by SRCPORT()
in host byte order, so we need to compare them as such.
Properly compare IPv6 addresses as well.
This allows the, by default, 8 badaddrs slots per address
family to work correctly and only print sendto() errors once.
The change is no longer applicable to any latest upstream versions.
Approved by: roberto
Sponsored by: Sandvine Incorporated
Hide IPv6 next header parsing warnings under the verbose sysctl
so people can possibly disable it when their consoles are flooded,
or enabled it for debugging.
If we detect an IPv6 fragment header and it is not the first fragment,
then terminate the loop as we will not find any further headers and
for short fragments this could otherwise lead to a pullup error
discarding the fragment.
Submitted by: Matthew Luckie (mjl luckie.org.nz)
PR: kern/145733
ipfw internally checks for offset == 0 to determine whether the
packet is a/the first fragment or not. For IPv6 we have added the
"more fragments" flag as well to be able to determine on whether
there will be more as we do not have the fragment header avaialble
for logging, while for IPv4 this information can be derived directly
from the IPv4 header. This allowed fragmented packets to bypass
normal rules as proper masking was not done when checking offset.
Split variables to not need masking for IPv6 to avoid further errors.
After r225032 fix logging in a similar way masking the the IPv6
more fragments flag off so that offset == 0 checks work properly.
Submitted by: Matthew Luckie (mjl luckie.org.nz)
PR: kern/145733
While not explicitly allowed by RFC 2460, in case there is no
translation technology involved (and that section is suggested to
be removed by Errata 2843), single packet fragments do not harm.
There is another errata and further drafts under discussion to clarify
on these kinds of packets.
Meanwhile add a sysctl to allow disabling this behaviour again.
We will treat single packet fragment (a fragment header added
when not needed) as if there was no fragment header.
Submitted by: Matthew Luckie (mjl luckie.org.nz) (original version)
PR: kern/145733
Fix NULL dereference panic on attempt to turn off (on system shutdown)
disconnected swap device.
This is quick and imperfect solution, as swap device will still be opened
and GEOM will not be able to destroy it. Proper solution would be to
automatically turn off and close disconnected swap device, but with existing
code it will cause panic if there is at least one page on device, even if
it is unimportant page of the user-level process. It needs some work.
In sys/contrib/rdma/ib_addr.h, bump MAX_ADDR_LEN to 20 bytes (the same
value used in sys/ofed/include/linux/netdevice.h), so there will be no
buffer overruns in the rest of the inline functions in this file.
Reviewed by: kmacy
Make the setting of the BIND CFLAG -DWORDS_BIGENDIAN conditional on the
TARGET_ENDIANNESS knob from bsd.endian.mk so that we can avoid having to
special-case each arch.
MFC r224093 (in part):
Stop claiming that we support atomic ops except on arches where we know
that they work. Many users have reported problems on the other arches,
so until they can get fixed we'll take the safe route.
Fix the handling of an empty kmem map by sysctl_kmem_map_free().
Eliminate the possibility of 32-bit arithmetic overflow in the
calculation of vm_kmem_size that may occur if the system
administrator has specified a vm.vm_kmem_size tunable value that
exceeds the hard cap.
Eliminate stale numbers from a comment.
PR: 162741
Consumers of bpfdetach() expect it to remove all bpf_if structs from the
bpf_iflist list which reference the specified ifnet. The existing implementation
only removes the first matching bpf_if found in the list, effectively leaking
list entries if an ifnet has been bpfattach()ed multiple times with different
DLTs.
Fix the leak by performing the detach logic in a loop, stopping when all bpf_if
structs referencing the specified ifnet have been detached and removed from the
bpf_iflist list.
Whilst here, also:
- Remove the unnecessary "bp->bif_ifp == NULL" check, as a bpf_if should never
exist in the list with a NULL ifnet pointer.
- Except when INVARIANTS is in the kernel config, silently ignore the case where
no bpf_if referencing the specified ifnet is found, as it is harmless and does
not require user attention.
Reviewed by: csjp
Because SEEK_SET is 0, this seems to have no effect on the generated code.
PR: bin/160806
Submitted by: Henning Petersen <henning dot petersen at t-online dot de>
Obtained from: NetBSD
Pass the arguments to mtx_init() in the correct order. There should be
no change to the binary because the value of MTX_DEF is zero and there
is a visible function prototype.
In this branch when doing no further checkes there is no reason use
the temporary variable and check with if as TUNABLE_*_FETCH do not
alter values unless successfully found the tunable.
Introduce a tunable to disable the time consuming parts of bootup
memtesting, which can easily save seconds to minutes of boot time.
The tunable name is kept general to allow reusing the code in
alternate frameworks.
Take a step towards removing if_watchdog/if_timer. Don't explicitly set
if_watchdog/if_timer to NULL/0 when initializing an ifnet. if_alloc()
sets those members to NULL/0 already.
TCP header size is represented by number of 32bits words.
Fix the TCP header size calculation such that makes TSO engine
cache all header(ethernet/IP/TCP) bytes to its internal buffer.
While here, remove extra pull up for TCP payload. Unlike some
em(4) controllers, fxp(4) does not require such work around for
TSO.
The two limitations are ethernet/IP/TCP header size should be less
than or equal to the size of controller's internal buffer(80 bytes)
and these header information should be found in the first fragment
of a TSO frame.
r228479:
BCM5720 performance tweak from Broadcom.
o Allow multiple outstanding read requests from non-LSO read DMA engine.
o Allow 4KB burst length reads for non-LSO frames.
o Enable 512B burst length reads for buffer descriptors.
r228480:
Destroy DMA tag for jumbo RX buffer in device detach.
Rework link state tracking and remove superfluous link UP/DOWN
messages.
o Add check for actually resolved speed in miibus_statchg callback
instead of blindly reprogramming BCE_EMAC_MODE register. The
callback may be called multiple times(e.g. link UP, link
transition, auto-negotiate complete etc) while auto-negotiation
is in progress. All unresolved link state changes are ignored
now and setting BCE_EMAC_MODE after link establishment is done
once.
o bce(4) is careful enough not to drive MII_TICK if driver got a
valid link. To detect lost link, bce(4) relied on link state
change interrupt and if driver see the interrupt, it forced to
drive MII_TICK by calling bce_tick() in interrupt handler.
Because bce(4) generates multiple link state change interrupts
while auto-negotiation is in progress, bce_tick() would be
called multiple times and this resulted in generating multiple
link UP/DOWN messages.
With this change, bce_tick() is not called in interrupt handler
anymore such that miibus_statchg callback handles link state
changes with consistent manner.
r210522:
Fix an apparent typo.
r213489:
Add the capability to read the complete contents of the NVRAM via sysctl
dev.bce.<unit>.nvram_dump
Add the capability to write the complete contents of the NVRAM via sysctl
dev.bce.<unit>.nvram_write
These are only available if the kernel option BCE_DEBUG is enabled.
The nvram_write sysctl also requires the kernel option
BCE_NVRAM_WRITE_SUPPORT to be enabled. These are to be used at your
own caution. Since the MAC addresses are stored in the NVRAM, if you
dump one NIC and restore it on another NIC the destination NIC's
MAC addresses will not be preserved. A tool can be made using these
sysctl's to manage the on-chip firmware.
r218423:
- Added systcls for header splitting, RX/TX buffer count, interrupt
coalescing, strict RX MTU, verbose output, and shared memory debug.
- Added additional debug counters (VLAN tags and split header frames).
- Updated debug counters to 64 bit definitions.
- Updated l2fhdr bit definitions.
- Combined RX buffer sizing into a single function.
- Added buffer size and interrupt coalescing settings to adapter info
printout.
r218527:
- Added error checking to nvram read functions.
- Minor style updates.
r209362 (brian) [1]:
- Add a -t switch for masking output that's above or below certain
thresholds. This switch makes it a lot easier to locate problem
areas when a process is threatening to consume all of your disk
space.
r210933 (joel):
- Fix typos and spelling mistakes.
r228356 [2]:
- Update du(1):
- Sort arguments alphabetically where appropriate
- '-B blocksize' is not mutually exclusive of '-h|-k|-m'
- Mention '-t' in synopsis
- Other wording improvements
- Update usage() output to reflect the new synopsis
- Other miscellaneous improvements
Approved by: brian [1]
PR: 162438 [2]
Add a fastpath to allocate from packet zone when using m_getjcl.
This will add support for packet zone for at least igb and ixgbe
and will avoid to check for that in bce and mxge.
Belatedly add man page for et(4) and catch up with all changes.
r180509:
Manpage for the et(4) driver.
r181362:
Comment out information about Jumbo Frame support, it's not
implemented yet. While here, fix a whitespace nit.
r215835:
Add a HARDWARE section.
r228370:
After r228293, et(4) supports altq(4).
r228333:
Protect SIOCSIFMTU ioctl handler with driver lock.
Don't blindly re-initialize controller whenever MTU is changed.
Now, reinitializing is done only when driver is running.
While here, remove unnecessary assignment of error value since it
was already initialized to 0.
r228335:
Consistently use a tab character instead of using either a space or
tab after #define.
While I'm here consistently use capital letters when it uses
hexadecimal notation.
No functional changes.
r228336:
Disable all clocks and put PHY into COMA before entering into
suspend state. This will save more power.
On resume, make sure to enable all clocks. While I'm here, if
controller is not fast ethernet, enable gigabit PHY.
r228362:
Do not disable interrupt without knowing whether the raised
interrupt is ours. Note, interrupts are automatically ACKed when
the status register is read.
Add RX/TX DMA error to interrupt handler and do full controller
reset if driver happen to encounter these errors. There is no way
to recover from these DMA errors without controller reset.
Rename local variable name intrs with status to enhance
readability.
While I'm here, rename ET_INTR_TXEOF and ET_INTR_RXEOF to
ET_INTR_TXDMA and ET_INTR_RXDMA respectively. These interrupts
indicate that a frame is successfully DMAed to controller's
internal FIFO and they have nothing to do with EOF(end of frame).
Driver does not need to wait actual end of TX/RX of a frame(e.g.
no need to wait the end signal of TX which is generated when a
frame in TX FIFO is emptied by MAC). Previous names were somewhat
confusing.
r228368:
Remove unnecessary definition of ET_PCIR_BAR. Controller support
I/O memory only.
While here, use pci_set_max_read_req(9) rather than directly
manipulating PCIe device control register.
r228369:
Announce flow control ability to PHY driver and enable RX flow
control. Controller does not automatically generate pause frames
based on number of available RX buffers so it's very hard to
know when driver should generate XON frame in time. The only
mechanism driver can detect low number of RX buffer condition is
ET_INTR_RXRING0_LOW or ET_INTR_RXRING1_LOW interrupt. This
interrupt is generated whenever controller notices the number of
available RX buffers are lower than pre-programmed value(
ET_RX_RING0_MINCNT and ET_RX_RING1_MINCNT register). This scheme
does not provide a way to detect when controller sees enough number
of RX buffers again such that efficient generation of XON/XOFF
frame is not easy.
While here, add more flow control related register definition.
r228381:
FreeBSD driver does not require arpcom structure in softc.
r228326:
Controller does not require TX start command for every frame. So
send a single TX command after setting up all TX frames. This
removes unnecessary register accesses and bus_dmamap_sync(9) calls.
et(4) uses TX interrupt moderation so it's possible to have TX
buffers that were already transmitted but waiting for TX completion
interrupt. If the number of available TX descriptor is less then
1/3 of total TX descriptor, try reclaiming first to get enough free
TX descriptors before setting up TX descriptors.
After r228325, et_txeof() no longer tries to send frames after
reclaiming TX buffers. That change was made to give more chance
to transmit frames in main interrupt handler since we can still
send frames in interrupt handler with RX interrupt. So right
before exiting interrupt hander, after enabling interrupt, try to
send more frames. This gives slightly better performance numbers.
While I'm here reduce number of spare TX descriptors from 8 to 4.
Controller does not require reserved TX descriptors, it was just to
reduce TX overhead. After r228325, driver has much lower TX
overhead so it does not make sense to reserve 8 TX descriptors.
r228327:
Remove et_enable_intrs(), et_disable_intrs() functions and
manipulation of interrupt register access is done through
CSR_WRITE_4 macro. Also add disabling interrupt into et_reset()
because we want interrupt disabled state after controller reset.
While I'm here slightly change interrupt handler to be more
readable one.
r228331:
Rework link state tracking and TX/RX MAC configuration.
o Do not report link status if driver is not running.
o TX/RX MAC configuration should be done with resolved speed,
duplex and flow control after establishing a link so it can't
be done in driver initialization routine.
Move the configuration to miibus_statchg callback which will be
called whenever any link state change is detected.
At this moment, flow-control is not enabled yet mainly because
I was not able to set correct flow control parameters to
generate TX pause frames.
o Now TX/RX MAC is enabled only when a valid link is detected.
Rearragnge hardware initialization routine a bit to leave
enabling MAC to miibus_statchg callback. In order to that,
TX/RX DMA engine is enabled in et_init_locked().
o Introduce ET_FLAG_LINK flag to track current link state.
o Introduce ET_FLAG_FASTETHER flag to mark whether controller is
fast ethernet. This flag is checked in miibus_statchg callback
to know whether PHY established a valid link.
o In et_stop(), TX/RX MAC is explicitly disabled instead of
relying on et_reset(). And move et_reset() from et_stop() to
controller initialization. Controler reset is not required here
and it would also clear critial registers(i.e station address,
RX filter configuration, WOL etc) that are required to make WOL
work.
o Switching to current media is done in et_init_locked() after
setting IFF_DRV_RUNNING flag. This should ensure reliable
auto-negotiation/manual link establishment.
o In et_start_locked(), check whether driver got a valid link
before trying to send frames.
o Remove checking a link in et_tick() as this is done by
miibus_statchg callback.
r228332:
Implement hardware MAC statistics counter. Counters could be
queried with dev.et.%d.stats sysctl node where %d is an instance of
device.
Overhaul bus_dma(9) usage in et(4) and clean up TX/RX path. This
change should make et(4) work on any architectures.
o Remove m_getl inline function and replace it with stanard mbuf
interfaces. Previous code tried to minimize code duplication
but this came from incorrect use of common DMA tag.
Driver may be still use a common RX allocation handler with
additional structure changes but I don't see much point to do
that it would make it hard to understand the code.
o Remove DragonflyBSD specific constant EVL_ENCAPLEN, use
ETHER_VLAN_ENCAP_LEN instead.
o Add bunch of new RX status definition. It seems controller
supports RX checksum offloading but I was not able to make the
feature work yet. Currently driver checks whether recevied
frame is good one or not.
o Avoid a typedef ending in '_t' as style(9) says.
o Controller has no restriction on DMA address space, so there
is no reason to limit the DMA address to 32bit. Descriptor
rings, status blocks and TX/RX buffers now use full 64bit DMA
addressing.
o Allocate DMA memory shared between host and controller as
coherent.
o Create 3 separate DMA tags to be used as TX, mini RX ring and
stanard RX ring. Previously it created a single DMA tag and it
was used to all three rings.
o et(4) does not support jumbo frame at this moment and I still
don't quite understand how jumbo frame works on this controller
so use two RX rings to handle small sized frame and normal sized
frame respectively. The mini RX ring will be used to receive
frames that are less than or equal to 127 bytes. The second RX
ring is used to receive frames that are not handled by the first
RX ring.
If jumbo frame support is implemented, driver may have to choose
better RX scheme by letting the second RX ring handle jumbo
frames. This scheme will mimic Broadcom's efficient jumbo frame
handling feature. However RAM buffer size(16KB) of the
controller is too small to hold 2 jumbo frames, if 9KB
jumbo frame is used, I'm not sure how good performance would it
have.
o In et_rxeof(), make sure to check whether controller received
good frame or not. Passing corrupted frame to upper layer is
bad idea.
o If driver receives a bad frame or driver fails to allocate RX
buffer due to resource shortage condition, reuse previously
loaded DMA map for RX buffer instead of unloading/loading RX
buffer again.
o et_init_tx_ring() never fails so change return type to void.
o In watchdog handler, show TX DMA write back status of errored
frame which could be used as a clue to debug watchdog timeout.
o Add missing bus_dmamap_sync() in various places such that et(4)
should work with bounce buffers(e.g. PAE).
o TX side bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9) support.
o RX side bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9) support.
o Controller has no DMA alignment limit in RX buffer so use
m_adj(9) in RX buffer allocation to make IP header align on 2
bytes boundary. Otherwise it would trigger unaligned access
error in upper layer on strict alignment architectures.
One of down side of controller is it provides limited set of RX
buffer length like most Intel controllers. This is not problem
at this moment because driver does not support jumbo frame yet
but it may require alignment fixup code to support jumbo frame
on strict alignment architectures.
o In et_txeof(), don't zero TX descriptors for transmitted frames.
TX descriptors don't need write access after transmission.
Driver sets IFF_DRV_OACTIVE when the number of available TX
descriptors are less than or equal to ET_NSEG_SPARE. Make sure
to clear IFF_DRV_OACTIVE only when the number of available TX
descriptor is greater than ET_NSEG_SPARE.
r228291:
Remove NetBSD license. r199548 removed all bit macros that were
derived from NetBSD.
r228292:
Implement suspend/resume methods. Driver has no issue with
suspend/resume.
r228293:
Fix alt(4) support. Also add check for number of available TX
descriptors before trying to send frames. If we're not able to
send a frame, make sure to prepend it to if_snd queue such that
alt(4) should work.
While I'm here prefer ETHER_BPF_MTAP to BPF_MTAP. ETHER_BPF_MTAP
should be used for controllers that support VLAN hardware tag
insertion. The controller supports VLAN tag insertion but lacks
VLAN tag stripping in RX path though.
r228297:
et(4) supports VLAN oversized frame so correctly set header length.
While I'm here remove initializing if_mtu, it is set by
ether_ifattach(9). Also move callout_init_mtx(9) to the right below
driver lock initialization.
r228298:
Make et_probe() return BUS_PROBE_DEFAULT such that allow other
driver that has high precedence for the controller override et(4).
Add missing callout_drain(9) in device detach and rework detach
routine. While I'm here use rman_get_rid(9) instead of using
cached resource id because bus methods are free to change the
id.
Fix off by one error in mbuf access. Previously it caused panic.
While I'm here use NULL to compare mbuf pointer and add additional
check for zero length mbuf before accessing the mbuf.
PR: kern/162932
Announce flow control capability to PHY drivers and enable flow
control for all vr(4) controllers that support it. It's known that
old vr(4) controllers(Rhine II) does not support TX pause but Rhine
III supports both TX and RX pause.
Make TX pause really work on Rhine III by letting controller know
available RX buffers.
While here, adjust XON/XOFF parameters to get better performance
with flow control.
Reuse flag variable to represent driver internal states rather than
using member variables in softc.
While I'm here change media after setting IFF_DRV_RUNNING. This
will remove unnecessary link state handling in vr_tick() if
controller established a link immediately.
For IP1001 PHY, do not set multi-port device(MASTER). Ideally this
bit should not affect link establishment process of auto-negotiation
if manual configuration is not used, which is true in auto-negotiation.
However it seems setting this bit interfere with IP1001 PHY's
down-shifting feature such that establishing a 10/100Mbps link failed
when 1000baseT link is not available during auto-negotiation process.
r227828:
Always start MII auto polling before accessing any MII registers.
r227835:
Rework link establishment and link state detection logic.
- Remove MIIBUS statchg callback and program VGE_DIAGCTL before
initiating link establishment. Previously driver used to
program VGE_DIAGCTL after getting a link in statchg callback.
It seems the VGE_DIAGCTL register works like a kind of MII
register such that it requires setting a 'to be' mode in advance
rather than relying on resolved speed/duplex of established link.
This means the statchg callback is not needed in driver. In
addition, if there was no link at the time of media change, this
was not called at all.
- Introduce vge_ifmedia_upd_locked() to change current media to
configured one. Actual media change is performed only after PHY
reset and VGE_DIAGCTL setup.
- In WOL configuration, make sure to clear forced mode such that
controller can rely on auto-negotiation.
- Unlike most other drivers that use miibus(4), vge(4) used
controller's auto-polling feature for link state tracking via
interrupt. This came from controller's inefficient mechanism to
access MII registers. On link state change interrupt, vge(4)
used to get current link state with series of MII register
accesses. Because vge(4) already enabled auto polling, read PHY
status register to resolved speed/duplex/flow control parameters.
vge(4) still does not drive MII_TICK to reduce number of MII
register accesses which in turn means the driver does not know the
status of auto-negotiation. This was a one of long standing
issue of vge(4). Probably driver may be able to implement a timer
that keeps track of auto-negotiation state and restart
auto-negotiation when driver couldn't establish a link within a
specified period. However the controller does not provide a
reliable way to detect auto-negotiation failure so I'm not sure
whether it's worth to implement it in driver.
Alternatively driver can completely disable MII auto-polling and
let miibus(4) poll link state by driving MII_TICK. This may reduce
unnecessary overhead of stopping/restarting MII auto-polling of
controller. Unfortunately it was known that some variants of
controller does not work correctly if MII auto-polling is disabled.
r227837:
Announce flow control capability to underlying PHY driver.
Pause timer value is initialized to 0xFFFF. Controller allows just
4 different TX pause thresholds. The lowest possible threshold
value looks too aggressive so use next available threshold value.
r227850:
Writing access to RL_CFG5 register also requires EEPROM write
access.
While I'm here, enable WOL through magic packet but disable waking
up system via unicast, multicast and broadcast frames. Otherwise,
multicast or unicast frame(e.g. ICMP echo request) can wake up
system which is not probably wanted behavior on most environments.
This was not known as problem because RL_CFG5 register access had
not effect until this change.
The capability to wake up system with unicast/multicast frames
are still set in driver, default off, so users who need that
feature can still activate it with ifconfig(8).
r227851:
Perform media change after setting IFF_DRV_RUNNING flag. Without it,
driver would ignore the first link state update if controller
already established a link such that it would have to take
additional link state handling in re_tick().
r227854:
Disable accepting frames in re_stop() to put RX MAC into idle state.
Because there is no reliable way to know whether RX MAC is in
stopped state, rejecting all frames would be the only way to
minimize possible races.
Otherwise it's possible to receive frames while stop command
execution is in progress and controller can DMA the frame to freed
RX buffer during that period.
This was observed on recent PCIe controllers(i.e. RTL8111F).
While this change may not be required on old controllers it
wouldn't make negative effects on old controllers. One side effect
of this change is disabling receive so driver reprograms RL_RXCFG
to receive WOL frames when it is put into suspend or shutdown.
This should address occasional 'memory modified free' errors seen
on recent RealTek controllers.
r227914:
Make sure to stop TX MAC before freeing queued TX frames.
For RTL8111DP, check if the TX MAC is active by reading RL_GTXSTART
register. For RTL8402/8168E-VL/8168F/8411, wait until TX queue is
empty.
r227916:
To save more power, switch to 10/100Mbps link when controller is
put into suspend/shutdown. Old PCI controllers performed that
operation in firmware but for RTL8111C or newer controllers, it's
responsibility of driver. It's not clear whether the firmware of
RTL8111B still downgrades its speed to 10/100Mbps so leave it as it
was.
r227587:
Add preliminary support for RTL8402 PCIe FastEthernet with
integrated card reader.
r227590:
Add preliminary support for RTL8411 PCIe Gigabit ethernet with
integrated card reader.
r227591:
Add missing driver lock in SIOCSIFCAP handler.
r227593:
Disable PCIe ASPM (Active State Power Management) for all
controllers.
More and more RealTek controllers started to implement EEE feature.
Vendor driver seems to load a kind of firmware for EEE with
additional PHY fixups. It is known that the EEE feature may need
ASPM support. Unfortunately there is no documentation for EEE of
the controller so enabling ASPM may cause more problems.
r227638:
Add preliminary support for second generation RTL8105E PCIe
FastEthernet.
r227639:
Add preliminary support for RTL8168/8111F PCIe Gigabit ethernet.
Enable 64bit DMA addressing support for all msk(4) controllers.
Unnecessarily complex LE format used on Marvell controller was
main reason not to enable 64bit DMA addressing in driver. If high
32bit address of DMA address of TX/RX buffer is changed, driver has
to generate a new LE. In TX path, driver will keep track of lastly
used high 32bit address of DMA address and generate a new LE
whenever it sees high address change in the DMA address. In RX path,
driver will always use two LEs to specify 64bit DMA address of RX
buffer. If the high 32bit address of DMA address of RX buffer is
the same as previous DMA address of RX buffer, driver does not have
to use two LEs but driver will use two LEs for simplicity in RX
ring management.
One of draw back for switching to 64bit DMA addressing is that the
large amount of LEs are used to specify 64bit DMA address such that
number of available LEs for TX/RX buffers are considerably reduced.
To mitigate the issue, increase number of available LEs from 256 to
384 for TX and from 256 to 512 for RX. For 32bit architectures,
msk(4) does not use 64bit DMA addressing to save resources.
To send a frame, controller requires a prepended TX header and
the length of frame should be treated as multiple of 4. Actual
frame length is set in the TX header. The TX header position
should be aligned on 4 byte boundary and actual frame start
position should be aligned on 4 byte boundary as well. This means
we need 4(TX header length) + 3(frame length fixup) additional free
space in TX buffer in addition to actual frame length.
Make sure TX handler check these additional bytes.
ae_tx_avail_size() returns actual free space in TX buffer to ease
the calculation of available TX buffer space in caller. While I'm
here, replace magic number to appropriate sizeof operator to
enhance readability.
This change should fix controller lockup issue happened under
certain conditions but it still does not fix watchdog timeout. It
seems the watchdog timeout is side-effect of TxS and TxD
mismatches. The root cause of TxD/TxD mismatch is not known yet but
it looks like silicon bug. I guess driver may have to reinitialize
controller whenever it sees TxS and TxD mismatches but leave it as
it was at this moment.
PR: kern/145918
Partially revert r218788. r218788 removed calling dc_setcfg() for
!DC_IS_ADMTEK in dc_miibus_statchg(). This change broke link
establishment of Intel 21143 with dcphy(4) where it stuck in
"ability detect" state without completing auto-negotiation.
Also nuke dc_if_media as it's not actually used.
The old NFS client will crash due to the reply being m_freem()'d
twice if the server bogusly returns an error with the NFSERR_RETERR
bit (bit 31) set. No actual NFS error has this bit set, but it seems
that amd will sometimes do this. This patch makes sure the NFSERR_RETERR
bit is cleared to avoid a crash.
This is not exactly a merge, since the code is in sys/nfsclient/nfs_socket.c,
which does not exist in head.
Tested by: martin at lispworks.com
PR: kern/153847
Overhaul bus_dma(9) usage in driver:
- Don't use a single big DMA block for all rings. Create separate
DMA area for each ring instead. Currently the following DMA
areas are created:
Event ring, standard RX ring, jumbo RX ring, RX return ring,
hardware MAC statistics and producer/consumer status area.
For Tigon II, mini RX ring and TX ring are additionally created.
- Added missing bus_dmamap_sync(9) in various TX/RX paths.
- TX ring is no longer created for Tigon 1 such that it saves more
resources on Tigon 1.
- Data sheet is not clear about alignment requirement of each ring
so use 32 bytes alignment for normal DMA area but use 64 bytes
alignment for jumbo RX ring where the extended RX descriptor
size is 64 bytes.
- For each TX/RX buffers use separate DMA tag(e.g. the size of a
DMA segment, total size of DMA segments etc).
- Tigon allows separate DMA area for event producer, RX return
producer and TX consumer which is really cool feature. This
means TX and RX path could be independently run in parallel.
However ti(4) uses a single driver lock so it's meaningless
to have separate DMA area for these producer/consumer such that
this change creates a single status DMA area.
- It seems Tigon has no limits on DMA address space and I also
don't see any problem with that but old comments in driver
indicates there could be issues on descriptors being located in
64bit region. Introduce a tunable, dev.ti.%d.dac, to disable
using 64bit DMA in driver. The default is 0 which means it would
use full 64bit DMA. If there are DMA issues, users can disable
it by setting the tunable to 0.
- Do not increase watchdog timer in ti_txeof(). Previously driver
increased the watchdog timer whenever there are queued TX frames.
- When stat ticks is set to 0, skip processing ti_stats_update(),
avoiding bus_dmamap_sync(9) and updating if_collisions counter.
- MTU does not include FCS bytes, replace it with
ETHER_VLAN_ENCAP_LEN.
With these changes, ti(4) should work on PAE environments.
Many thanks to Jay Borkenhagen for remote hardware access.
r227431:
style.
No functional changes.
r227432:
Remove dead ifdef. Driver should always check raised interrupt is
for the device.
r227505:
It's bad idea to allocate large memory, 4KB, from stack.
Pre-allocate the memory in device attach time. While I'm here
remove unnecessary reassignment of error variable as it was already
initialized. Also added a missing driver lock in TIIOCSETTRACE
handler.
r227509:
Export sysctl node for various interrupt moderation parameters and
have administrators control them. ti(4) provides a character
device to control various other features of driver via ioctls but
users had to write their own code to manipulate these parameters.
It seems some default values for these parameters are not optimal
on today's system but leave it as it was and let administrators
change them. The following parameters could be changed:
dev.ti.%d.rx_coal_ticks
dev.ti.%d.rx_max_coal_bds
dev.ti.%d.tx_coal_ticks
dev.ti.%d.tx_max_coal_bds
dev.ti.%d.tx_buf_ratio
dev.ti.%d.stat_ticks
The interface has to be brought down and up again before a change
takes effect.
ti(4) controller supports hardware MAC counters with additional
DMA statistics. So it's doable to export these counters via
sysctl interface. Unfortunately, these counters are cumulative
such that driver have to either send an explicit clear command to
controller after extracting them or have to maintain internal
counters to get actual changes. Neither look good to me so
counters were not exported via sysctl.
r227347:
Retire 'options TI_PRIVATE_JUMBOS' and replace local jumbo
allocator with UMA backed jumbo allocator by default. Previously
ti(4) used sf_buf(9) interface for jumbo buffers but it was broken
at this moment such that enabling jumbo frame caused instant panic.
Due to the nature of sf_buf(9) it heavily relies on VM changes but
it seems ti(4) was not received much blessing from VM gurus. I
don't understand VM magic and implications used in driver either.
Switching to UMA backed jumbo allocator like other network drivers
will make jumbo frame work on ti(4).
While I'm here, fully allocate all RX buffers. This means ti(4) now
uses 512 RX buffer and 1024 mini RX buffers.
To use sf_buf(9) interface for jumbo buffers, introduce a new
'options TI_SF_BUF_JUMBO'. If it is proven that sf_buf(9) is better
for jumbo buffers, interesting developers can fix the issue in
future.
ti(4) still needs more bus_dma(9) cleanups and should use separate
DMA tag/map for each ring(standard, jumbo, mini, command, event
etc) but it should work on all platforms except PAE.
Special thanks to Jay[1] who provided complete remote debugging
access.
r227367:
Comment out TI_JUMBO_HDRSPLIT. TI_JUMBO_HDRSPLIT requires TI_SF_BUF_JUMBO.
r227311:
Remove ti_unit member variable in softc.
While I'm here use PCIR_BAR macro.
r227312:
o Remove unnecessary controller reinitialization.
o Do not blindly UP controller when MTU is changed. Reinitialize
controller only if driver is running.
o Remove useless ti_stop() in ti_watchdog() since ti_init_locked()
always invokes ti_stop().
r227318:
Track which ring was updated in RX handler and update only modified
ring. This should reduce unnecessary register accesses.
r227319:
Mini ring is not available on Tigon 1 so do not create DMA maps for
mini ring on Tigon 1 to save resources.
r227322:
Show RX buffer allocation failure and do not blindly send alive
message to firmware. Probably the correct way for this error is to
send a TI_CMD_CODE_STACK_DOWN message to firmware and let firmware
handle the rest.
r227323:
If ti_chipinit() fails in ti_stop(), ignore the error and release
all allocated TX/RX buffer resources. If the interface is brought
to up again after the error, we will leak allocated TX/RX buffers.
r227324:
Do not allow changing MTU to be less than the minimum.
r227091:
Make sure to unload loaded DMA area(descriptor, command, event ring).
r227092:
Paritial merge since IFCAP_LINKSTATE capability is not available
on stable/7.
Hide superfluous link up/down message under bootverbose since
if_link_state_change(9) shows that information.
While I'm here, change baudrate with the resolved speed of the
established link instead of blindly setting it 1G. Unfortunately,
it seems there is no way to differentiate 10/100Mbps from
non-gigabit link so just assume we established a 100Mbps link if
current link is not a gigabit link.
r227093:
Introduce ti_ifmedia_upd_locked() to use in driver initialization
and add missing driver lock for both ti_ifmedia_upd() and
ti_ifmedia_sts().
r227094:
Don't clear upper 4bits from VLAN tag information. It's
responsibility of vlan(4) to extract VLAN id from the tag
information and vlan(4) correctly handles it.
r227095:
Don't abuse if_hwassist and make sure enabling corresponding TX/RX
checksum offloading and VLAN hardware tag insertion/stripping from
the currently enabled hardware offloading capabilities.
Previously if_hwassist, which was initialized to TX/RX checksum
offloading, was blindly used to enable both TX and RX checksum
offloading such that disabling either TX or RX checksum offloading
was not possible.
ti(4) controllers support TX/RX checksum offloading with VLAN
tagging so announce TX/RX checksum offloading capability over VLAN
to vlan(4).
Make VLAN hardware tag insertion/stripping honors currently enabled
interface capability instead of blindly enabling VLAN hardware
tagging. This change allows disabling hardware support of VLAN tag.
Because ti(4) supports VLAN oversized frames, make network stack
know the capability by setting if_hdrlen.
While I'm here, rewrite SIOCSIFCAP handler and make sure to
reinitialize controller whenever TX/RX checksum offloading and VLAN
hardware tagging option is changed. The requirement of controller
reinitialization comes from the limitation of Tigon I/II firmware.
Tigon I/II firmware requires all related RCBs should be
reinitialized whenever any of its hardware offloading capabilities
change.
vlan(4) is also notified whenever the parent interface's capability
changes such that it can correctly handle TX/RX checksum offloading
based on parent interface's enabled offloading capabilities.
RX checksum offloading handler was changed to make upper stack use
controller computed partial checksum value. Previously, ti(4) just
set the computed value for any frames(IPv4, IPv6) and the value was
not used in upper stack because driver didn't set CSUM_DATA_VALID
such that upper network stack had to recompute checksum of TCP/UDP
packets. I have no idea how this was not noticed for a long time.
With this change, upper network stack does not have to fully
recompute the checksum such that calculating pseudo checksum based
on partial checksum is sufficient to know whether received packet's
checksum is correct or not. However, I don't know why ti(4) does
not have controller compute pseudo checksum as controller has
ability to do it. I'm just guessing enabling that feature could
trigger a firmware bug or could be slower than computing it on host
side so just leave it as it was.
In order not to produce false positives, ti(4) now checks whether
controller actually computed IP or TCP/UDP checksum by checking
ti_flags field.
r227098:
Because ti(4) drops a driver lock in RX handler, check whether
driver is still running before re-enabling interrupts.
r227099:
Implement altq(4) support.
While I'm here fix a logic error in r227098 where it didn't
re-enable interrupts when TX queue is empty.
- Allocate the DMA memory shared between the host and the controller as
coherent.
- Constify the ti_devs table.
- Don't bother to set if_mtu to ETHERMTU, ether_ifattach() does that.
r227086:
Use ANSI function definations.
r227087:
No functional changes.
r227088:
Make ti(4) build with 'options TI_PRIVATE_JUMBOS'.
This was broken in r175872.
We have a UMA backed jumbo allocator and that is much better
implementation than having a local jumbo buffer allocator in
driver. This local allocator would be removed in near future but
fixing build before removal wouldn't be a bad idea.
r227089:
s/u_intXX_t/uintXX_t/g
r226871:
Add initial BCM5720 support.
Many thanks to Broadcom for continuing support of FreeBSD.
Submitted by: Geans Pin at Broadcom (initial version)
H/W donated by: Broadcom
r226872:
Disable updating InputDiscards counter for BCM5717, BCM5718,
BCM5719 A0 and BCM5720 A0 and add comment why driver does not try
to read it.
r226814:
Rename definition of BGE_SOFTWARE_GENCOMM_* to more readable ones.
The origin of GENCOMM seems to come from Alteon Tigon Host/NIC
interface definition where it defines general communications region
which is active when firmware is loaded and running. This region
was used in communication between the host and processor internal
to the Tigon chip.
Broadcom data sheet also defines the region as 'Software Gencomm'
in NetXtreme memory map but lacks detailed description of its
interface so it was hard to know which ones are used for which
interface.
This change shall slightly enhance readability.
No functional changes.
r226815:
Define MAC address mail box and use it instead of using
hard-coded value.
r226820:
Offset 0x6810 is RX-RISC event register. Rename BGE_CPU_EVENT with
BGE_RX_CPU_EVENT for readability.
Additionally define BGE_TX_CPU_EVENT for TX-RSIC event register(BCM570[0-4] only).
r226821:
SRAM offset 0x0C04 is used by driver to inform the IPMI/ASF firmware
about the various driver events like load, unload, reset, suspend,
restart, and ioctl operations.
Define driver's event rather than using hard-coded values. We don't
still send suspend/resume event to firmware.
Previously bge(4) used BGE_SDI_STATUS to send events. Because driver
has to access firmware mail box to inform current state, using
BGE_SDI_STATUS register was wrong. The end result was the same as
BGE_SDI_STATUS is 0x0C04.
No functional changes.
r226864:
Rename BGE_FW_DRV_ALIVE/BGE_FW_PAUSE to BGE_FW_CMD_DRV_ALIVE/BGE_FW_CMD_PAUSE.
Also add more firmware commands(not used yet).
No functional changes.
r226866:
Rename hard-coded value 1 << 14 with BGE_RX_CPU_DRV_EVENT.
This bit(SW event 7 in publicly available data sheet) is used to
make RX CPU handle a firmware command and the bit is automatically
cleared after RX CPU completed the command.
Generally firmware command takes the following steps.
1. Write BGE_SRAM_FW_CMD_MB with a command.
2. Write BGE_SRAM_FW_CMD_LEN_MB with the length of the command in bytes.
3. Write BGE_SRAM_FW_CMD_DATA_MB with actual command data.
4. Generate BGE_RX_CPU_EVENT and let firmware handle the command.
5. Wait for the ACK of the firmware command.
No functional changes.
r226867:
Define BGE_FW_HB_TIMEOUT_SEC and remove one more magic value.
bge(4) sends BGE_FW_CMD_DRV_ALIVE command to firmware every 2
seconds. BGE_FW_CMD_DRV_ALIVE command requires 4 bytes data. This
data contains timeout value in seconds until the next
BGE_FW_CMD_DRV_ALIVE command.
Broadcom recommends driver set the value 3 times longer than the
interval that it sends BGE_FW_CMD_DRV_ALIVE. Currently bge(4) uses
3 seconds so probably we have to increase it in future and use
different ALIVE command(e.g. BGE_FW_CMD_DRV_ALIVE3).
No functional changes.
r226749:
Whitespace nits.
r226770:
Fix long standing bge_sysctl_debug_info() issues.
o Protect bge(4) status block access and register dump with driver lock.
o Add missing bus_dmamap_sync() before dumping status block.
o Use minimum status block size, 32 bytes, for status block dump on most
controllers except BCM5700 AX/BX.
While I'm here, make the handler show 5717 Plus in hardware flags.
r226804:
Make CPMU handle GPHY power down control on controllers that have
CPMU capability.
r226805:
It is known that all Broadcom controllers have 4GB boundary DMA
bug. Apply workaround to all controllers.
r226806:
Broadcom says BCM5755 or higher and BCM5906 have short DMA bug.
Apply workaround to these controllers.
r226807:
BCM5719 cannot handle DMA requests for DMA segments that have
larger than 4KB in size. However the maximum DMA segment size
created in DMA tag is 4KB, so we wouldn't encounter the issue here.
Just record this issue such that let developers not to create a DMA
segment that is larger than 4KB for BCM5719. It's possible to split
a DMA segment into multiple smaller ones in run time but I believe
it's not worth to implement that.
Add support for ALi/ULi, now NVIDIA, M5261/M5263 PCI FastEthernet
controller which is found on ULi M1563 South Bridge & M1689 Bridge.
These controllers look like a tulip clone.
M5263 controller does not support MII bitbang so use DC_ROM
register to access MII registers. Like other tulip variants, ULi
controller uses a setup frame to configure RX filter and uses new
setup frame format. It's not clear to me whether the controller
supports a hash based multicast filtering so this patch uses 14
perfect multicast filter to filter multicast frames. If number of
multicast addresses is greater than 14, controller is put into a
mode that receives all multicast frames.
Due to lack of access to M5261, this change was not tested with
M5261 but it probably works. Many thanks to Marco who provided
remote access to M5263.
Tested by: Marco Steinbach <coco <> executive-computing dot de>,
Martin MATO <martin.mato <> orange dot fr>
When driver is run for the first time there would be no established
link such that calling dc_setcfg() right after media change would
be meaningless unless controller in question is not Davicom DM9102.
Ideally dc_setcfg() should be called when speed/duplex is resolved
otherwise it would reprogram controller with wrong speed/duplex
information. Because MII status change callback already calls
dc_setcfg() I think calling dc_setcfg() in dc_init_locked() is
wrong. For instance, it would take some time to establish a link
after mii_mediachg(), so blindly calling dc_setcfg() right after
mii_mediachg() will always yield wrong media configuration.
Extend dc_ifmedia_upd() to handle media change and still allow
21143 and Davidcom controllers program speed/duplex regardless of
current resolved speed/duplex of link. In theory 21143 may not need
to call dc_setcfg() right after media change, but leave it as it is
because there are too many variants to test that change. Probably
dc(4) shall need a PHY reset in dc_ifmedia_upd() but it's hard to
verify correctness of the change.
This change reliably makes ULi M5263 establish a link.
While I'm here correctly report media change result. Previously it
always reported a success.
1. Remove a bunch of duplicates. Usually this means removing them from
fortunes, but occasionally remove them from the other 2 files when
they are not offensive, or not murphy'ish enough.
Where the version in fortunes had better attribution and/or formatting,
copy it over.
2. Fix a few typos
3. Use the full name of François De La Rochefoucauld, fix one of his
quotes, and remove the duplicate of it.
MFC r228934:
Prefer ASCII apostrophes over Unicode ones like the rest of the file.
MFC r228938:
1. Correct capitalization of the nobility particle for
Francois de La Rochefoucauld introduced in r228909
2. Change c-cedilla introduced in the same commit to ASCII c since
non-UTF-8 terminals will choke on the non-ASCII text.
Consistently use types in ixgbe driver code:
- ixgbe_tso_setup() returns a bool, so declare it bool, not boolean_t.
- ixgbe_txeof() returns a bool, so declare it bool, not boolean_t.
- Do not re-define bool if the symbol already exists.
Note this is a partial MFC since ixgbe_tx_ctx_setup() returns more than
TRUE/FALSE on stable/7 and ixgbe_header_split tunable does not exist.
Consistently use types in e1000 driver code:
- Two struct members eee_disable are used in a function that expects
an int *, so declare them int, not bool.
- igb_tx_ctx_setup() returns a boolean value, so declare it bool, not int.
- igb_header_split is passed to TUNABLE_INT, so delcare it int, not bool.
- igb_tso_setup() returns a bool, so declare it bool, not boolean_t.
- Do not re-define bool/true/false if the symbols already exist.
r226480:
Add missing driver lock in media status handler.
r226481:
Make sure to report media change status to caller. Previously it
always reported success.
Close a race where SIOCGIFMEDIA ioctl get inconsistent link status.
Because driver is accessing a common MII structure in
mii_pollstat(), updating user supplied structure should be done
before dropping a driver lock.
Reported by: Karim (fodillemlinkarimi <> gmail dot com)
BCE_MISC_ID register of BCM5716 returns the same id of BCM5709 so
remove explicit checks for BCM5716.
The BCM5709 and BCM5716 chips are virtually indistinguishable by
software except for the PCI device ID. The two chips differ in
that BCM5709 supports TCP/IP and iSCSI offload in Windows while
the BCM5716 doesn't.
While I'm here remove now unused definition of BCE_CHIP_NUM_5716
and BCE_CHIP_ID_5716_C0.
Add an API for alerting internal libc routines to the presence of
"unsafe" paths post-chroot, and use it in ftpd. [11:07]
Fix a buffer overflow in telnetd. [11:08]
Make pam_ssh ignore unpassphrased keys unless the "nullok" option is
specified. [11:09]
Add sanity checking of service names in pam_start. [11:10]
Approved by: so (cperciva)
Approved by: re (bz)
Security: FreeBSD-SA-11:06.bind
Security: FreeBSD-SA-11:07.chroot
Security: FreeBSD-SA-11:08.telnetd
Security: FreeBSD-SA-11:09.pam_ssh
Security: FreeBSD-SA-11:10.pam
- Replace rcsid with __FBSDID.
- Remove paths.h and embed it in the source.
- Remove stale alpha support.
- Clean up compiler warnings and fix style(9) bugs.
Not MFC'ed by: jkim
MFC: r195339
Add a new options (-s) that, when specified, skips the question about
adjusting the clock to UTC.
That avoids to write on /etc/wall_cmos_clock which is useful in some
cases (example: host user in a jail).
Not MFC'ed by: attilio
MFC: r198254
When tzsetup is run as non-root and the "CMOS clock question on
UTC" is answered as No, it would abort without properly ending the
dialog session.
Not MFC'ed by: edwin
MFC: r198267
Instead of having to know which timezone was picked last time, you
now can run "tzsetup -r" which will reinstall the last choice. This
data is recorded in /var/db/zoneinfo.
Not MFC'ed by: edwin
MFC: r198350
- Add support for chrooted installs.
- Add examples to the man-page.
Not MFC'ed by: edwin
MFC: r208830
When there is a problem with writing, also bail out.
Not MFC'ed by: edwin
MFC: r208831
Add comment that this value is unused.
It is obvious that it isn't used, but both clang and Coverity talk about it.
Not MFC'ed by: edwin
MFC: r209190
Use literal format strings. Found by clang.
Not MFC'ed by: emaste
MFC: r210243
Fix support for chrooted installs.
Not MFC'ed by: nork
While mentored by: imp
MFC: r220172
Add a menu entry for UTC in the main menu.
Not MFC'ed by: edwin
MFC: r222139
- add missing options and arguments to program's usage()
and sync it with manpage's SYNOPSIS
- generally clean up a manpage's formatting
Not MFC'ed by: ru
MFC: r227011
If the user is moving from any other time zone to UTC we need
to delete any old /var/db/zoneinfo file that may exist so that
tzsetup -r does the right thing.
Security: some poorly thought out programs allow the user to specify
the service name; this patch makes it harder to trick these
programs into loading and executing arbitrary code.
Security: prevents users with unencrypted ssh keys (prohibited
unless the nullok option is specified) from logging in
by providing a bogus non-null passphrase.
The default setting, daily_accounting_compress="NO", was causing
only 1 old file to be saved, so fix this.
While I'm here, fix a very old off-by-one error causing 1 more
file than specified in daily_accounting_save to be saved because
acct.0 was not taken into account (pun intended). Change that, and
use a more thorough method of finding old files to delete. Partly
just because this is the right thing to do, but also to silently
fix the extra log that would have been left behind forever with the
previous method.
Increase the CDMA sync timeout for Schizo bridges to 15 seconds as used by
OpenSolaris. One second turned out to be not enough for certain loads while
10 seconds were sufficient.
Reported by: Peter Jeremy
- Add a DEVMETHOD_END alias for KOBJMETHOD_END so that along with 'driver_t'
and DEVMETHOD() we can fully hide the explicit mention of kobj(9) from
device drivers.
- Update the device driver examples to use DEVMETHOD_END.
Submitted by: jhb
- Add a note to src/Makefile that explains that 'rm' runs twice because
thesecond invocation only needs to operate on files with the immutable
flag set.
- Fix the note in r227769 to be less specific to the immutable flag.
- Replace 'chflags' with 'file flags' in a comment, since 'chflags'is a
command, not a flag itself.
Both a crash reported on freebsd-current on Oct. 18 under the
subject heading "mtx_lock() of destroyed mutex on NFS" and
PR# 156168 appear to be caused by clnt_dg_destroy() closing
down the socket prematurely. When to close down the socket
is controlled by a reference count (cs_refs), but clnt_dg_create()
checks for sb_upcall being non-NULL to decide if a new socket
is needed. I believe the crashes were caused by the following race:
clnt_dg_destroy() finds cs_refs == 0 and decides to delete socket
clnt_dg_destroy() then loses race with clnt_dg_create() for
acquisition of the SOCKBUF_LOCK()
clnt_dg_create() finds sb_upcall != NULL and increments cs_refs to 1
clnt_dg_destroy() then acquires SOCKBUF_LOCK(), sets sb_upcall to
NULL and destroys socket
This patch fixes the above race by changing clnt_dg_destroy() so
that it acquires SOCKBUF_LOCK() before testing cs_refs.
This is a slightly modified patch for stable/7. It fixes the
above race, although others still exist, since some patches
such as r193272 cannot be MFC'd.
Tested by: nonesuch at longcount.org (Mark Saad)
PR: kern/156168
Define curthread as an inline function that loads the thread pointer
directly from g7, the pcpu pointer. This guarantees correct behavior
when the thread migrates to a different CPU.
Commit message stolen from r205431. Additional testing by Peter Jeremy.
Simplify how we find the kernel source.
MFC r222218:
expr -> sh arithmetic expansion
MFC r226863:
Fix svnversion for svn 1.7.x by not looking for .svn in ${SYSDIR}
(since it no longer exists). Instead, run svnversion if we can find
the binary and test that the output looks like a version string.
Do a dummy read to flush the interrupt ACK that we just performed,
ensuring that everything is really, truly consistent.
This fixes certain cases where one will see various:
mfi0: COMMAND 0xffffffXXXXXXXXXX TIMEOUT AFTER XX SECONDS
Requested by: Vincent Hoffman <vince unsane co uk>
Recursive name servers are failing with an assertion:
INSIST(! dns_rdataset_isassociated(sigrdataset))
At this time it is not thought that authoritative-only servers
are affected, but information about this bug is evolving rapidly.
Because it may be possible to trigger this bug even on networks
that do not allow untrusted users to access the recursive name
servers (perhaps via specially crafted e-mail messages, and/or
malicious web sites) it is recommended that ALL operators of
recursive name servers upgrade immediately.
For more information see:
https://www.isc.org/software/bind/advisories/cve-2011-tbd
which will be updated as more information becomes available.
https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2011-4313
Add a flush of the current PMC log buffer before displaying the next top.
As the underlying block is 4KB if the PMC throughput is low the measurement
will be reported on the next tick. pmcstat(8) use the modified flush API to
reclaim current buffer before displaying next top.
Import gcc fix for -fstack-protector that produces segfaulting
binaries on arm/armel.
Related gcc bug:
http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=35965
Author kindly accepted that all of his patches can be use as GPLv2.
PR: 161128
Fix a LOR in the NFS client which could cause a deadlock.
This was reported to the mailing list [email protected]
on July 21, 2011 under the subject "LOR with nfsclient sillyrename".
The LOR occurred when nfs_inactive() called vrele(sp->s_dvp)
while holding the vnode lock on the file in s_dvp. This patch
modifies the client so that it performs the vrele(sp->s_dvp)
as a separate task to avoid the LOR. This fix was discussed
with jhb@ and kib@, who both proposed variations of it.
Add a PCI front-end to esp(4) allowing it to support AMD Am53C974 and
replace amd(4) with the former in the amd64, i386 and pc98 GENERIC kernel
configuration files. Besides duplicating functionality, amd(4), which
previously also supported the AMD Am53C974, unlike esp(4) is no longer
maintained and has accumulated enough bit rot over time to always cause
a panic during boot as long as at least one target is attached to it
(see PR 124667).
PR: 124667
Obtained from: NetBSD (based on)
- Use device_t rather than the NetBSDish struct device.
- Move esp_devclass to ncr53c9x.c in order to allow different bus front-ends
to use it.
- Use KOBJMETHOD_END.
- Remove the gl_clear_latched_intr hook as it's not needed for any of the
chips nor the front-ends supported in FreeBSD and likely never will be.
- Correct the DMA constraints and only limit the tag used for the transfer
buffers to 32-bit DMA as that address is written into a 32-bit register.
- The ESP200 also only supports up to 64k transfers.
- Don't let the DMA and SBus front-end supply a maximum transfer size larger
than MAXPHYS as that's the maximum the upper layers use and we otherwise
just waste resources unnecessarily.
- Initialize the ECB callout and don't zero the handle when returning ECBs
to the free list so that ncr53c9x_callout() actually is called with the
driver lock held.
- On detach the driver lock should be held across cam_sim_free() according
to isp(4) and a panic received.
- Check the return value of NCRDMA_SETUP(), i.e. bus_dmamap_load(9), and try
to handle failures gracefully.
- In ncr53c9x_action() replace N calls to xpt_done() in a switch with just
one at the end.
- On XPT_PATH_INQ report "NCR" rather than "Sun" as the vendor as the former
is somewhat more correct as well as the maximum supported transfer size via
maxio in order to take advantage of controllers that that can handle more
than DFLTPHYS.
- Freeze the device queue if a request didn't complete without error and
isn't already frozen.
- Print the number of MESSAGE (EXTENDED) rejected.
- Fix the path encoded in the multiple inclusion protection of ncr53c9xvar.h.
- Correct the DMA constraints used in the LSI64854 core to not exceed the
maximum supported transfer size and include the boundary so we don't need
to check on every setup of a DMA transfer.
- Let the bus DMA map callbacks do nothing in case of an error.
- Correctly handle > 64k transfers for FAS366 in the LSI64854. A new feature
flag NCR_F_LARGEXFER was introduced so we just need to check for this one
and not for individual controllers supporting large transfers in several
places.
- Let the LSI64854 core load transfer buffers using BUS_DMA_NOWAIT as the
NCR53C9x core can't handle EINPROGRESS. Due to lack of bounce buffers
support, sparc64 doesn't actually use EINPROGRESS and likely never will,
as an example for writing additional front-ends for the NCR53C9x core it
makes sense to set BUS_DMA_NOWAIT anyway though.
- Some minor cleanup.
it since r227279 is compiled into the kernel. This restores POLA for people
that don't use "options miibus" but "options mii" and individual PHY drivers
instead.
This is a direct commit to stable/7.
- Import the common MII bitbang'ing code from NetBSD and convert drivers to
take advantage of it instead of duplicating it. This reduces the size of
the i386 GENERIC kernel by about 8k. The only potential in-tree users left
unconverted are ed(4) and xe(4). Xe(4) generally should be changed to use
miibus(4) instead of implementing PHY handling on its own, as otherwise it
makes not much sense to add a dependency on miibus(4)/mii_bitbang(4) to it
just for the MII bitbang'ing code. Ed(4) has some chip specific things
interwinded with the MII bitbang'ing code and it's unclear whether it can
be converted to common code, at least not without thorough testing of all
the various chips supported by ed(4).
The common MII bitbang'ing code also is useful in the embedded space for
using GPIO pins to implement MII access.
- Based on lessons learnt with dc(4) (see r185750), add bus barriers to the
MII bitbang read and write functions of the other drivers converted in
order to ensure the intended ordering. Given that register access via an
index register as well as register bank/window switching is subject to the
same problem, also add bus barriers to the respective functions of smc(4),
tl(4) and xl(4).
- Sprinkle some const.
Thanks to the following testers:
Andrew Bliznak (nge(4)), nwhitehorn@ (bm(4)), yongari@ (sis(4) and ste(4))
Thanks to Hans-Joerg Sirtl for supplying hardware to test stge(4).
Reviewed by: yongari (subset of drivers)
Obtained from: NetBSD (partially)
Increase the IOC port initialization timeouts by ten times to what the
corresponding Linux driver uses. This allows mpt(4) to still recognize
all good SATA devices in presence of a defective one, which takes about
45 seconds.
In the long term we probably should implement the logic used by mpt2sas(4)
allowing IOC port initialization to complete at a later time.
Submitted by: Andrew Boyer
1. Add a new option, --run-updates, to always or never run the newalises,
pwd_mkdb, etc. updates at the end of the comparison.
2. Add an update to the end to handle /etc/localtime, if it exists.
If /var/db/zoneinfo exists, automatically update /etc/localtime,
which should (hopefully) be safe to do. If not, prompt the user
to run tzsetup.
3. Update run_it_now(), the function that handles input for the updates,
to make sure that we got a valid answer, and to handle the --run-updates
option if supplied.
Add birth date for Ken Thompson
Add birth and death dates for Steve Jobs
Update birth and add death date for Dennis Ritchie
MFC r226942:
Fix typo from r226927
Fix the text and attribution of the poem "Youth" by Samuel Ullman.
Our copy was a bastardization of the "older" (probably original?) and
shorter version of the poem; and the "newer" version that is better
known, and arguably more popular. Standardize on the latter.
Cf. http://www.bartleby.com/73/2099.html
- Fiji will end DST on 22 January 2012.
- Moldova split into two timezones has been cancelled.
- Cuba will end DST on 13 November 2011
Obtained from: ftp://ftp.iana.org/tz/releases/
- Hook into the existing stat timer to drive the transmit watchdog instead
of using if_watchdog and if_timer.
- Reorder detach to call ether_ifdetach() before anything else in tl(4)
and wb(4).
- Add a private timer to drive the transmit watchdog instead of using
if_watchdog and if_timer.
- Fix some issues in detach for sn(4), ste(4), and ti(4). Primarily this
means calling ether_ifdetach() before anything else.
r226695:
Fix a regression introduced in r218832. For TX status check, driver
should use a TX list DMA tag.
r226696:
Add missing bus_dmamap_sync() in setup frame transmit.
Europe:
- Pridnestrovian Moldavian Republic (PMR, also known as
"Pridnestrovie") has abolished seasonal clock change (no transition
to the Winter Time).
- The recent change to the Ukranian time zone (Europe/Kiev) to
introduce permanent daylight saving time (similar to Russia) was
reverted.
South America:
- Bahia: The President signed a decree that includes Bahia in summer
time.
zone.tab:
- Add Europe/Tiraspol Pridnestrovie
Obtained from: ftp://ftp.iana.org/tz/releases/
In r225809 the intention was to send VEOF only once if STDIN was not a
terminal. Unfortunately the fix was incorrect and for flushtime > 0 it
keept sending VEOF.
Sent VEOF generates ^D\b\b echoed by the terminal, which was reported
in bin/161526. Note, we still send VEOF at least once. Otherwise
commands like below would hang forever:
echo 1 |script /tmp/script.out cat
PR: bin/161526
Reported by: Adrian Wontroba <[email protected]>, Stefan Bethke <[email protected]>
Tested by: Stefan Bethke <[email protected]>
Confirmed behavior of a Cisco 6509 in production.
In the old TFTP server, there was an undocumented behavior where
the block counter would rollover to 0 if a file larger
than 65535 blocks was transferred. With the default block size
of 512 octets per block, this is a file size of approximately 32 megabytes.
The new TFTP server code would report an error and stop transferring
the file if a file was larger than 65535 blocks.
This patch restores the old TFTP server's behavior to the new
TFTP server code. If a TFTP client transfers a file larger
than 65535 blocks, and does *not* specify the "rollover" option,
then automatically rollover the block counter to 0 every time
we reach 65535 blocks.
This restores interoperability with the FreeBSD 6 TFTP client.
Without this change, if a FreeBSD 6 TFTP client tried to
retrieve a file larger than 65535 blocks from a FreeBSD 9 TFTP server
, the transfer would fail.
The same file could be retrieved successfully if the same FreeBSD 6
TFTP client was used against a FreeBSD 6 TFTP server.
Approved by: re (kib)
Tested by: Pawan Gupta <pawang at juniper dot net>,
Obtained from: Juniper Networks
FreeBSD7 Reviewed by: Yahoo Inc.
Return proper errno when we hit error when doing sanity check.
This fixes dtrace crashes when module is not compiled with CTF
data.
Submitted by: Paul Ambrose ambrosehua at gmail.com
Changes in 2011i:
Africa
- Added South Sudan: Africa/Juba
Australasia:
- Samoa will go forward 24 hours at 30 December 2011 to better match
the day of the week with its neighbours.
Europe:
- Europe/Kaliningrad will have the timezone KALT.
North America:
- Updates to Metlakatla historical data
- Newfoundland, Labrador and Resolute will do something which I
can't figure out.
iso3166tab;
- Add SS for South Sudan.
Changes in 2011j:
- Samoa will go from 29 December 23:59:59 to 31 December 00:00:00.
- Samoa DST will end on 1 April 2012
Changes in 2011k:
- Gaza / West Bank goes back to standard time on 02 August 2011.
- West Bank went bac kto DST on 30 August 2011.
- Lots of changes in Minsk (GMT+3 without DST) and other Russian
regions. A new timezone has been created for them, FET: Further-eastern
European Time aka GMT+3.
- Add Asian/Hebron to the zone.tab file.
Changes in 2011l:
- West Bank came out of DST on 30 September 2011.
- Fiji will g oin DST on 23 October and out of it on 26 Februari
- State Bahia might go back to DST in 16 October 2011
Due to legal problems, ado and Paul Eggert have to temporary suspend
their work on the timezone database
(http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.comp.time.tz/4133). Their work has
been continued by volunteers on the tz community and the hosting
of the data files is done by Robert Elz at ftp://munnari.oz.au/pub/.
Obtained from: ftp://munnari.oz.au/pub, ftp://elsie.nci.nih.gov/pub/
Updates from Newsletter VI-9 and VI-10:
Newsletter VI-9 2011-06-12
Name changes for Fiji and Myanmar as well as other minor corrections
Newsletter VI-10 2011-08-09
Code elements for South Sudan.
Obtained from: http://www.iso.org/iso/country_codes.html
Move parts of the commit log for r166167, where Tor explained the
interaction between vnode locks and vfs_busy(), into comment.
Comment is slightly edited to better fit into RELENG_7 reality.
225908:
- Reorder default ps(1) output according to reality.
225912:
- there's no reason the semantics of the -x flag are being explained in
the -a flag description
- be more precise regarding the relation between the -a flag and the
security.bsd.see_other_uids sysctl
- describe the format of the -t flag's argument
- 'con' no longer is a possible entry in the 'TT' column
- explain that the 'TT' column refers to pseudo-terminals
via mere numbers
- add a hint in the 'tt' keyword description that a
keyword 'tty' exists, which will give the full terminal pathname
225859:
- Correct a typo that was introduced in 225912
- Use LINE_MAX from limits.h as the maximum line length instead of
BUFSIZ. Use LINE_MAX * 2 as the buffer size (BSIZE).
- Error out if we encounter a line longer than LINE_MAX. The previous
behavior was to silently split long lines and produce corrupted
output.
PR: bin/151384
exposed by the security fix in FreeBSD-SA-11:05.unix.
Approved by: so (cperciva)
Approved by: re (kib)
Security: Related to FreeBSD-SA-11:05.unix, but not actually
a security fix.
Pass the fibnum where we need filtering of the message on the
rtsock allowing routing daemons to filter routing updates on an
rtsock per FIB.
Adjust raw_input() and split it into wrapper and a new function
taking an optional callback argument even though we only have one
consumer [1] to keep the hackish flags local to rtsock.c.
PR: kern/134931
Submitted by: multiple (see PR)
Suggested by: rwatson [1]
Reviewed by: rwatson
When script(1) reads EOF from input it starts spinning on zero-byte
reads eating 100% CPU. Fix this by skipping select on STDIN after
reading EOF -- permanently if STDIN is not terminal and for one second
if it is.
Also after reading EOF from STDIN we have to pass it to the program
being scripted. The previous approach was to write zero bytes into the
pseudo-terminal. This does not work because zero-byte write does not
have any effect on read. Fix this by sending VEOF instead.
Reported by: Ronald Klop <[email protected]>
Discussed with: kib, Chris Torek <[email protected]>
Fix a bug in ichwd(4) which prevents it from being enabled if the new
timeout is the same timeout.
Submitted by: Dmitrij Tejblum <tejblum yandex-team.ru>
PR: kern/139604
Fix the check in dircheck() on namlen.
The value of namlen is copied from on-disk d_namlen, which is a 8-bit
unsigned integer which can never exceed MAXNAMLEN (255) so the test is
always true. Moreover, UFS does not allow d_namelen being zero.
Change namlen from u_int to u_int8_t, and replace the unneeded test
with a useful test.
PR: bin/160339
Submitted by: Eugene Grosbein <eugen grosbein.pp.ru>
vge(4) hardwares poll media status and generates an interrupt
whenever the link state is changed. Using software based polling
for media status tracking is known to cause MII access failure
under certain conditions once link is established so vge(4) used to
rely on link status change interrupt.
However DEVICE_POLLING completely disables generation of all kind
of interrupts on vge(4) such that this resulted in not detecting
link state change event. This means vge(4) does not correctly
detect established/lost link with DEVICE_POLLING. Losing the
interrupt made vge(4) not to send any packets to peer since vge(4)
does not try to send any packets when there is no established link.
Work around the issue by generating link state change interrupt
with DEVICE_POLLING.
PR: kern/160442
- Let mii_phy_add_media() also announce the support of IFM_NONE.
- Add a PHY-specific reset routine is for lxtphy(4) which disables MII
interrupts.
- Remove redundant checks in NIC drivers for mii->mii_instance not being
zero before calling the reset routines because as soon as one PHY driver
attaches mii->mii_instance is incremented and we hardly can end up in
their media change callbacks etc if no PHY driver has attached as
mii_attach() would have failed in that case and not attach a miibus(4)
instance.
- Convert the mebers of the MII data structure to unsigned where
appropriate. This is partly inspired by NetBSD/OpenBSD.
- Add MIIF_NOMANPAUSE and mii_phy_flowstatus() calls to drivers that
weren't explicitly converted to support flow control before. It's
unclear whether flow control actually works with these but typically
it should and their net behavior should be more correct with these
changes in place than without if the MAC driver sets MIIF_DOPAUSE.
Obtained from: NetBSD (partially)
Fix SSL memory handlig for (EC)DH cipher suites, in particular for
multi-threaded use of ECDH.
Security: CVE-2011-3210
Reviewed by: stas
Obtained from: OpenSSL CVS
Since r221218 rman_manage_region(9) actually honors rm_start and rm_end
which may cause problems when these contain garbage so zero the range
descriptors embedding the rmans when allocating them.
Reword sentence noting UPDATING entries prior to October 2007[1] are
only available in older FreeBSD releases.
PR: 159220
[1] - October 2007 is specific to HEAD. In stable/8 and stable/7,
the correct year is 2004, so that change is reflected here as well.
Disable PHY hibernation until I get more detailed hibernation
programming secret. The PHY would go into sleep state when it
detects no established link and it will re-establish link when the
cable is plugged in. Previously it failed to re-establish link
when the cable is plugged in such that it required to manually down
and up the interface again to make it work. This came from
incorrectly programmed hibernation parameters. According to
Atheros, each PHY chip requires different configuration for
hibernation and different vendor has different settings for the
same chip.
Disabling hibernation may consume more power but establishing link
looks more important than saving power.
Special thanks to Atheros for giving me instructions that disable
hibernation.
PR: kern/148772
Add kern.cam.boot_delay description (with reasonable default) to
default/loader.conf
This should help people installing ${OS} to USB devices, where there are
frequently cases where kernel tries to mount root before actual umass sensing
is finished.
Reviewed by: mav
Approved by: kib
Revert r224157 (MFC'ed to stable/7 in r224402), re-enabling r222135 (MFC'ed
to stable/7 in r222372). The underlying problem keeping the latter from
working as expected was fixed in r225014 (MFC'ed to stable/7 in r225117).
r221812 (MFC'ed to stable/7 in r222160) reveals that at least some Broadcom
PHYs default to being not only isolated but also powered down after a reset
and while they just work fine [sic] when both is the case they don't if they
are only deisolate but still powered down. So in order to put PHYs in an
overall normal operation mode for the common case, ensure in mii_phy_reset()
that they are not powered down after a reset. Unfortunately, this only helps
in case of BCM5421, while BCM5709S apparently only work when they remain
isolated and powered down after a reset. So don't call mii_phy_reset() in
brgphy_reset() and implement the reset locally leaving the problematic bits
alone. Effectively this bypasses r221812 for brgphy(4).
Thanks to Justin Hibbits for doing a binary search in order to identify
the problematic commit.
PR: 157405, 158156
Reviewed by: yongari (mii_phy_reset() part)
Properly initialize an error variable to avoid returning uninitialized
data when 'show drives' succeeds, often resulting in a failing exit code
even though the command worked fine.
One of the general principles of the sysctl(3) API is that a user can
query the needed size for a sysctl result by passing in a NULL old
pointer and a valid oldsize. The kern.proc.args sysctl handler broke
this assumption by not calling SYSCTL_OUT() if the old pointer was NULL.
If tail notices that a file it is following no longer exists (because stat()
fails), it will output any final lines and then close the file. If the read
operation also causes an error, such as when the filesystem is forcefully
unmounted, it closes the file as well, leading to fclose(NULL) and a
segmentation fault.
PR: bin/159750
Add new device id of D-Link DGE-530T Rev. C controller. DGE-503T
Rev A1 and B1 is supported by sk(4) but the DGE-530T Rev. C
controller is re-branded RealTek 8169 controller.
PR: kern/159116
Sync makefs(8) ISO 9660 support with NetBSD:
o cd9960 -> cd9660
o Move inclusion of sys/endian.h from cd9660_eltorito.c to cd9660.h
since actual user is not cd9660_eltorito.c but iso.h and
cd9660_eltorito.h.
Actually, include order/place of sys/endian.h doesn't matter on
netbsd since it is always included by sys/types.h but it's not
true on other system. This should fix cross build breakage on
freebsd introduced by rev. 1.16 of cd9660_eltorito.c.
Problem reported and fix suggested on twitter.
o Fix fd leaks in error cases. Found by cppcheck.
o RRIP RE length should be 4, not 0
o Apply fixes for PR bin/44114 (makefs(8) -t cd9660 -o rockridge creates
corrupted cd9660fs), iso9660_rrip.c part:
- cd9660_rrip_finalize_node() should check rr_real_parent in node->parent,
not in node itself in RRIP_PL case
- cd9660_rrip_initialize_node() should update only node passed as arg
so handle RRIP_PL in DOTDOT case
Fixes malformed dotdot entries in deep (more than 8 level) directories
moved into .rr_moved dir.
Should be pulled up to netbsd-5.
(no official ISO has such deep dirs, but cobalt restorecd is affected)
Reviewed by: mm
Obtained from: NetBSD
The tid member of struct pthread actually is long so read it as such.
Accessing it as an int causes failure on big-endian LP64, i.e. mips64be,
powerpc64 and sparc64.
Reviewed by: marcel
- Merge from r147740:
When the last, possibly partially filled buffer is flushed, we didn't
reset fragsz to 0 and as such would stop reflecting reality.
- Use __FBSDID.
- Send the RELSIM_ADJUST_OPENINGS in response to a MPI_EVENT_QUEUE_FULL using
the right SIM in case the HBA is RAID-capable but the target in question is
not a hot spare or member of a RAID volume.
- Report the loss and addition of SAS and SATA targets detected via PHY link
status changes and signalled by MPI_EVENT_SAS_DEVICE_STATUS_CHANGE to cam(4)
as lost devices and trigger rescans as appropriate. Without this it can take
quite some time until a lost device actually is no longer tried to be used,
if it ever stops. [1]
- Handle MPI_EVENT_IR2, MPI_EVENT_LOG_ENTRY_ADDED, MPI_EVENT_SAS_DISCOVERY
and MPI_EVENT_SAS_PHY_LINK_STATUS silently as these serve no additional
purpose beyond adding cryptic entries to logs.
- Add a warning for MPI_EVENT_SAS_DISCOVERY_ERROR events, which can help
identifying broken disks. [2]
Thanks to Hans-Joerg Sirtl for providing one of the HBAs these changes were
developed with and RIP to the mainboard that didn't survive testing them.
PR: 157534 [1]
Submitted by: Andrew Boyer [2]
- Staticize functions as appropriate and comment out unused ones.
- Sprinkle some const where appropriate.
- Consistently use target_id_t for the target parameter of mpt_map_physdisk()
and mpt_is_raid_volume().
- Fix some whitespace bugs.
- For SAS but neither FC nor SPI controllers default to using MSI/MSI-X
(still allowing their use to be disabled via device hints though). This
matches what the corresponding Linux driver provided by LSI does. Tested
with SAS1064.
- There's no need to keep track of the RIDs used.
- Don't allocate MSI/MSI-X as RF_SHAREABLE.
- Remove a comment which no longer applies since r209599 (MFC'ed to stable/7
in r224332).
- Assign NULL rather than 0 to pointers.
Make clear that the -U option can be dangerous.
In -p mode install the group file with the same permissions as normally
done in etc/Makefile.
Update the copyright.
Fix NetBSD PR bin/44114:
makefs with -t cd9660 -o rockridge against directories with
deep structure creates a corrupted cd9660 image.
http://gnats.netbsd.org/cgi-bin/query-pr-single.pl?number=44114
Fix NetBSD PR bin/45217:
makefs creates ISO9660 images that violate the ECMA-119 (ISO9660)
specification. This is caused by erroneously writing 32 bytes
with value 0x20 to the volume_set_id field and 128 bytes with value 0x20
to the the following 37-byte fields in the PVD:
copyright_file_id, abstract_file_id, bibliographic_file_id
This causes, among other unwanted results the reserved4 field to be
overwritten with the value 0x20. To comply with the specification,
this field muse be zero. As a result, all FreeBSD distribution
ISO images created with makefs have not been 100% valid ISO9660 files.
http://gnats.netbsd.org/cgi-bin/query-pr-single.pl?number=45217
Reviewed by: kientzle
Obtained from: NetBSD
Remove note that claims pthread_set_name_np is for debugging only.
As Garrett points out,
It is no more a debugging interface than setproctitle(3), and has not
been since the name started getting stuffed into the kernel. This
statement may have made sense when the name was only visible in thread
state dumps and the debugger.
PR: threads/158815
MFC r224523:
Fix invalid assertion of C++ external static data member declarations
as anonymous namespaces are local to the current translation.
MFC r224524:
Fix accidential dos-style endings to unix-style line endings
from last commit (r224523) to match the version approved by re@
GCC PR: c++/33094
Reviewed by: uqs
Obtained from: gcc (branches/redhat/gcc-4_1-branch, rev. 129554, GPLv2)
ARP code reuses mbuf from ARP request to make a reply, but it does not
reset rcvif to NULL. Since rcvif is not NULL, ipfw(4) supposes that ARP
replies were received on specified interface.
Reset rcvif to NULL for ARP replies to fix this issue.
PR: kern/131817
Merge from r161730:
o Set TP using inline assembly to avoid dead code elimination.
o Eliminate _tcb.
Merge from r161840:
Stylize: avoid using a global register variable.
Merge from r157461:
Simplify _get_curthread() and _tcb_ctor because libc and rtld now
already allocate thread pointer space in tls block for initial thread.
Merge from r177853:
Replace function _umtx_op with _umtx_op_err, the later function directly
returns errno, because errno can be mucked by user's signal handler and
most of pthread api heavily depends on errno to be correct, this change
should improve stability of the thread library.
Recognize "ro", "rdonly", "norw", "rw" and "noro" as equal options in
vfs_equalopts(). This allows vfs_sanitizeopts() to filter redundant
occurrences of these options. It was possible that for example both "ro"
and "rw" options became active concurrently.
PR: kern/133614
MFC r220040:
Fix some style issues in r219925.
- Sync with the latest version from NetBSD. It notably addds ISO9660 support.
- Add support for synthesizing an APM partition map to map Mac PowerPC
bootstrap partitions from the ISO9660 boot catalog. This preserves OS X's
ability to mount the CD, while allowing us a way to provide HFS-ified
bootstrap code for Open Firmware.
- Add analogs to the -chrp-boot and -prep-boot options to mkisofs.
- Mark getc() as inline, this has no effect on gcc but helps clang.
- Move getc() body before xgetc() so gcc does not emit a warning about function
having no body.
Approved by: jhb
Some more shrinking.
o bunch of variables are turned into uint8_t
o initial setting of namep[] in lookup() is removed
as it's only overwritten a few lines down
o kname is explicitly initialized in main() as BSS
in boot2 is not zeroed
o the setting and reading of "fmt" in load() is removed
o buf in printf() is made static to save space
Reviewed by: jhb
Tested by: me and Fabian Keil <freebsd-listen fabiankeil de>
This patch shrinks boot2 a little.
o It switches kname to be just a pointer instead of an array
thus avoiding a couple of memcpy()s.
o It changes ioctl to unsigned from uint8_t.
o It changes the second keyhit limit to 3 seconds from 5
so that constant propagation can take place.
o It changes the ticks overflow computation as suggested by bde@.
o It removes bi_basemem/bi_extmem/bi_memsizes_valid setting from
bootinfo as it is unused.
Reviewed by: jhb
In sys/boot/i386/boot2/boot2.c, change the type of the 'opts' variable
from uint16_t back to uint32_t. The actual option bitmasks (RB_* and
RBX_*) assume at least a 32 bit variable.
Submitted by: rdivacky
Remove reading of symbols from a.out loaded files. Since we are tight
on space for clang and a.out support is only needed for /boot/loader,
they are excess bytes that serve no useful purpose other than to
support really old kernels (FreeBSD < 3.2 or so). Prefer clang
support over support for these old kernels and remove this code. We
gain about 100 bytes of space this way.
Reviewed by: rdivacky@
MFi386: revisions 220389 and 220392
- Mark getc() as inline, this has no effect on gcc but helps clang.
- Move getc() body before xgetc() so gcc does not emit a warning about
function having no body.
MFi386: the part of 219452
- bunch of variables are turned into uint8_t.
- the setting and reading of "fmt" in load() is removed.
- buf in printf() is made static to save space.
MFi386: revision 219186
This patch shrinks boot2 a little.
o It switches kname to be just a pointer instead of an array.
o It changes ioctl to unsigned from uint8_t.
o It changes the second keyhit limit to 3 seconds from 5.
o It removes bi_basemem/bi_extmem/bi_memsizes_valid setting.
Use a cleaner expression to retrieve the memory size in pc98's boot2.c,
which also avoids NULL pointer arithmetic, as suggested by jhb. The
available space goes from 11 bytes to 7.
Reviewed by: nyan
Approved by: rpaulo (mentor)
Since r219452 the alignment of __dmadat has changed, revealing that fsread()
bogusly casts its contents around causing alignment faults on sparc64 and
most likely also on at least powerpc. Fix this by copying the contents
bytewise instead as partly already done here. Solving this the right way
costs some space, i.e. 148 bytes with GCC and 16 bytes with clang on x86
there are still some bytes left there though, and an acceptable hack which
tricks the compiler into only using a 2-byte alignment instead of the native
one when accessing the contents turned out to even take up more space that.
Apply a few small optimizations to boot2's code, to make it shrink a
little further. This gets us further on the way to be able to build it
successfully with clang. Using in-tree gcc, this shrinks boot2.bin with
60 bytes, the in-tree clang shaves off 72 bytes, and ToT clang 84 bytes.
Submitted by: rdivacky
Reviewed by: imp
Replace structure assignments with explicity memcpy calls. This allows
Clang to compile this file: it was using the builtin memcpy and we want
to use the memcpy defined in gptboot.c. (Clang can't compile boot2 yet).
Submitted by: Dimitry Andric <dimitry at andric.com>
Reviewed by: jhb
Some of the boot loader code only works on a ufs file system, but it
uses the generic struct dirent, which happens to look identical to UFS's
struct direct. If BSD ever changes dirent then this will be a problem.
Submitted by: matthew dot fleming at isilon dot com
Revert r222135 by allowing controller reinitialization. Due to
unknown reason Apple UniNorth2 gem(4) device required manual
interface down/up operation after r222135. Even though this is not
correct thing and I don't like to revert it but it would be better
than breaking gem(4) on PPC. This should be revisited.
PR: kern/157405
- Expand the scope of the lock in the interrupt routine to close races with
checking IFF_DRV_RUNNING and simplify the code. This also involves holding
the driver lock in the rx_ch callout.
- Just use ifp instead of sc->sc_ifp.
Submitted by: jhb (mostly)
PCIB_ALLOC_MSIX() may already fail on the first pass, f.e. when the PCI-PCI
bridge is blacklisted. In that case just return from pci_alloc_msix_method(),
otherwise we continue without a single MSI-X resource, causing subsequent
attempts to use the seemingly available resource to fail or when booting
verbose to NULL-dereference rle->start when trying to print the IRQ in
pci_alloc_msix_method().
Reviewed by: jhb
- Remove redundant timecounter masking from counter_get_timecount().
- Zero the timecounter when allocation so we don't need to initialize unused
members and remove a now redundant NULL assignment.
Submitted by: jkim
- Current testing shows that (ab)using the JBC performance counter in bus
cycle mode as timecounter just works fine. My best guess is that a firmware
update has fixed this, so check at run-time whether it advances and use a
positive quality if it does. The latter will cause this timecounter to be
used instead of the tick counter based one, which just sucks for SMP.
- Remove a redundant NULL assignment from the timecounter initialization.
- Add a missing shift in schizo_get_timecount(). This happened to be non-fatal
as STX_CTRL_PERF_CNT_CNT0_SHIFT actually is zero, if we were using the
second counter in the upper 32 bits this would be required though as the MI
timecounter code doesn't support 64-bit counters/counter registers.
- Remove a redundant NULL assignment from the timecounter initialization.
Call pmap_qremove() before freeing or unwiring the pages, otherwise
there's a window during which a page can be re-used before its previous
mapping is removed.
Reviewed by: alc
UltraSPARC-IV CPUs seem to be affected by a not publicly documented
erratum causing them to trigger stray vector interrupts accompanied by a
state in which they even fault on locked TLB entries. Just retrying the
instruction in that case gets the CPU back on track though. OpenSolaris
also just ignores a certain number of stray vector interrupts.
While at it, implement the stray vector interrupt handling for SPARC64-VI
which use these for indicating uncorrectable errors in interrupt packets.
- For Cheetah- and Zeus-class CPUs don't flush all unlocked entries from
the TLBs in order to get rid of the user mappings but instead traverse
them an flush only the latter like we also do for the Spitfire-class.
Also flushing the unlocked kernel entries can cause instant faults which
when called from within cpu_switch() are handled with the scheduler lock
held which in turn can cause timeouts on the acquisition of the lock by
other CPUs. This was easily seen with a 16-core V890 but occasionally
also happened with 2-way machines.
While at it, move the SPARC64-V support code entirely to zeus.c. This
causes a little bit of duplication but is less confusing than partially
using Cheetah-class bits for these.
- For SPARC64-V ensure that 4-Mbyte page entries are stored in the 1024-
entry, 2-way set associative TLB.
- In {d,i}tlb_get_data_sun4u() turn off the interrupts in order to ensure
that ASI_{D,I}TLB_DATA_ACCESS_REG actually are read twice back-to-back.
Tested by: Peter Jeremy (16-core US-IV), Michael Moll (2-way SPARC64-V)
- In gem_reset_rx() also reset the RX MAC which is necessary in order to
get it out of a stuck condition that can be caused by GEM_MAC_RX_OVERFLOW.
- In gem_reset_rxdma() call gem_setladrf() in order to reprogram the RX
filter and restore the previous content of GEM_MAC_RX_CONFIG. While at it
consistently use the newly introduced sc_mac_rxcfg throughout the driver
instead of reading the its old content.
- Increment if_iqdrops instead of if_ierrors in case of RX buffer allocation
failure.
- According to the GEM datasheet the RX MAC should also be disabled in
gem_setladrf() before changing its configuration.
- Add error messages to gem_disable_{r,t}x() and take advantage of these
throughout the driver instead of duplicating their functionality all over
the place.
In joint forces with: yongari
- As with stray vector interrupts limit the reporting of stray level
interrupts. Bringup on additional machine models repeatedly reveals
firmware that enables interrupts behind our back, causing the console
to be flooded otherwise.
- As with the regular interrupt counters using uint16_t instead of
u_long for counting the stray vector interrupts should be more than
sufficient.
- Cache the interrupt vector in intr_stray_vector().
Don't include curcpu in the mask which is used as the IPI cookie as we
have to ignore it when sending the IPI anyway. Actually I can't think of
a good reason why this ever was done that way in the first place as it's
not even usefull for debugging.
- For the case when tl1_align(_trap) is used to call rsf_fatal via
RSF_FATAL we need to switch to alternate globals for KSTACK_CHECK just
like tl1_data_excptn(_trap) does. This is more or less cosmetic because
in case RSF_FATAL is called we're already heading south.
- Correct an END().
- Read the window state from the correct register for a CATR().
- Test KTR_CPUMASK against pc_cpuid rather than pc_mid to match what the C
version does.
- Initialize global registers early in the MP startup code so PCPU can be
used.
- Add 10baseT as an alias for 10baseT/UTP.
- Add shorthand aliases for common media+option combinations as announced
by miibus(4) so that one can actually supply the media strings found in
the dmesg output to ifconfig(8).
Obtained from: NetBSD (in principle)
When setting media always and not just in case of switching to IFM_AUTO
clear the options of the current media, i.e. only inherit the instance,
which matches what NetBSD does. Without this it's really non-intuitive
that the following sequence:
ifconfig bge0 media 1000baseT mediaopt full-duplex
ifconfig bge0 media 100baseTX
results in 100baseTX full-duplex to be set or that:
ifconfig bge0 media autoselect mediaopt flowcontrol
ifconfig bge0 media 1000baseT mediaopt full-duplex
tries to set 1000baseT full-duplex with flowcontrol, which isn't suported
und thus fails while the following:
ifconfig re0 media 1000baseT mediaopt flowcontrol,full-duplex
ifconfig re0 media autoselect
just switches to autoselection without flowcontrol.
- Allocate the DMA memory shared between the host and the controller as
coherent.
- Add some missing bus_dmamap_sync() calls. This includes putting such
calls before calling reply handlers instead of calling bus_dmamap_sync()
for the request queue from individual reply handlers as these handlers
generally read back updates by the controller.
Tested on amd64 and sparc64.
r209960 | marius
- Make the maxsize parameter of the data buffer DMA tag match maxio, which
was missed in r209599.
Reported and tested by: Michael Moll
- Declare mpt_dma_buf_alloc() static just like mpt_dma_buf_free(), both are
used in mpt.c only.
Reviewed by: ken
MFC after: r209599
r209599 | ken
Change the mpt driver to allow larger I/O sizes.
The mpt driver previously didn't report a 'maxio' size to CAM, and so the
da(4) driver limited I/O sizes to DFLTPHYS (64K) by default. The number
of scatter gather segments allowed, as reported to busdma, was
(128K / PAGE_SIZE) + 1, or 33 on architectures with 4K pages.
Change things around so that we wait until we've determined how many
segments the adapter can support before creating the busdma tag used for
buffers, so we can potentially support more S/G segments and therefore
larger I/O sizes.
Also, fix some things that were broken about the module unload path. It
still gets hung up inside CAM, though.
mpt.c: Move some busdma initialization calls in here, and call
them just after we've gotten the IOCFacts, and know how
many S/G segments this adapter can support.
mpt.h: Add max_cam_seg_cnt.
mpt_cam.c: Fix the locking in mpt_cam_detach().
mpt_pci.c: Pull some busdma initialization and teardown out and put
it in mpt.c. We now delay it until we know many scatter
gather segments the adapter can support, and therefore
how to setup our busdma tags.
mpt_raid.c: Make sure we wake up the right wait channel to get the
raid thread to wake up when we're trying to shut it down.
Reviewed by: gibbs, mjacob
MFC after: 2 weeks
Use callout_init_mtx on FreeBSD versions recent enough. This closes
the race where interrupt thread can complete the request for which
timeout has fired and while mpt_timeout has blocked on mpt_lock.
Define VM_KMEM_SIZE_MAX on sparc64. Otherwise kernel built with
DEBUG_MEMGUARD panics early in kmeminit() with the message
"kmem_suballoc: bad status return of 1" because of zero "size" argument
passed to kmem_suballoc() due to "vm_kmem_size_max" being zero.
The problem also exists on ia64.
216823 (by pjd):
- For compatibility with Linux and Solaris add poweroff(8).
It is implemented as a hard link to shutdown(8) and it is equivalent
of:
# shutdown -p now
While I'm here put one line of usage into one line of C code so it
is easier to grep(1) and separate unrelated code with empty line.
223991:
- Improvements to the shutdown(8) manual.
223992:
- Remove trailing whitespace in the shutdown(8) manual.
Approved by: delphij
Add a new option to toggle the display of the system idle process (per-CPU
idle threads). The process is displayed by default (subject to whether or
not system processes are displayed) to preserve existing behavior. The
system idle process can be hidden via the '-z' command line argument or the
'z' key while top is running. When it is hidden, top more closely matches
the behavior of FreeBSD <= 4.x where idle time was not accounted to any
process.
style(9) and cleanup fixes.
Add an option to have a fail point term only execute when run by a
specified pid. This is helpful for automated testing involving a global
knob that would otherwise be executed by many other threads.
- Note that -a, -C, -H, -j, and -z are also toggles.
- Add a leading space to the status messages output after toggling the
'C' and 'H' flags at runtime. This matches messages output for other
toggles which leave the first column in the message blank to hold the
cursor.
Modify the umount(8) command so that it doesn't do
a sync(2) syscall before unmount(2) for the "-f" case.
This avoids a forced dismount from getting stuck for
an NFS mountpoint in sync() when the server is not
responsive. With this commit, forced dismounts should
normally work for the NFS clients, but can take up to
about 1minute to complete.
Add a check for MNTK_UNMOUNTF at the beginning of nfs_sync()
in the old NFS client so that a forced dismount doesn't
get stuck in the VFS_SYNC() call that happens before
VFS_UNMOUNT() in dounmount(). Analagous to r222329 for the new NFS client.
An additional change is needed before forced dismounts will work.
Add a sentence to the umount.8 man page to clarify the behaviour
for forced dismount when used on an NFS mount point. Requested by
Jeremy Chadwick.
This is a content change
Improve error reporting. Use corresponding error message when file to be
preprocessed is missing. Also suggest to use absolute pathname if -p
option is specified.
PR: bin/156653
+ r223940 (as r223969): If one's message is longer than the buffer size,
then we reset 'cnt' at the wrong point and the actual column # get out of
sync across the buffer size.
+ r175346: Handle wrapping correctly when \r appears in the input,
and don't remove the \r from the output. For lines longer than 79
characters, don't drop every 80th character.
Sync ng_nat with recent (r222806) ipfw_nat changes:
Make a behaviour of the libalias based in-kernel NAT a bit closer to
how natd(8) does work. natd(8) drops packets only when libalias returns
PKT_ALIAS_IGNORED and "deny_incoming" option is set, but ipfw_nat
always did drop packets that were not aliased, even if they should
not be aliased and just are going through.
Make a behaviour of the libalias based in-kernel NAT a bit closer to
how natd(8) does work. natd(8) drops packets only when libalias returns
PKT_ALIAS_IGNORED and "deny_incoming" option is set, but ipfw_nat
always did drop packets that were not aliased, even if they should
not be aliased and just are going through.
PR: kern/122109, kern/129093, kern/157379
Submitted by: Alexander V. Chernikov (previous version)
O_FORWARD_IP is only action which depends from the result of lookup of
dynamic rules. We are doing forwarding in the following cases:
o For the simple ipfw fwd rule, e.g.
fwd 10.0.0.1 ip from any to any out xmit em0
fwd 127.0.0.1,3128 tcp from any to any 80 in recv em1
o For the dynamic fwd rule, e.g.
fwd 192.168.0.1 tcp from any to 10.0.0.3 3333 setup keep-state
When this rule triggers it creates a dynamic rule, but this
dynamic rule should forward packets only in forward direction.
o And the last case that does not work before - simple fwd rule which
triggers when some dynamic rule is already executed.
PR: kern/136695, kern/147720, kern/150798
Disable microcode loading for 82550 and 82550C controllers. Loading
the microcode caused SCB timeouts. Linux driver does not allow
microcode loading for these controllers and jfv also confirmed that
there is no need to do and it shouldn't.
PR: kern/103332
Additional confirmation from: jfv
Remove link state change callback handler. There is no need to
register both status change and link state change callbacks.
Implement checking valid link in state change callback and poll
active link state in vr_tick(). This allows immediate detection of
lost link as well as protecting driver from frequent link flips during
link renegotiation. taskq implementation was removed because driver
now needs to poll link state in vr_tick().
While I'm here do not report current link state if interface is not
running.
Tested by: n_hibma
For some reason, contrib/traceroute/traceroute.c ensures MAXHOSTNAMELEN
is defined, but then proceeds to use a hardcoded maximum hostname length
of 64 anyway. Fix this by checking against MAXHOSTNAMELEN instead.
PR: bin/157732
MFC of recent updates on the ISO3166 file:
r223633
- Remove AN again now that tzdata2011h has been imported.
r222094
- Put AN back after finding out that tzsetup(1) will complain that
it doesn't exist. It will be removed again once the tzdata distribution
files have been updated with the replacements for AN.
r222014
- Revert change to "MF" I made in r189767. I bet that at the time of r189767
I checked with http://www.iso.org/iso/country_codes/iso_3166_code_lists.htm
and "MF" was officially spelled in English as "Saint Martin" there, but now
that "SX" exists (for "Sint Maarten (Dutch part)") (nice official "English"
spelling!) they seem to have added a "(French part)" suffix to "MF". Since
this is also in line with Newsletter VI-1 (2007-09-21), catch up.
r222011
- ISO3166: Update for newsletters VI-7 and VI-8 from 2010
- Name change for SH
- BQ, CW, and SX replace AN
Reviewed by: ru
r222010
- Whitespace and typo fixes.
Found by: codespell
Reviewed by: ru
r198948
- Revert the spelling of Taiwan to be politically neutral in accordance
with the policy published at http://www.freebsd.org/internal/i18n.html.
Requested by: core (murray)
r197392
- List newsletters VI-2, VI-3 and VI-4 that were already applied.
- Apply newsletters VI-5 (BO's name change) and VI-6 (VE's name change).
r191347
- Back out my previous change
r191197
- Change Taiwan, Province of China to Taiwan, Republic of China
r189767
- Switch to using official English short country names.
r174241
- Update with data from Newsletter VI-1 2007-09-21:
Added SAINT BARTHELEMY (BL) and SAINT MARTIN (MF).
This allows an MFV of src/share/zoneinfo which uses these two new codes.
When user specifies the bootcode with size smaller than VTOC_BOOTSIZE,
gpart_write_partcode_vtoc8 does access out of range of allocated memory.
Check size of bootcode before writing it.
Pointed out by: ru
Add 'show logstate' to usage().
MFC r223345:
Add global -d and -e options to either print device numbers
(usually default) or enclosure:slot information as (Exx:Sxx)
or both.
Discussed with: jhb
Reviewed by: jhb
Sponsored by: Sandvine Incorporated
gre(4) was using a field in the softc to detect possible recursion.
On MP systems this is not a usable solution anymore and could easily
lead to false positives triggering enough logging that even using
the console was no longer usable (multiple parallel ping -f can do).
Switch to the suggested solution of using mbuf tags to carry per
packet state between gre_output() invocations. Contrary to the
proposed solution modelled after gif(4) only allocate one mbuf tag
per packet rather than per packet and per gre_output() pass through.
As the sysctl to control the possible valid (gre in gre) nestings does
no sanity checks, make sure to always allocate space in the mbuf tag
for at least one, and at most 255 possible gre interfaces to detect
loops in addition to the counter.
Submitted by: Cristian KLEIN (cristi net.utcluj.ro) (original version)
PR: kern/114714
Reviewed by: Cristian KLEIN (cristi net.utcluj.ro)
Reviewed bu: Wooseog Choi (ben_choi hotmail.com)
Sponsored by: Sandvine Incorporated
Add the netwait rc.d script. It waits for the specified period for the
network to become active.
MFC r223311, r2233408:
The script itself, and a minor fix to it.
"whereis netscape" gives empty output for quite a long time already.
Suggest to use "whereis firefox" instead.
MFC r212168:
fix the move so that it matches what the rest of the internet
says about this game... This move also makes more sense...
MFC r213287
Add advice to new fathers from Thomas Ptacek.
MFC r221908
fortune(6): fix typos and misspellings.
While here, drop words in the spelling files that are no longer used
anywhere.
Speling errors found via: codespell from Lucas De Marchi
MFC r221909
Convert a file to UTF-8. This only changes a character in the
copyright section and will not require UTF-8 for fortune(6).
MFC r222890
Minor typo, fix 2 attributions
Merge all relevant changes from HEAD to fix long standing
instability issues of msk(4). To get desired effect of this
merge, cold restarting is required because incorrectly programmed
registers are not reset to default value.
PR: kern/114631, kern/116853, kern/139093, kern/144206,
kern/147824, kern/151169, kern/154591, kern/155636,
kern/156493
r222219:
Do not blindly clear entire GPHY control register. It seems some
bits of the register is used for other purposes such that clearing
these bits resulted in unexpected results such as corrupted RX
frames or missing LE status updates. For old controllers like
Yukon EC it had no effect but it caused all kind of troubles on
Yukon Supreme.
This change shall improve stability of controllers like Yukon
Ultra, Ultra2, Extreme, Optima and Supreme.
r222221:
Rework store and forward configuration of TX MAC FIFO. Basically it
enables store and forward mode except for jumbo frame on Yukon
Ultra.
r222223:
Do not configure RAM registers for controllers that do not have
them. These registers are defined only for Yukon XL, Yukon EC and
Yukon FE.
r222226:
Make sure to enable all clocks before accessing registers.
Releasing PHY from power down/COMA is done after enabling all
clocks. While I'm here remove unnecessary controller reset.
r222227:
Do not touch ASF related register for controllers that do not have
these registers. Also disable Watchdog of ASF microcontroller.
r222231:
When MTU is changed, check whether driver should be reinitialized or
not. If reinitialized is required, clear driver running flag.
r222516:
Correctly check MAC running status before disabling TX/RX MACs.
r205091:
Implement Rx checksum offloading for Yukon EC, Yukon Ultra,
Yukon FE and Yukon Ultra2. These controllers provide very simple
checksum computation mechanism and it requires additional pseudo
header checksum computation in upper stack. Even though I couldn't
see much performance difference with/without Rx checksum offloading
it may help notebook based controllers.
Actually controller can compute two checksum value by giving
different starting position of checksum computation on received
frame. However, for long time, Marvell's checksum offloading engine
have been known to have several silicon bugs so don't blindly trust
computed partial checksum value. Instead, compute partial checksum
twice by giving the same checksum computation position and compare
the result. If the value is different it's clear indication of
hardware bug. This configuration lose IP checksum offloading
capability but I think it's better to take safe route.
Note, Rx checksum offloading for Yukon XL was still disabled due to
known silicon bug.
r216860:
Fix endianness bug introduced in r205091.
After controller updates control word in a RX LE, driver converts
it to host byte order. The checksum value in the control word is
stored in big endian form by controller. r205091 didn't account for
the host byte order conversion such that the checksum value was
incorrectly interpreted on big endian architectures which in turn
made all TCP/UDP frames dropped. Make RX checksum offload work
on any architectures by swapping the checksum value.
Reported by: Sreekanth M. ( kanthms <> netlogicmicro dot com )
Tested by: Sreekanth M. ( kanthms <> netlogicmicro dot com )
If driver is not running, disable interrupts and do not try to
process received frames. Previously it was possible to handle RX
interrupts even if controller is not fully initialized. This
resulted in non-working driver after system is up and running.
Reported by: hselasky
Tested by: hselasky
Add initial BCM5719 support. TSO and jumbo frame was intentionally
disabled for BCM5719 A0 revision due to known hardware errata.
Many thanks to Broadcom for continuing support of FreeBSD.
Submitted by: Geans Pin at Broadcom
Handle a rare edge case with nearly full TCP receive buffers. If a TCP
buffer fills up causing the remote sender to enter into persist mode, but
there is still room available in the receive buffer when a window probe
arrives (either due to window scaling, or due to the local application
very slowing draining data from the receive buffer), then the single byte
of data in the window probe is accepted. However, this can cause rcv_nxt
to be greater than rcv_adv. This condition will only last until the next
ACK packet is pushed out via tcp_output(), and since the previous ACK
advertised a zero window, the ACK should be pushed out while the TCP
pcb is write-locked. To guarantee this, advance the advertised window
(rcv_adv) even if we advertise a zero window.
During the window while rcv_nxt is greather than rcv_adv, a few places
would compute the remaining receive window via rcv_adv - rcv_nxt.
However, this value was then (uint32_t)-1. On a 64 bit machine this
could expand to a positive 2^32 - 1 when cast to a long. In particular,
when calculating the receive window in tcp_output(), the result would be
that the receive window was computed as 2^32 - 1 resulting in advertising
a far larger window to the remote peer than actually existed.
Fix various places that compute the remaining receive window to either
assert that it is not negative (i.e. rcv_nxt <= rcv_adv), or treat the
window as full if rcv_nxt is greather than rcv_adv.
Add a new option -P to suppress getservbyport(3) calls when printing rules.
This allows one to force consistent printing of numeric port numbers like
we do with -n for other tools like netstat (just that -n was already taken)
rather than the service names.
PR: misc/151015
Submitted by: Matt Koivisto (mkoivisto sandvine.com)
Sponsored by: Sandvine Incorporated
Preserve errno in an error case.
Submitted by: gcooper
MFC r222899:
Contrary to when returning in all-good cases at the end of functions we
did not free memory (1) or close the file descriptor (2) in error cases.
Reported by: Mark Johnston (1)
Reported by: attilio (2)
Reviewed by: jhb
Sponsored by: Sandvine Incorporated
When "-b" is specified, one could easily create "smaller" files
that are much larger than expected (given the default size).
Change "smaller files" to "split files" which is more in line
with what "-b" actually does.
PR: 119329
- Document that when running 'su -m <user> -c <command>', <command> is
run within a shell as <user>.
- Bump date
- Attempt to clear up some confusion in the following example, by
stating the '-c' argument is passed to the shell, not to su(1), which
would indicate the login class.
'su -m <user> -c <command>'
PR: 157078
- Document the -H option and 'H' key alongside other options and keys
rather than at the bottom of the manpage.
- Remove an obsolete comment about SWAIT being a stale state. It was
resurrected for a different purpose in FreeBSD 5 to mark idle ithreads.
- Add a comment documenting that the SLEEP and LOCK states typically
display the name of the event being waited on with lock names being
prefixed with an asterisk and sleep event names not having a prefix.
Properly return an ENOBUFS error if a write to a tun(4) device fails
due to m_uiotombuf() failing.
While here, trim unneeded error handling related to tuninit() since it
can never fail.
Fix an issue with critical sections and SMP rendezvous handlers.
Specifically, a critical_exit() call that drops the nesting level to zero
has a brief window where the pending preemption flag is set and the
nesting level is set to zero. This is done purposefully to avoid races
where a preemption scheduled by an interrupt could be lost otherwise (see
revision 144777). However, this does mean that if an interrupt fires
during this window and enters and exits a critical section, it may preempt
from the interrupt context. This is generally fine as the interrupt code
is careful to arrange critical sections so that they are not exited until
it is safe to preempt (e.g. interrupts EOI'd and masked if necessary).
However, the SMP rendezvous IPI handler does not quite follow this rule,
and in general a rendezvous can never be preempted. Rendezvous handlers
are also not permitted to schedule threads to execute, so they will not
typically trigger preemptions. SMP rendezvous handlers may use
spinlocks (carefully) such as the rm_cleanIPI() handler used in rmlocks,
but using a spinlock also enters and exits a critical section. If the
interrupted top-half code is in the brief window of critical_exit() where
the nesting level is zero but a preemption is pending, then releasing the
spinlock can trigger a preemption. Because we know that SMP rendezvous
handlers can never schedule a thread, we know that a critical_exit() in
an SMP rendezvous handler will only preempt in this edge case. We also
know that the top-half thread will happily handle the deferred preemption
once the SMP rendezvous has completed, so the preemption will not be lost.
This makes it safe to employ a workaround where we use a nested critical
section in the SMP rendezvous code itself around rendezvous action
routines to prevent any preemptions during an SMP rendezvous. The
workaround intentionally avoids checking for a deferred preemption
when leaving the critical section on the assumption that if there is a
pending preemption it will be handled by the interrupted top-half code.
Fix a race in the SMP rendezvous code. Specifically, the write by the
last CPU to to finish the rendezvous action may become visible to
different CPUs at different times. As a result, the CPU that initiated
the rendezvous may exit the rendezvous and drop the lock allowing another
rendezvous to be initiated on the same CPU or a different CPU. In that
case the exit sentinel may be cleared before all CPUs have noticed causing
those CPUs to hang forever.
Workaround this by using a generation count to notice when this race
occurs and to exit the rendezvous in that case.
When checking to see if a window update should be sent to the remote peer,
don't force a window update if the window would not actually grow due to
window scaling. Specifically, if the window scaling factor is larger than
2 * MSS, then after the local reader has drained 2 * MSS bytes from the
socket, a window update can end up advertising the same window. If this
happens, the supposed window update actually ends up being a duplicate ACK.
This can result in an excessive number of duplicate ACKs when using a
higher maximum socket buffer size.
TCP reuses t_rxtshift to determine the backoff timer used for both the
persist state and the retransmit timer. However, the code that implements
"bad retransmit recovery" only checks t_rxtshift to see if an ACK has been
received in during the first retransmit timeout window. As a result, if
ticks has wrapped over to a negative value and a socket is in the persist
state, it can incorrectly treat an ACK from the remote peer as a
"bad retransmit recovery" and restore saved values such as snd_ssthresh and
snd_cwnd. However, if the socket has never had a retransmit timeout, then
these saved values will be zero, so snd_ssthresh and snd_cwnd will be set
to 0.
If the socket is in fast recovery (this can be caused by excessive
duplicate ACKs such as those fixed by 220794), then each ACK that arrives
triggers either NewReno or SACK partial ACK handling which clamps snd_cwnd
to be no larger than snd_ssthresh. In effect, the socket's send window
is permamently stuck at 0 even though the remote peer is advertising a
much larger window and pending data is only sent via TCP window probes
(so one byte every few seconds).
Fix this by adding a new TCP pcb flag (TF_PREVVALID) that indicates that
the various snd_*_prev fields in the pcb are valid and only perform
"bad retransmit recovery" if this flag is set in the pcb. The flag is set
on the first retransmit timeout that occurs and is cleared on subsequent
retransmit timeouts or when entering the persist state.
Add a 'show progress' command that shows a summary of all in-progress
commands for a given adapter. Specifically, it shows the status of any
drive or volume activities currently in progress similar to the
'drive process' and 'volume progress' commands.
Only align MSI message groups based on the number of messages being
allocated, not the maximum number of messages the device supports. The
spec only requires the former, and I believe I implemented the latter due
to misunderstanding an e-mail. In particular, this fixes an issue where
having several devices that all support 16 messages can run out of
IDT vectors on x86 even though the driver only uses a single message.
Attaching to the init process returns EINVAL,
so give an example that is more likely to work.
Stolen from the ktrace(1) manual page.
PR: 128222
Original commit by: trhodes
- Diff reduction against NetBSD. The most notable change is to zdiff(1)
to handle more file formats including bzip2 and xz.
- Match symbolic link handling behavior with GNU gzip, bzip2 and xz:
When we are operating on a symbolic link pointing to an existing
file, bail out by default, but go ahead if -f is specified.
Mention that jumbo frame support is disabled on PCIe VT6130/VT6132
controllers because of TX MAC hangs when trying to send a frame
that is larger than 4K (see r200759).
PR: docs/156742
Submitted by: Michael Moll (kvedulv at kvedulv dot de)
Reviewed by: yongari@
the cxgb change, but otherwise MFC'd only the new function
sbuf_new_for_sysctl(9) and none of the changed code.
MFC r217830:
Document sbuf_new_for_sysctl(9).
Partial MFC of r217916:
Explicitly wire the user buffer rather than doing it implicitly in
sbuf_new_for_sysctl(9). This allows using an sbuf with a SYSCTL_OUT
drain for extremely large amounts of data where the caller knows that
appropriate references are held, and sleeping is not an issue.
r212365: Refactor sbuf code so that most uses of sbuf_extend() are in
a new sbuf_put_byte(). This makes it easier to add drain
functionality when a buffer would overflow as there are fewer code
points.
r212367: Add drain functionality to sbufs. The drain is a function
that is called when the sbuf internal buffer is filled. For kernel
sbufs with a drain, the internal buffer will never be expanded. For
userland sbufs with a drain, the internal buffer may still be expanded
by sbuf_[v]printf(3).
Sbufs now have three basic uses:
1) static string manipulation. Overflow is marked.
2) dynamic string manipulation. Overflow triggers string growth.
3) drained string manipulation. Overflow triggers draining.
In all cases the manipulation is 'safe' in that overflow is detected and
managed.
Note that r212367 had to be minorly re-implemented to dynamically
allocate space for a function pointer, a void * argument, and an int
error, to not break the ABI/KBI.
Use math rather than iteration when the desired sbuf size is larger than
SBUF_MAXEXTENDSIZE.
Fix brain fart when converting an if statement into a KASSERT.
Fix user-space libsbuf build. Why isn't CTASSERT available to
user-space?
Style(9) fixes and eliminate the use of min().
Use a better #if guard.
Add a description to the checksum target about not only
being able to verify, but also having the ability to
fetch distfiles that are missing or failed the checksum
calculation
PR: docs/138887
Submitted by: Radim Kolar (hsn at sendmail dot cz)
1. Very large RRSIG RRsets included in a negative cache can trigger
an assertion failure that will crash named (BIND 9 DNS) due to an
off-by-one error in a buffer size check.
This bug affects all resolving name servers, whether DNSSEC validation
is enabled or not, on all BIND versions prior to today. There is a
possibility of malicious exploitation of this bug by remote users.
2. Named could fail to validate zones listed in a DLV that validated
insecure without using DLV and had DS records in the parent zone.
r221565:
Reuse the TX descriptor(DPD) if xl_encap() failed instead of just
picking the next available one. This may explain why xl(4) sees TX
underrun error with no queued frame. I hope this addresses a long
standing xl(4) watchdog timeout issue as well.
Obtained from: OpenBSD
r221566,221579:
Rename xl_stats_update() callout handler to xl_tick() and move MII
tick driving logic to xl_tick(). Now xl_tick() handles MII tick as
well as periodic updating of statistics.
This change removes a hack used in interrupt handler where it
wanted to update statistics without driving MII tick.
r221567:
Rearm watchdog timer if driver kick controller to recover from TX
underrun error.
While here, prepend 0x to status code to show TX status is hex
number.
r221568:
XL_DMACTL is 32bit register, use 32bit write macro.
While I'm here add more bits for the register.
r221563:
Terminate interrupt handler if driver detect it's not running.
Also add check for driver running state before trying to send
frames. While I'm here, use for loop.
r221564:
Change xl_rxeof() a bit to return the number of processed frames in
RX descriptor ring. Previously it returned the number of frames
that were successfully passed to upper stack which in turn means it
ignored frames that were discarded due to errors. The number of
processed frames in RX descriptor ring is used to detect whether
driver is out of sync with controller's current descriptor pointer.
Returning number of processed frames reduces unnecessary (probably
wrong) re-synchronization.
While here, remove unnecessary local variable initialization.
r221557:
Remove unnecessary htole32/le32toh dance.
r221571:
Remove unneeded use of variable status.
r221558:
Set status word once instead of twice. For 3C90xB/3C90xC, frame
length of status word is ignored. While here move bus_dmamap_sync()
up where DMA map is loaded.
r221560:
Call bus_dmamap_sync() only after TX DPD update.
r221561:
Updating status word should be the last operation of UPD structure
renewal. Disable instruction reordering by adding volatile to
xl_list_onefrag structure.
Rewrite RX filter logic and provide controller specific filter
handler for 3C90x and 3C90xB/C respectively. This simplifies ioctl
handler as well as enhancing readability.
While I'm here don't reprogram multicast filter when driver is not
running.
Remove unnecessary controller reinitialization by checking
IFF_DRV_RUNNING flag. Previously running dhclient or adding alias
addresses reinitialized controller and it resulted in unnecessary
link flips.
Since r117657, bge(4) does not enable buffer manager for BCM5705 or
newer controllers. However, all data sheet I have access has no
indication that buffer manager should not be touched on these
controllers. It seems the buffer manager always runs on BCM5705 or
newer controllers. Some controller(e.g. BCM5719) needs other buffer
manager configuration so driver should enable buffer manager for
all controllers. Both Linux and OpenBSD/NetBSD use the same
approach.
This change polls enable bit of block to know whether specified
block was really stopped as well as enabling buffer manager for all
controllers in driver initialization.
Obtained from: NetBSD
Datasheet says vge(4) controllers support DAC but it seems that's
not true on old PCI based controllers. DAC configuration is read
from EEPROM in device reset phase and driver can override DAC
configuration. However I guess there is an undocumented reason why
EEPROM configuration does not enable DAC so do not blindly override
DAC configuration. Recent PCIe based controllers are supposed to
support 64bit DMA so allow 64bit DMA only on PCIe based controllers.
PR: kern/157184
- Assert that dm_lock is exclusively held in devfs_rules_apply() and
in devfs_vmkdir() while adding the entry to de_list of the parent.
- Apply devfs rules to newly created directories and symbolic links.
PR: kern/125034
The protection against the race with dev_rel(), introduced in r163328,
should be extended to cover destroy_devl() calls for the children of the
destroyed dev.
Requested and tested by: Oliver Pinter <oliver.pntr gmail com>
Note that the _SWAP operation is supported for all list/queue types.
Also place STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD in alphabetical order. Lastly, document
the _SWAP macros.
PR: kern/143033
Add initial BCM57765 family support. The BCM57765 family seems to
have similar hardware features of BCM5718 family except the number
of receive return ring is 4. The BCM57765 family is known to
support IEEE 802.3az EEE(Energy Efficient Ethernet) but this change
does not include EEE support code. I hope EEE is implemented in
near future.
This change will support BCM57761, BCM57765, BCM57781, BCM57785,
BCM57791 and BCM57795. All hardware offloading features are
supported and suspend/resume also should work.
Many thanks to Broadcom for continuing support of FreeBSD.
Tested by: Paul Thornton (prt <> prt dot org)
HW donated by: Broadcom
Explicitly clear 1000baseT control register for F1 PHY used in
AR8132 FastEthernet controller. The PHY has no ability to
establish a gigabit link. Previously only link parters which
support down-shifting was able to establish link.
This change should fix a long standing link establishment issue of
AR8132.
PR: kern/156935
In r219639, SSSE3 instruction set support was backported to our gcc.
Therefore, we also need to install the new tmmintrin.h header containing
the related intrinsic functions, similar to xmmintrin.h, emmintrin.h,
etc.
Reported by: George Liaskos <[email protected]>
1. If PKG_DBDIR cannot be determined from make, set the default
2. Add the -H flag to tar in case /var/db/pkg itself is a symlink
3. Direct stderr to /dev/null to suppress the leading slash warning
- A closer inspection of the OpenSolaris code indicates that the DMA
syncing for Hummingbird and Sabre bridges should be applied with every
BUS_DMASYNC_POSTREAD instead of in a wrapper around interrupt handlers
for devices behind PCI-PCI bridges only as suggested by the documentation
(code for the latter actually exists in OpenSolaris but is disabled by
default), which also makes more sense.
- Take advantage of the ofw_pci_setup_device method introduced in r220038
(MFC'ed to stable/7 in r221924) for disabling bus parking for certain
EBus bridges in order to work around hardware bugs.
- Mark some unused parameters as such.
- Merge the *_SET macros from fire(4) which generally print out the
register changes when compiled with SCHIZO_DEBUG and take advantage
of them.
- Add support for the XMITS Fireplane/Safari to PCI-X bridges. I tought
I'd need this for a Sun Fire 3800, which then turned out to not being
equipped with such a bridge though. The support for these should be
complete but given that it hasn't actually been tested probing is
disabled for now.
This required a way to alter the XMITS configuration in case a PCI-X
device is found further down the device tree so the sparc64 specific
ofw_pci kobj was revived with a ofw_pci_setup_device method, which is
called by the ofw_pcibus code for every device added.
- A closer inspection of the OpenSolaris code indicates that consistent
DMA flushing/syncing as well as the block store workaround should be
applied with every BUS_DMASYNC_POSTREAD instead of in a wrapper around
interrupt handlers for devices behind PCI-PCI bridges only as suggested
by the documentation (code for the latter actually exists in OpenSolaris
but is disabled by default), which also makes more sense.
- Add a workaround for Casinni/Skyhawk combinations. Chances are that
this solves the crashes seen when using the the on-board Casinni NICs
of Sun Fire V480 equipped with centerplanes other than 501-6780 or
501-6790. This also takes advantage of the ofw_pci_setup_device method.
- Mark some unused parameters as such.
- Make a panic message better reflect the actual problem.
- A closer inspection of the OpenSolaris code indicates the block store
workaround is only necessary in case of BUS_DMASYNC_POSTREAD.
- Mark some unused parameters as such.
Clearing the flag when preempting will let the preempted thread run
too much time. This can finish in a scheduler deadlock with ping-pong
between two threads.
One sample of this is:
- device lapic (to have a preemption point on critical_exit())
- options DEVICE_POLLING with HZ>1499 (to have lapic freq = hardclock freq)
- running a cpu intensive task (that does not enter the kernel)
- only one CPU on SMP or no SMP.
As requested by jhb@ 4BSD have received the same type of fix instead of
propagating the flag to the new thread.
Add initial jumbo frame support for BCM5714/BCM5715 and BCM5780.
Unlike other controllers which have more advanced jumbo support,
these controllers have one send ring, one standard receive producer
ring and one receive return ring. In order to receive jumbo frames
on the controllers, driver now will increase Rx buffer size to 9k.
Two Rx modes are supported on these controllers and I chose
standard Rx BDs over extended Rx BDs. The extended Rx BD mode
allows up to 4 segmentations for each Rx BDs such that kernel does
not have to allocate large buffer of contiguous memory for
receiving. The extended Rx BD mode is already used on controllers
that have separate jumbo receive ring. However, using extended Rx
BDs on BCM5714/BCM5715/BCM5780 reduces the number of Rx BDs to 256
entries which in turn may reduce the performance. Also UMA backed
page allocator for jumbo frame returns contiguous memory so using
extended Rx BD has no advantage on FreeBSD unless highly customized
local allocator implemented in driver is used.
To use jumbo buffers in standard receive ring, Rx buffer allocation
handler was changed to allocate MJUM9BYTES sized mbuf.
PR: kern/155192
Tested by: Vijay Singh <vijju.singh <> gmail dot com>
Submitted by: mjacob (initial version)
MFC r218895:
Backport svn r124339 from gcc 4.3 and add opteron-sse3, athlon64-sse3
and k8-sse3 cpu-types for -march=/-mtune= gcc options.
These new cpu-types include the SSE3 instruction set that is supported
by all newer AMD Athlon 64 and Opteron processors.
All three cpu-types are supported by clang and all gcc versions
starting with 4.3 SVN rev 124339 (at that time GPLv2 licensed).
Source: gcc-4_3-branch (rev. 124339; GPLv2)
MFC r218896:
Add opteron-sse3, athlon64-sse3 and k8-sse3 cpu types to bsd.cpu.mk.
- add "sse3" to MACHINE_CPU for the new cpu types
- for i386, default to CPUTYPE=prescott for the new cpu types
MFC r219374:
Backport Intel Core 2 and AMD Geode CPU types from gcc-4.3 (GPLv2)
These options are supported in this shape in all newer GCC versions.
Source: gcc-4_3-branch (rev. 118090, 118973, 120846; GPLv2)
MFC r219376:
Add AMD Geode CPU type to bsd.cpu.mk and examples/etc/make.conf
For CPUTYPE=core2 use -march=core2
MFC r219639:
Backport SSSE3 instruction set support to base gcc.
Enabled by default for -march=core2
Source: gcc-4_3-branch (rev. 117958, 121687, 121726, 123639; GPLv2)
MFC r219640:
Add ssse3 capability for CPUTYPE=core2 to MACHINE_CPU in bsd.cpu.mk
MFC r219697:
Fix -march/-mtune=native autodetection for Intel Core 2 CPUs
Source: gcc-4_3-branch (partial rev. 119454; GPLv2)
MFC r219711:
Backport missing tunings for -march=core2:
- enable extra 80387 mathematical constants (ext_80387_constants)
- enable compare and exchange 16 bytes (cmpxchg16b)
Verified against llvm-gcc (and apple gcc)
Source: gcc-4_3-branch (ref. svn revs. 119260, 121140; GPLv2)
MFC r220150:
Upgrade of base gcc and libstdc++ to the last GPLv2-licensed revision
(rev. 127959 of gcc-4_2-branch).
Resolved GCC bugs:
c++: 17763, 29365, 30535, 30917, 31337, 31941, 32108, 32112, 32346,
32898, 32992
debug: 32610, 32914
libstdc++: 33084, 33128
middle-end: 32563
rtl-optimization: 33148
tree-optimization: 25413, 32723
target: 32218
Source: gcc-4_2-branch (up to rev. 127959)
Obtained from: gcc (var. revs of gcc-4_2-branch and gcc-4_3-branch; GPLv2)
PR: gnu/153298, gnu/153959, gnu/154385, gnu/155308, gnu/154906
do not create and mount new file systems on top of the old ones on every
invocation of this script once we already have one
(in case tmpmfs="YES").
MFC r221007:
Create a function for the code from r192246 so that it can be used both
times mount is called.
Limit the automatic behavior to when AUTO is specified (as it is in
etc/defaults/rc.conf) and for everything else take advantage of all
of the goodness in checkyesno.
Add pidfile [1]
While I'm here, don't run the sysctl frob unconditionally, and
s/sysctl/$SYSCTL/
MFC r220962:
Introduce to rc.subr get_pidfile_from_conf(). It does just what it sounds
like, determines the path to a pid file as it is specified in a conf file.
Use the new feature for rc.d/named and rc.d/devd, the 2 services in the
base that list their pid files in their conf files.
Remove the now-obsolete named_pidfile, and warn users if they have it set.
MFC r220963:
Improve the error handling for the new get_pidfile_from_conf()
Fix a bug in mxge's LRO which can cause dup acks to
get aggregated & hence prevent TCP from entering
fast retransmit.
Pointed out by: jeff
Reviewed by: gnn
This fixes a long standing bug in mxge(4) where "ifconfig mxge0 $IP"
did not bring the interface into a RUNNING state, like it does on
most (all?) other FreeBSD NIC drivers.
Thanks to gnn for mentioning the bug, and yongari for pointing out that
ether_ioctl() invokes ifp->if_init() in SIOCSIFADDR.
- Retire acpi_pcib_resume(). It is has just been an alias for
bus_generic_resume() since the pci_link(4) driver was added.
- Change the ACPI PCI-PCI bridge driver to inherit most of its methods
from the generic PCI-PCI bridge driver.
- This also exposes the generic PCI-PCI bridge driver as pcib_driver so
other drivers can inherit from it.
- Clarification on kld_file_stat.size
- While here, remove a few C comments that don't seem to contribute
anything additional to the man page.
PR: 146047
Fix a bug in the userland rpc library, where it would use a
negative return value from write to update its position in
a buffer. The patch, courtesy of Andrey Simonenko, also simplifies
a conditional by removing the "i != cnt" clause, since it is
always true at this point in the code. The bug caused problems
for mountd, when it generated a large reply to an exports RPC
request.
The change in r206686 to allow the stop argument to work for a service
that is running even though not _enable'd had an annoying side effect.
If the service was already started at boot time by another means when
the related script came around again in rcorder it would start again,
regardless of _enable, because there was a valid pid. [1]
So, split the test into 2 parts, one for (!rcvar && !stop), and one
for (stop && !valid_pid). This preserves the behavior from r206686
while preventing the undesired side effect.
humanize_number(3) multiply the input number by 100, which could cause an
integer overflow when the input is very large (for example, 100 Pi would
become about 10 Ei which exceeded signed int64_t).
Solve this issue by splitting the division into two parts and avoid the
multiplication.
PR: bin/146205
Reviewed by: arundel
Remove a check in udp6_send() that prevented v4-mapped v6 addresses from
working. We store v4 and v6 addresses as a union but for v4-mapped
addresses only store the 32bits w/o the ::ffff: word. That failed the
check as for example 127.0.0.1 would be ::7f00:1 rather than ::ffff:7f00:1
and the IN6_IS_ADDR_V4MAPPED() never worked here. Given we can hardly get
here with an unbound local address or invalid inp_vflags remove the check.
Reported by: tuexen
Reviewed by: tuexen
After r219579 and r219779 unbreak v4-mapped v6 sockets for UDP
some more. Similar to what we do for TCP check for v4-mapped
addresses and then handle them or the normal v6 address case.
For either set inp_vflags before calling into the pcb connect
function so that we have an unambiguous view in case we need to
set the local address or port.
Looked at: tuexen (as part of more)
Properly check for an IPv4 socket after r219579.
In some cases as udp6_connect() without an earlier bind(2) to an
address, v4-mapped sockets allowed and a non mapped destination
address, we can end up here with both v4 and v6 indicated:
inp_vflag = (INP_IPV4|INP_IPV6|INP_IPV6PROTO)
In that case however laddrp is NULL as the IPv6 path does not
pass in a copy currently.
Reported by: Pawel Worach (pawel.worach gmail.com)
Tested by: Pawel Worach (pawel.worach gmail.com)
Fix IPv6 ND. After r219562 we in nd6_ns_input() were erroneously always
passing the cached proxydl reference (sockaddr_dl initialized or not) to
nd6_na_output(). nd6_na_output() will thus assume a proxy NA. Revert to
conditionally passing either &proxydl or NULL if no proxy case desired.
Tested by: ipv6gw and ref9-i386
Tested by: Pete French (petefrench ingresso.co.uk)
Reported by: Pete French (petefrench ingresso.co.uk on stable)
Reported by: bz, simon on Y! cluster
Reported by: kib
PR: kern/151908
X-Early-MFC: yes
Of course, strerror_r() may still fail with ERANGE.
Although the POSIX specification said this could fail with EINVAL and
doing this likely indicates invalid use of errno, most other
implementations permitted it, various POSIX testsuites require it to
work (matching the older sys_errlist array) and apparently some
applications depend on it.
PR: standards/151316
When specifying the -t option (send tag in front of message), this tag
should also be forwarded to the remote logging host, not only when the
logging is done locally.
PR: bin/154324
Submitted by: Callum Gibson <[email protected]>
Clamp the initial advertised receive window when responding to a SYN/ACK
to the maximum allowed window. Growing the window too large would cause
an underflow in the calculations in tcp_output() to decide if a window
update should be sent which would prevent the persist timer from being
started if data was pending and the other end of the connection advertised
an initial window size of 0.
- Add more details to the 'show battery' command including more raw
capacity values, charge cycle count, temperature, and more detailed
status.
- Add the ability to manage the state of write caching when the battery
back-up is missing or dead. The current state of this field is reported
in 'mfiutil cache <volume>' and can be adjusted via
'mfiutil cache <volume> bad-bbu-write-cache <enable|disable>'. This
setting should generally be disabled to avoid data loss.
Handle the special ruleset 0 in devfs_ruleset_use(). An attempt set the
current ruleset to 0 with command "devfs ruleset 0" triggered a KASSERT
in devfs_ruleset_create().
PR: kern/125030
In g_eli_read_done() and g_eli_write_done(), for a bio with
bio_children > 1, g_destroy_bio() is never called and the bio
leaks. Fix this by calling g_destroy_bio() earlier, before the check.
Submitted by: Victor Balada Diaz <[email protected]> (initial version)
Tested by: Oliver Pinter <[email protected]>
Approved by: kib (co-mentor)
Correct 'list scan' description in the examples. The previous description
was incorrect - 'list scan' does not actually do a scan, but instead lists
the results of the background 'scan' cache.
Push a possible "unbind" in some situation from in6_pcbsetport() to
callers. This also fixes a problem when the prison call could set
the inp->in6p_laddr (laddr) and a following priv_check_cred() call
would return an error and will allow us to merge the IPv4 and IPv6
implementation.
Make sure the locally cached value of rt->rt_gateway stays stable,
even after dropping the reference and unlocking. Previously we
have dereferenced a NULL pointer (after r121765).
Simply unlocking after the block does not work either because of
lock ordering (see r121765) and in addition we would still hold
a pointer to something that might be gone by the time we access it.
Thus take a copy of the value rather than just caching the pointer.
Submitted by: chenyl (netstar2008 126.com) (initial version)
PR: kern/151908
Hide the outer IP addresses of a tunnel interfaces (gif(4), gre(4))
from processes inside jails if the addresses do not belong to the jail.
Originally reported by: Pieter de Boer via remko
Tested by: Piotr KUCHARSKI (nospam 42.pl) [gif]
PR: kern/151119
Normally fxp(4) does not receive bad frames but promiscuous mode
makes controller to receive bad frames and i82557 will also receive
bad frames since fxp(4) have to receive VLAN oversized frames. If
fxp(4) encounter DMA overrun error, the received frame size would
be 0 so the actual frame size after checksum field extraction the
length would be negative(-2). Due to signed/unsigned comparison
used in driver, frame length check did not work for DMA overrun
frames. Correct this by casting it to int.
While I'm here explicitly check DMA overrun error and discard the
frame regardless of result of received frame length check.
Reported by: n_hibma
Tested by: n_hibma
r219945:
T3C initialization should setup the parity fence too.
r219946:
t3_free_sge_resources should be given the number of qsets it needs to free.
r220009:
Update T3 firmware to 7.11.0
Change for Africa/Casablanca:
- The 3rd april 2011 at 00:00:00, [it] will be 3rd april 1:00:00
- The 31th july 2011 at 00:59:59, [it] will be 31th July 00:00:00
Update for SouthAmerica/Chili:
- Chile's clocks will go back an hour this year on the 7th of May instead
of this Saturday. They will go forward again the 3rd Saturday in
August, not in October as they have since 1968. This is a pilot plan
which will be reevaluated in 2012.
Teach kdump to understand sv_flags records in the trace files.
MFC r219044:
Update manual page to reflect latest changes of ABI description support.
MFC r219138:
Teach kdump to understand linux syscalls names too.
Fix bug introduced in r219043: the kernel always dump native
signal numbers, so no need to check the ABI in ktrpsig().
ktrace_resize_pool() locking slightly reworked:
1) do not take a lock around the single atomic operation.
2) do not lose the invariant of lock by dropping/acquiring
ktrace_mtx around free() or malloc().
MFC r219042:
Introduce preliminary support of the show description of the ABI of
traced process by adding two new events which records value of process
sv_flags to the trace file at process creation/execing/exiting time.
MFC r219311:
Partially rework r219042.
The reason for this is a bug at ktrops() where process dereferenced
without having a lock. This might cause a panic if ktrace was runned
with -p flag and the specified process exited between the dropping
a lock and writing sv_flags.
Since it is impossible to acquire sx lock while holding mtx switch
to use asynchronous enqueuerequest() instead of writerequest().
Rename ktr_getrequest_ne() to more understandable name.
MFC r219312:
Fix indentation in comment, double ';' in variable declaration.
PR: ports/155083
Add a daily period script to back up /var/db/pkg
MFC r220049:
Hook the 220.backup-pkgdb script I added to the build unconditionally
Hook up 610.ipf6denied based on MK_IPFILTER as 510.ipfdenied is now
Remove too expensive bus_dmamap_sync(9) call in dc_rx_resync().
With this change, driver may not notice updated descriptor status
change when bounce buffers are active. However, rxeof() in next run
will handle the synchronization.
Change dc_rxeof() a bit to return the number of processed frames in
RX descriptor ring. Previously it returned the number of frames
that were successfully passed to upper stack which in turn means it
ignored frames that were discarded due to errors. The number of
processed frames in RX descriptor ring is used to detect whether
driver is out of sync with controller's current descriptor pointer.
Returning number of processed frames reduces unnecessary (probably
wrong) re-synchronization.
Reviewed by: marius
Rearrange dc_tx_underrun() a bit to correctly set TX FIFO threshold
value. Controllers that always require "store and forward" mode(
Davicom and PNIC 82C168) have no way to recover from TX underrun
except completely reinitializing hardware. Previously only Davicom
was reinitialized and the TX FIFO threshold was changed not to use
"store and forward" mode after reinitialization since the default
FIFO threshold value was 0. This effectively disabled Davicom
controller's "store and forward" mode once it encountered TX
underruns. In theory, this can cause watchodg timeouts.
Intel 21143 controller requires TX MAC should be idle before
changing TX FIFO threshold. So driver tried to disable TX MAC and
checked whether it saw the idle state of TX MAC. Driver should
perform full hardware reinitialization on failing to enter to idle
state and it should not touch TX MAC again once it performed full
reinitialization.
While I'm here remove resetting TX FIFO threshold to 0 when
interface is put into down state. If driver ever encountered TX
underrun, it's likely to trigger TX underrun again whenever
interface is brought to up again. Keeping old/learned TX FIFO
threshold value shall reduce the chance of seeing TX underrns in
next run.
r218833:
Count how many frames driver lost in interrupt handler. This
register is cleared on read so make sure to clear it in driver
initialization phase.
r218964:
Remove unnecessary controller reinitialization which resulted in
link flips during alias address insertion or dhclient operation.
While I'm here remove dc_reset() in DC_ISR_BUS_ERR case. Device is
fully reinitialized again in dc_init_locked().
Split common TX/RX descriptor DMA tag to TX and RX DMA tags
respectively and fix all bus_dma(9) issues seen when bounce buffers
are used.
o Setup frame handling had no bus_dmamap_sync(9) which prevented
driver from configuring RX filter. Add missing bus_dmamap_sync(9)
in both dc_setfilt_21143()/dc_setfilt_xircom() and dc_txeof().
o Use bus_addr_t for DMA segment instead of using u_int32_t.
o Introduce dc_dma_alloc()/dc_dma_free() functions to allocate/free
DMA'able memory.
o Create two DMA descriptor list for each TX/RX lists. This change
will minimize the size of bounce buffers that would be used in
each TX/RX path. Previously driver had to copy both TX/RX lists
when bounce buffer is active.
o 21143 data sheet says descriptor list requires 4 bytes alignment.
Remove PAGE_SIZE alignment restriction and use
sizeof(struct dc_dec).
o Setup frame requires 4 bytes alignment. Remove PAGE_SIZE
alignment restriction and use sizeof(struct dc_dec).
o Add missing DMA map unload for both setup frame and TX/RX
descriptor list.
o Overhaul RX handling logic such that make driver always allocate
new RX buffer with dc_newbuf(). Previously driver allowed to
copy received frame with m_devget(9) after passing the
descriptor ownership to controller. This can lead to passing
wrong frame to upper stack.
o Introduce dc_discard_rxbuf() which will discard received frame
and reuse loaded DMA map and RX mbuf.
o Correct several wrong bus_dmamap_sync(9) usage in dc_rxeof and
dc_txeof. The TX/RX descriptor lists are updated by both driver
and HW so READ/WRITE semantics should be used.
o If driver failed to allocate new RX buffer, update if_iqdrops
counter instead of if_ierrors since driver received the frame
without errors.
o Make sure to unload loaded setup frame DMA map in dc_txeof and
clear the mark of setup frame of the TX descriptor in dc_txeof().
o Add check for possible TX descriptor overruns in dc_encap() and
move check for free buffer to caller, dc_start_locked().
o Swap the loaded DMA map and the last DMA map for multi-segmented
frames. Since dc_txeof() assumes the last descriptor of the
frame has the DMA map, driver should swap the first and the last
DMA map in dc_encap(). Previously driver tried to unload
not-yet-loaded DMA map such that the loaded DMA map was not
unloaded at all for multi-segmented frames.
o Rewrite DC_RXDESC/DC_TXDESC macro to simpler one.
o Remove definition of ETHER_ALIGN, it's already defined in
ethernet.h.
With this changes, dc(4) works with bounce buffers and it shall
also fix issues which might have shown in PAE environments.
Tested by: marius
r218830:
Send frames only when there is a valid link and driver is running
as well as controller has enough free TX descriptors.
Remove check for number of queued frames before attempting to
transmit. I guess it was added to allow draining queued frames
even if there is no link. I'm under the impression this type of
check should be done in upper layer. No other drivers in tree do
that.
r218831:
Rearrange interrupt handler a bit and remove forever loop.
Previously dc(4) always checked whether there is pending interrupts
and this consumed a lot of CPU cycles in interrupt handler. Limit
the number of processing for TX/RX frames to 16. Also allow sending
frames in the loop not to starve TX under high RX load.
Reading DC_ISR register should be protected with driver lock,
otherwise interrupt handler could be run(e.g. link state change)
before the completion of dc_init_locked().
While I'm here remove unneeded code.
r218789:
Remove use case of DC_TX_ONE. It was used to limit queue just 1 TX
frame in DM910x controllers. In r67595(more than 10 years ago) it
was replaced to use "Store and Forward" mode and made controller
generate TX completion interrupt for every frame.
r218820:
For controllers that have TX interrupt moderation capability,
request TX completion interrupt for every 8-th frames. Previously
dc(4) requested TX completion interrupt if number of queued TX
descriptors is greater than 64. This caused a lot of TX completion
interrupt under high TX load once driver queued more than 64 TX
descriptors. It's quite normal to see more than 64 queued TX
descriptors under high TX load.
This change reduces the number of TX completion interrupts to be
less than 17k under high TX load. Because this change does not
generate TX completion interrupt for each frame, add reclaiming
transmitted buffers in dc_tick not to generate false watchdog
timeouts.
While I'm here add check for queued descriptors in dc_txeof() since
there is no more work to do when there is no pending descriptors.
r218826:
Make sure to clear status word of TX descriptor in dc_list_tx_init().
Do not update if_opackets if the transmission had failed.
r218827:
There is no need to execute filter configuration when driver is not
running. Remove wrong driver state change in dc_setfilt_xircom().
While I'm here nuke unnecessary assignments.
r218828:
Fix a long standing bug where driver handed over RX descriptor
ownership to controller before completion of access to the
descriptor. Driver is faking up status word so it should not give
ownership to controller until it completes RX processing.
r213841:
It seems some multi-port dc(4) controllers shares SROM of the first
port such that reading station address from second port always
returned 0xFF:0xFF:0xFF:0xFF:0xFF:0xFF Unfortunately it seems there
is no easy way to know whether SROM is shared or not. Workaround
the issue by traversing dc(4) device list and see whether we're
using second port and use station address of controller 0 as base
station address of second port.
PR: kern/79262
r218787:
When driver have to use base softc due to lack of SROM on second
port, copy SROM information from base softc as well and run SROM
parser again. This change is necessary for some dual port
controllers to make dc(4) correctly detect PHY media based on first
port configuration table.
While I'm here add a check for validity of the base softc before
duplicating SROM contents from base softc. If driver failed to
attach to the first port it can access invalid area.
PR: kern/79262
Reviewed by: marius
r218788:
Apply special PHY initialization code for 21143 controllers before
any other media configuration. Otherwise some 21143 controller
cannot establish a link. While I'm here remove the PHY
initialization code in dc_setcfg(). Since dc_setcfg() is called
whenever link state is changed, having the PHY initialization code
in dc_setcfg() resulted in continuous link flips.
After driver resets SIA, use default SIA transmit/receive
configuration instead of disabling autosense/autonegotiation.
Otherwise, controller fails to establish a link as well as losing
auto-negotiation capability. For manual media configuration, always
configure 21143 controller with specified media to ensure media
change. This change makes ANA-6922 establish link with/without
auto-negotiation.
While I'm here be more strict on link UP/DOWN detection logic.
Many thanks to marius who fixed several bugs in initial patch and
even tested the patch on a couple of dc(4) controllers.
PR: kern/79262
Reviewed by: marius
Tested by: marius
Correct broadcast frame handling. Setting bit6 of MCR0 register
enables broadcast filtering. Make sure to clear the bit to receive
broadcast frames. While I'm here rename the bit definition to
reflect reality.
Reported by: brad@OpenBSD
preserves the KBI size of struct sysctl_oid. Also, on stable/8 the
compiler thinks that 'len' in sysctl_sysctl_name2oid() is used
uninitialized.
Do not hold the sysctl lock across a call to the handler. This fixes a
general LOR issue where the sysctl lock had no good place in the
hierarchy. One specific instance is #284 on
http://sources.zabbadoz.net/freebsd/lor.html .
r216058:
Use the SYSCTL_CHILDREN macro in kern_sysctl.c to help de-obfuscate the
code.
r216059:
Slightly modify the logic in sysctl_find_oid to reduce the indentation.
There should be no functional change.
fail(9) support:
Add support for kernel fault injection using KFAIL_POINT_* macros and
fail_point_* infrastructure. Add example fail point in vfs_bio.c to
simulate VM buf pressure.
MFC r192978:
Fix style/grammar issues in fail(9) man page.
MFC r216616:
Move the fail_point_entry definition from fail.h to kern_fail.c, which
allows putting the enumeration constants of fail point types with the
text string that matches them.
MFC r216620:
Initialize fp_location for explicitly managed fail points, and push
the parentheses around the location for simple fail points into the
location string. This makes the print on fail point set more
consistent between the two versions.
Also fix up fail.h a little for style(9): only use one of sys/param.h
and sys/types.h, and use the existing __XSTRING() macro instead of
rolling our own. Also fix up a few tabs on changed and nearby lines.
Lastly, since KFAIL_POINT_{BEGIN,END} are not meant for use outside
this file, just eliminate the macros entirely.
cannot be MFC'd as it requires a non-MFCable change (adding drains to
sbuf)].
Modify kdb_trap() so that it re-calls the dbbe_trap function as long as
the debugger back-end has changed. This means that switching from ddb
to gdb no longer requires a "step" which can be dangerous on an
already-crashed kernel.
Also add a capability to get from the gdb back-end back to ddb, by
typing ^C in the console window.
While here, simplify kdb_sysctl_available() by using
sbuf_new_for_sysctl(), and use strlcpy() instead of strncpy() since the
strlcpy semantic is desired.
- Add example of using 'scan' for wireless networks, similarly to
OpenBSD's ifconfig(8).
- wlan0 isn't available on 7.x, so substitute ath0 for wlan0 in the
example.
PR: 151952
When constructing a new cpuset, apply the parent cpuset's mask to the new
set's mask rather than the root mask. This was causing the root mask to
be modified incorrectly.
The UFS dirhash code was attempting to update shared state in the dirhash
from multiple threads while holding a shared lock during a lookup operation.
This could result in incorrect ENOENT failures which could then be
permanently stored in the name cache.
Specifically, the dirhash code optimizes the case that a single thread is
walking a directory sequentially opening (or stat'ing) each file. It uses
state in the dirhash structure to determine if a given lookup is using the
optimization. If the optimization fails, it disables it and restarts the
lookup. The problem arises when two threads both attempt the optimization
and fail. The first thread will restart the loop, but the second thread
will incorrectly think that it did not try the optimization and will only
examine a subset of the directory entires in its hash chain. As a result,
it may fail to find its directory entry and incorrectly fail with ENOENT.
To make this safe for use with shared locks, simplify the state stored in
the dirhash and move some of the state (the part that determines if the
current thread is trying the optimization) into a local variable. One
result is that we will now try the optimization more often. We still
update the value under the shared lock, but it is a single atomic store
similar to i_diroff that is stored in UFS directory i-nodes for the
non-dirhash lookup.
- Pacific/Apia will have DST on 2 April instead of 3 April in 2011.
- Turkye will go to DST on 28 April instead of 27 April in 2011.
- Cuba will go to DST on 20 April in 2011.
Obtained from: ftp://elsie.nci.nih.gov/pub/
Add XMIT_FAILOVER transmit algorithm to ng_one2many node. Packets are
delivered out the first active "many" hook.
PR: kern/137775
Submitted by: Maxim Ignatenko
The execution of the shebang script requires putting interpreter path,
possible option and script path in the place of argv[0] supplied to
execve(2). It is possible and valid for the substitution to be shorter
then the argv[0].
Avoid signed underflow in this case.
PR: kern/155321
Get pointer to devfs_ruleset struct after garbage collection has been
performed. Otherwise if ruleset is used by given mountpoint and is empty
it's freed by devfs_ruleset_reap and pointer becomes bogus.
PR: kern/124853
Don't consider ioctl returning error as a fatal error and move on to next
disk. When multiple devices are specified, a non-supporting ioctl will
cause diskinfo(8) to stop at the point which does not seem to be necessary.
- No leapsecond in June 2011
- Add and update timezones for America/Juneau, America/Sitka,
America/Metlakatla
- Change of Summer time to Winter time in Chili happens in April
2011, not in March 2011.
Do not let pw.conf(5) or -M option affect creation of basehome, e.g., /home.
When the basehome does not exist, it creates all intermediate directories as
required, which is logically equivalent to mkdir(1) with -m and -p options.
However, it modifies all intermediate directories, not just the final home
directory unlike mkdir. This problem was introduced in two revisions, i.e.,
r1.59 (SVN r167919) and r1.60 (SVN r168044).
Use umtx_key objects to uniquely identify futexes. Private futexes in
different processes that happen to use the same user address in the
separate processes will now be treated as distinct futexes rather than the
same futex. We can now honor shared futexes properly by mapping them to a
AUTO_SHARED umtx_key. Private futexes use THREAD_SHARED umtx_key objects.
Make sure changing ownership of RX descriptor to be done as last
operation. Previously ownership was transferred to hardware before
setting address of new RX buffer such that it was possible for
hardware to use wrong RX buffer address.
While here keep compiler from re-ordering instructions by declaring
descriptor members volatile. Memory barriers would do the same job
but volatile is supposed to be cheaper than using memory barriers,
especially on MP systems.
Submitted by: marius
Merge fix from r1.108 of NetBSD's usr.bin/ftp/main.c:
Only attempt to el_parse() a command unknown by the default parser
if editing is enabled.
PR: bin/100089
Synthesize the change from NetBSD's 1.33:
"Do not crash if a date cannot be represented (localtime returning
NULL), use the Epoch value instead."
Obtained from: [email protected]
Update how accounting log files are rotated, clean up the rc.d script
a bit.
MFC r218986:
The new accounting file needs to be 644 so that unprivileged users
can use lastcomm(1)
Change the return type of vmspace_swap_count to a long to match the other
vmspace_*_count functions.
While here, clean up some style(9) issues.
PR: kern/152200
Properly handle BARs bigger than 4G. The '1' was treated as an int
causing the size calculation to be truncated to the size of an int
(32-bits on all current architectures).
Save a copy of errno before invoking syslog() if accept() or select() fail.
syslog() can trash the errno value causing nfsd to exit for non-fatal
errors like ECONNABORTED from accept().
Use M_WAITOK rather than M_NOWAIT when creating taskqueues via the
TASKQUEUE_DEFINE macros. All the places that use these macros to create
taskqueues assume that the operation succeeds.
Add a nested include of <sys/linker_set.h> to make the sysctl(9) manpage
accurate. <sys/linker_set.h> is one of the very few headers similar to
<sys/queue.h> for which nested includes is allowed.
Fix issue where ata_atapicmd() can never really return EBUSY which is
expected in acd_fixate().
This should fix various problems folks are having with 'burncd' reporting
"burncd: ioctl(CDRIOCFIXATE): Input/output error" during the fixate phase
when "fixate" is issued together with the "data" command.
PR: 95979
Disable TX IP checksum offloading for RTL8168C controllers. The
controller in question generates frames with bad IP checksum value
if packets contain IP options. For instance, packets generated by
ping(8) with record route option have wrong IP checksum value. The
controller correctly computes checksum for normal TCP/UDP packets
though.
There are two known RTL8168/8111C variants in market and the issue
I observed happened on RL_HWREV_8168C_SPIN2. I'm not sure
RL_HWREV_8168C also has the same issue but it would be better to
assume it has the same issue since they shall share same core.
RTL8102E which is supposed to be released at the time of
RTL8168/8111C announcement does not have the issue.
Tested by: Konstantin V. Krotov ( kkv <> insysnet dot ru )
Add support for RTL8105E PCIe Fast Ethernet controller. It seems
the controller has a kind of embedded controller/memory and vendor
applies a large set of magic code via undocumented PHY registers in
device initialization stage. I guess it's a firmware image for the
embedded controller in RTL8105E since the code is too big compared
to other DSP fixups. However I have no idea what that magic code
does and what's purpose of the embedded controller. Fortunately
driver seems to still work without loading the firmware.
While I'm here change device description of RTL810xE controller.
H/W donated by: Realtek Semiconductor Corp.
Do not use interrupt taskqueue on controllers with MSI/MSI-X
capability. One of reason using interrupt taskqueue in re(4) was
to reduce number of TX/RX interrupts under load because re(4)
controllers have no good TX/RX interrupt moderation mechanism.
Basic TX interrupt moderation is done by hardware for most
controllers but RX interrupt moderation through undocumented
register showed poor RX performance so it was disabled in r215025.
Using taskqueue to handle RX interrupt greatly reduced number of
interrupts but re(4) consumed all available CPU cycles to run the
taskqueue under high TX/RX network load. This can happen even with
RTL810x fast ethernet controller and I believe this is not
acceptable for most systems.
To mitigate the issue, use one-shot timer register to moderate RX
interrupts. The timer register provides programmable one-shot timer
and can be used to suppress interrupt generation. The timer runs at
125MHZ on PCIe controllers so the minimum time allowed for the
timer is 8ns. Data sheet says the register is 32 bits but
experimentation shows only lower 13 bits are valid so maximum time
that can be programmed is 65.528us. This yields theoretical maximum
number of RX interrupts that could be generated per second is about
15260. Combined with TX completion interrupts re(4) shall generate
less than 20k interrupts. This number is still slightly high
compared to other intelligent ethernet controllers but system is
very responsive even under high network load.
Introduce sysctl variable dev.re.%d.int_rx_mod that controls amount
of time to delay RX interrupt processing in units of us. Value 0
completely disables RX interrupt moderation. To provide old
behavior for controllers that have MSI/MSI-X capability, introduce
a new tunable hw.re.intr_filter. If the tunable is set to non-zero
value, driver will use interrupt taskqueue. The default value of
the tunable is 0. This tunable has no effect on controllers that
has no MSI/MSI-X capability or if MSI/MSI-X is explicitly disabled
by administrator.
While I'm here cleanup interrupt setup/teardown since re(4) uses
single MSI/MSI-X message at this moment.
Prefer MSI-X to MSI on controllers that support MSI-X. All
recent PCIe controllers(RTL8102E or later and RTL8168/8111C or
later) supports either 2 or 4 MSI-X messages. Unfortunately vendor
did not publicly release RSS related information yet. However
switching to MSI-X is one-step forward to support RSS.
Use the cprd_mem field when setting the start and length for a memory
resource - the layout of cprd_port is identical but using cprd_mem
makes the code easier to understand.
PR: kern/118493
Submitted by: Weongyo Jeong <weongyo.jeong at gmail.com>
Suggest to run the delete-old target after the second mergemaster. If you run
it before, your rc scripts may still reference old files/directories and
if you are in the unlucky situation to have triggered a reboot (intentionally
or not) between the delete-old run and the mergemaster, your system may not
start anymore.
While I'm here, give a hint about delete-old-libs.
Noticed by: bcr (luckily in a discussion and not by getting hit by
this)
Remove in-addr.arpa from the list of zones it is possible to slave locally
MFC r218865:
Add a note about AXFR of important zones being available from ICANN
The FD_FORM ioctl used to ignore errors from the floppy controller; now when
it encounters an error it returns an error from the ioctl.
Ignore any errors when using the FD_FORM ioctl.
PR: kern/103862
Fix a regression introduced in r215906. The change made in r215906
caused link re-negotiation whenever application joins or leaves a
multicast group. If driver is running, it would have established a
link so there is no need to start re-negotiation. The re-negotiation
broke established link which in turn stopped multicast application
working while re-negotiation is in progress.
PR: kern/154667
In the distribution list, 'A' is listed as the key to press to select both
'All' and 'Minimal'. Update the keys for Minimal and Custom to avoid the
conflict.
Remove the quotas option from the Startup Services menu.
GENERIC has no support for quotas so this option has no effect.
Allow users to create ufs1 filesystems via the noninteractive install.cfg
system.
PR: bin/153809
PR: bin/123237
PR: bin/113979
r217524:
Change model names of controller RTL_HWREV_8168_SPIN[123] to real ones.
s/RL_HWREV_8168_SPIN1/RL_HWREV_8168B_SPIN1/g
s/RL_HWREV_8168_SPIN2/RL_HWREV_8168B_SPIN2/g
s/RL_HWREV_8168_SPIN3/RL_HWREV_8168B_SPIN3/g
No functional changes.
r217766:
Apply TX interrupt moderation to all RTL810xE PCIe Fast Ethernet
controllers. Experimentation with RTL8102E, RTL8103E and RTL8105E
showed dramatic decrement of TX completion interrupts under high TX
load(e.g. from 147k interrupts/second to 10k interrupts/second)
With this change, TX interrupt moderation is applied to all
controllers except RTL8139C+.
Implement initial jumbo frame support for RTL8168/8111 C/D/E PCIe
GbE controllers. It seems these controllers no longer support
multi-fragmented RX buffers such that driver have to allocate
physically contiguous buffers.
o Retire RL_FLAG_NOJUMBO flag and introduce RL_FLAG_JUMBOV2 to
mark controllers that use new jumbo frame scheme.
o Configure PCIe max read request size to 4096 for standard frames
and reduce it to 512 for jumbo frames.
o TSO/checksum offloading is not supported for jumbo frames on
these controllers. Reflect it to ioctl handler and driver
initialization.
o Remove unused rl_stats_no_timeout in softc.
o Embed a pointer to structure rl_hwrev into softc to keep track
of controller MTU limitation and remove rl_hwrev in softc since
that information is available through a pointer to structure
rl_hwrev.
Special thanks to Realtek for donating sample hardwares which made
this possible.
H/W donated by: Realtek Semiconductor Corp.
r217247:
When driver is not running, do not send DUMP command to controller
and just show old (cached) values. Controller will not respond to
the command unless MAC is enabled so DUMP request for down
interface caused request timeout.
r217381:
Allow TX/RX checksum offloading to be configured independently.
r217382:
re_reset() should be called only after setting device specific
features.
r217384:
Make sure to check validity of dma maps before destroying.
r217385:
If driver is not able to allocate RX buffer, do not start driver.
While I'm here move RX buffer allocation and descriptor
initialization up to not touch hardware registers in case of RX
buffer allocation failure.
r217246:
Implement TSO on RealTek RTL8168/8111 C or later controllers.
RealTek changed TX descriptor format for later controllers so these
controllers require MSS configuration in different location of TX
descriptor. TSO is enabled by default for controllers that use new
descriptor format.
For old controllers, TSO is still disabled by default due to broken
frames under certain conditions but users can enable it.
Special thanks to Hayes Wang at RealTek.
r217832:
Disable TSO for all Realtek controllers. Experimentation showed
RTL8111C generated corrupted frames where TCP option header was
broken. All other sample controllers I have did not show such
problem so it could be RTL8111C specific issue. Because there are
too many variants it's hard to tell how many controllers have such
issue. Just disable TSO by default but have user override it.
MCP55 is the only NVIDIA controller that supports VLAN tag
insertion/stripping and it also supports TSO over VLAN. Implement
TSO over VLAN support for MCP55 controller.
While I'm here clean up SIOCSIFCAP ioctl handler. Since nfe(4)
sets ifp capabilities based on various hardware flags in device
attach, there is no need to check hardware flags again in
SIOCSIFCAP ioctl handler. Also fix a bug which toggled both TX and
RX checksum offloading even if user requested either TX or RX
checksum configuration change.
Tested by: Rob Farmer ( rfarmer <> predatorlabs dot net )
alc_rev was used without initialization such that it failed to
apply AR8152 v1.0 specific initialization code. Fix this bug by
explicitly reading PCI device revision id via PCI accessor.
Reported by: Gabriel Linder ( linder.gabriel <> gmail dot com )
- Add a locked variant of jme_start() and invoke it directly while holding
the lock instead of queueing it to a task.
- Do not invoke jme_rxintr() to reclaim any unprocessed but received
packets when shutting down the interface. Instead, just drop these
packets to match the behavior of other drivers.
- Hold the driver lock in the interrupt handler to avoid races with
ioctl requests to down the interface.
If the pf.conf(5) example file is copied when setting up a firewall it's
easy to forget about icmp. Update the file to show allowing icmp through
the firewall.
PR: docs/144986
Update interface stats counters to match the current format in linux and
try to export as much information as we can match.
Requested on: Debian GNU/kFreeBSD list (debian-bsd lists.debian.org) 2010-12
Tested by: Mats Erik Andersson (mats.andersson gisladisker.se)
Touch up the sample memory usage numbers a bit, to avoid wrapping
on terminal boundary. While here add definition for ’G’ and fix
the indentation of ’K’ units.
Submitted by: plunket
PR: docs/153614
Pull up vendor changes. The following local changes made obsolete:
- Addition of several FreeBSD versions.
- r192561 that attempted to fix UTF-8 issues.
Update groff manpage and symbols with what has been submitted upstream.
Also remove local overrides that are now in the contrib tree.
Fix an error in the EXAMPLES section of getopt(1), which is based on
the same fix present in NetBSD.
Fix typo in example getopt(1) script: $i vs $1 [1]
While here apply style hammer.
PR: docs/133118, docs/154289 [1]
Submitted by: Oleg A. Mamontov, Jamie Landeg Jones
Document the fact that passing in a count of zero to the bus_space functions
will result in undefined behaviour.
Taken from NetBSD's bus_space(9).
PR: kern/80980
Netgear renamed the WG311 to the WG311v1 after they released a second
version of it. There is also a WG311v3 which uses a chipset covered by
malo(4). Along the way add the WG311T to the list which is also an
atheros chipset.
Approved by: kib (mentor)
Fix Incorrectly formatted ClientHello SSL/TLS handshake messages could
cause OpenSSL to parse past the end of the message.
Note: Applications are only affected if they act as a server and call
SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_cb on the server's SSL_CTX. This includes
Apache httpd >= 2.3.3, if configured with "SSLUseStapling On".
The very quick MFC is done to get this fix into 7.4 / 8.2.
Discussed with: re
Approved by: so (simon, for "instant" MFC)
Obtained from: OpenSSL CVS
Security: http://www.openssl.org/news/secadv_20110208.txt
Security: CVE-2011-0014
Use bcopy instead of strlcpy in uipc_bind and unp_connect, since
soun->sun_path isn't a null-terminated string. As UNIX(4) states, "the
terminating NUL is not part of the address." Since strlcpy has to return
"the total length of the string [it] tried to create," it walks off the
end of soun->sun_path looking for a \0.
This reverts r105332.
Reserve INTR_MD[1-4] similarly to what BUS_DMA_BUS[1-4] are intended for
and switch sparc64 to use the first one for bus error filter handlers of
bridge drivers instead of (ab)using INTR_FAST for that so we eventually
can get rid of the latter.
Reviewed by: jhb
the client has disconnected while attempting to fetch a request. This
accidentally works most of the time because the socket upcall is invoked
twice for some reason causing two nfsd threads to be assigned to the
same connection. The first thread notices the disconnect when soreceive()
fails, and the second thread will then cleanup the connection. Occasionally
the second thread will grab the NFSD lock before the first thread has
returned from soreceive() to mark the connection as disconnected. When that
happens, the socket is never cleaned up and is leaked.
Fix this by checking for the disconnect flag if there is an error pulling a
request from the connection and closing the socket if it nfsrv_rcv() marked
the connection as disconnected. Now the first thread will close the socket
in most cases and the socket is never leaked.
This is a direct commit to 7 as it is specific to the pre-krpc code used
in 7.
Revert part of r173264. Both aac_ioctl_sendfib and aac_ioctl_send_raw_srb
make use of the aac_ioctl_event callback, if acc_alloc_command fails.
This can end up in an infinite loop in the while loop in
aac_release_command.
* There is no plan for an alternative to the command "set".
* Attempting to unset a readonly variable has not raised an error for quite
a while, so the order of unsetting a variable and a function with the same
name does not matter.
rr216829:
Add driver for DM&P Vortex86 RDC R6040 Fast Ethernet.
The controller is commonly found on DM&P Vortex86 x86 SoC. The
driver supports all hardware features except flow control. The
flow control was intentionally disabled due to silicon bug.
DM&P Electronics, Inc. provided all necessary information including
sample board to write driver and answered many questions I had.
Many thanks for their support of FreeBSD.
H/W donated by: DM&P Electronics, Inc.
r216833:
Remove debugging leftovers.
Add missing __dead2 to __assert().
__assert() is called when an assertion fails. After printing an error
message, it will call abort(). abort() never returns, hence it has the
__dead2 attribute. Also add this attribute to __assert().
Introduce two new helper macros to define the priority ranges used for
interactive timeshare threads (PRI_*_INTERACTIVE) and non-interactive
timeshare threads (PRI_*_BATCH) and use these instead of PRI_*_REALTIME
and PRI_*_TIMESHARE. No functional change.
- Retire some unused ithread priorities: PI_TTYHIGH, PI_TAPE, and
PI_DISKLOW. While here, rename PI_TTYLOW to PI_TTY.
- Add a macro PI_SWI() that takes a SWI_* constant as an argument and
returns the suitable thread priority.
To preserve the KBI, I did not renumber priorities but simply removed
unused ones.
Retire PCONFIG and leave the priority of thread0 alone when waiting for
interrupt config hooks to execute.
To preserve the KBI, I did not renumber priorities but simply removed
PCONFIG.
Output an appropriate amount of padding to line up per-CPU state columns
rather than using a terminal sequence to move the cursor when drawing the
initial screen.
There can be more than 0x20000000 swap meta blocks allocated if a swap-backed
md(4) device is used. Don't panic when deallocating such a device is swap
has been used.
PR: kern/133170
r216925:
Add a 'locked' variant of the foo_start() routine and call it directly
from interrupt handlers and watchdog routines instead of queueing a task
to call foo_start().
r217331:
Make sure to invoke unlocked foo_start since the taskqueue does not
hold a driver lock. This should fix a regression introduced in
r216925.
r217349:
Forgot to remove unlock of the driver lock from age_start_locked() when
converting it to a locked variant.
r217542:
Fix some bugs in my last set of changes to ale(4):
- Remove extra unlock from end of ale_start_locked().
- Expand scope of locking in interrupt handler.
- Move ether_ifdetach() earlier and retire now-unneeded DETACH flag.
Tested by: Aryeh Friedman
r216576,217974:
ae(4), igb(4) and ixgbe(4) supports altq(4).
r216578:
Add .Xr to altq(4).
r216579,216581:
igb(4), ixgbe(4), mxge(4) and nxge(4) support VLAN hardware tag
insertion/stripping.
et(4) and fwe(4) support VLAN oversized frames.
r216580:
Add ae(4) to the list of drivers use the miibus interface.
Because {NGROUPS_MAX} may become variable, its value should be obtained
using sysconf(3).
In head, r217704 removed mention of <sys/param.h>; this was not mentioned in
stable/7.
Add two more features to cpuset(1):
- Add a new -C flag to create a new cpuset and move an existing pid into
that set.
- Allow 'all' to be specified for a cpu list (e.g. cpuset -s 1 -l all)
which maps to the list of all CPUs in the system.
Add information about the maximum file size for msdosfs.
PR: docs/112935
Submitted by: Julian Stacey <jhs at berklix dot org>
Actually this was inspired by the ticket submitted
by Julian.
MFC After: 3 days
PR: docs/112935
Remove a bullet point that appears to have been accidentally inserted twice.
It has also been included within the feature lists to which it is relevant.
PR: tobez
- Move sched_fork() later in fork() after the various sections of the new
thread and proc have been copied and zeroed from the old thread and
proc. Otherwise attempts to modify thread or process data in sched_fork()
could be undone.
- Don't copy td_{base,}_user_pri from the old thread to the new thread in
sched_fork_thread() in ULE. This is already done courtesy the bcopy()
of the thread copy region.
- Always initialize the real priority (td_priority) of new threads to the
new thread's base priority (td_base_pri) to avoid bogusly inheriting a
borrowed priority from the parent thread.
- Properly initialize the base priority (td_base_pri) of thread0 to PVM
to match the desired priority in td_priority. Otherwise the first time
thread0 used a borrowed priority it would drop down to PUSER instead of
PVM.
- Explicitly initialize the starting priority of new kprocs to PVM to
avoid inheriting some random priority from thread0.
Document the -F 's return statement.
If the application returns succesfully
the return code is 7 (which means the
filesystem is clean).
PR: 127432
Submitted by: edwin
MFC after: 3 days
PR: 127432
Add quirk for the Storcase InfoStation 12bay
SATA to FC SAN.
PR: 129858
Submitted by: Nick Triantos <nick-freebsd at triantos dot com>
MFC after: 1 week
PR: 129858
Only change the priority of timeshare threads to PRI_MAX_TIMESHARE
when yield() is called. Specifically, leave the priority of real time
and idle threads unchanged.
Add support for the Myson Heden 8813.
Note that I also added the usbdev to the list, because the 8813 version
is not yet known there. I might have twisted the sorting there but because
8813 comes before 8818, I added it before that (with _8813 to differentiate)
the item.
PR: 135628
Submitted by: Yoshikazu GOTO <goto at on-link dot jp>
Approved by: imp (mentor, implicit)
PR: 135628
r179724:
Add man page for ixgbe driver
r179852:
Bring this up to date with regard to our other section 4 and Intel manpages,
also fixes a few mdoc bugs.
r183646:
Add a HARDWARE section. It doesn't contain any information not
already in the DESCRIPTION section, but this allows for the manual
page to be used in the automatic hardware notes generation.
r216552:
Document JMC251/JMC261 support.
Fix pstat behaviour when using coredumps. The reference to tp was
incorrect and should have been poining to &tty, tp is a virtual
address from the coredump, while we should obtain the address through
the tty struct.
Approved by: imp (mentor, implicit trivial changes)
MFC after: 1 week
Submitted by: Ed Schouten (ed at 80836 dot nl)
PR: 138131
Add support for JMicron JMC251/JMC261 Gigabit/Fast ethernet
controller with Card Read Host Controller. These controllers are
multi-function devices and have the same ethernet core of
JMC250/JMC260. Starting from REVFM 5(chip full mask revision)
controllers have the following features.
o eFuse support
o PCD(Packet Completion Deferring)
o More advanced PHY power saving
Because these controllers started to use eFuse, station address
modified by driver is permanent as if it was written to EEPROM. If
you have to change station address please save your controller
default address to safe place before reprogramming it. There is no
way to restore factory default station address.
Many thanks to JMicron for continuing to support FreeBSD.
HW donated by: JMicron
r216546:
Consistently put a tab character between #define and the macro name.
r216548:
Fix a regression introduced in r213893. FPGA version requires PHY
probing so allow PHY probing on all possible addresses.
r216549:
Make sure whether driver allocated resource before releasing it.
r216550:
Use system defined PCIR_EXPRESS_DEVICE_CTL instead of using magic
number.
When reopening a stream backed by an open file descriptor, do not close
the existing file descriptor. Instead, let dup2() atomically close the
old file descriptor when assigning the newly opened file to the same
descriptor. This closes a race in a multithreaded application where a
concurrent open() could allocate the existing file descriptor in between
the calls to close() and dup2().
This is what SUSv4 requires, and also the only thing that works if strict
standards compliance is requested.
PR: standards/123688
Submitted by: gcooper
Set various POSIX capability sysctls to the version of the API that is
supported rather than 1. They are supposed to return a suitable value
for sysconf(3). While here, make the fsync sysctl match <unistd.h>.
Sync mfiutil(8) with HEAD:
- Handle malloc() failures more gracefully by error'ing out rather than
segfaulting.
- Fixed dependencies (make checkdpadd).
- Fix typos and spelling mistakes.
- There isn't really a need to hold the ktrace mutex just to read the
value of p_traceflag that is stored in the kinfo_proc structure.
- When disabling ktracing on a process, free any pending requests that
may be left. This fixes a memory leak that can occur when tracing is
disabled on a process via disabling tracing of a specific file (or if
an I/O error occurs with the tracefile) if the process's next system
call is exit(). The trace disabling code clears p_traceflag, so exit1()
doesn't do any KTRACE-related cleanup leading to the leak. I chose to
make the free'ing of pending records synchronous rather than patching
exit1().
- Move KTRACE-specific logic out of kern_(exec|exit|fork).c and into
kern_ktrace.c instead. Make ktrace_mtx private to kern_ktrace.c as a
result.
- Make 'vm_refcnt' volatile so that compilers won't be tempted to treat
its value as a loop invariant. Currently this is a no-op because
'atomic_cmpset_int()' clobbers all memory on current architectures.
- Use atomic_fetchadd_int() instead of an atomic_cmpset_int() loop to drop
a reference in vmspace_free().
Correct wrong definition of PM timer mask and adjust L1/PM timer
value. While I'm here enable all clocks before initializing
controller. This change should fix lockup issue seen on AR8152
v1.1 PCIe Fast Ethernet controller.
PR: kern/154076
- Even after masking the media with IFM_GMASK the result may have bits
besides the duplex ones set so just comparing it with IFM_FDX may lead
to false negatives.
- Just let the default case handle all unsupported media types.
- In pnphy_status() don't unnecessarily read a register twice.
- Remove unnused macros.
- Even after masking the media with IFM_GMASK the result may have bits
besides the duplex ones set so just comparing it with IFM_FDX may lead
to false negatives.
- Simplify ciphy_service() to only set the manual configuration bits
once after we have figured them all out. This also means we no longer
unnecessarily update the hardware along the road.
- Masking IFM_GMASK when also masking IFM_FDX is redundant and just
complicates the code.
- Don't let atphy_setmedia() announce PAUSE support for half-duplex when
MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set.
- Simplify e1000phy_service() and ip1000phy_service() to only set the
manual configuration bits once after we have figured them all out. For
ip1000phy_service() this also means we no longer unnecessarily update
the hardware along the road.
Rework RX filter programming by providing separate handler for
DP8381[56] and SiS 900/7016 controllers. After r212119, sis(4) no
longer reinitializes controller if ALLMULTI/PROMISC was changed.
However, RX filter handling code assumed some bits of the RX filter
is programmed by driver initialization. This caused ALLMULTI/PROMISC
configuration is ignored under certain conditions.
Fix that issue by reprogramming all bits of RX filter register.
While I'm here follow recommended RX filter programming steps
recommended by National DP8381[56] data sheet(RX filter should be
is disabled before programming).
Reported by: Paul Schenkeveld < freebsd () psconsult dot nl >
Tested by: Paul Schenkeveld < freebsd () psconsult dot nl >
r217481...
Fix the mount example of xfs(5) filesystems by including the read-only
option. We only support ro mounts for xfs, so it’s nice if the examples
we show in the manpage are easy to copy/paste.
PR: docs/149106
Submitted by: amdmi3
r217606...
Bump .Dd date of manpage for r217481
- Sort the includes of pack.c, moving sys/*.h files near the top.
- Add a couple of missing #include lines, and remove the need for
custom -include options in the CFLAGS of the test Makefile.
- Remove the ad-hoc ’all’ target, but keep its ’regress’ bits for
testing.
- Convert the ad-hoc ’clean’ target to proper CLEANFILES stuff,
so that the normal bsd.prog.mk machinery can clean up.
- Use ‘make -V .OBJDIR’ to detect the place where ’pack’ lives,
so that regress.t works both with and without ’make obj’.
: r188305 -->
: Fix language on atol(3) manpage. Add a COMPATIBILITY section
: stating that in FreeBSD the atol() and atoll() functions affect
: errno in the same way as strtol() and stroll().
:
: PR: docs/126487
: Submitted by: edwin
: Reviewed by: trhodes, gabor
: MFC after: 1 week
: r189207 -->
: "-isoC-99" should be spelled without 'c'.
to 5. They were accidentally bumped in r215997 (on 2010-11-28) with the
merge of OpenSSL 0.9.8p, but unfortunately this was not caught until
now.
Also add compat links for libcrypto.so.6 / libssl.so.6 (pointing to
their .5 counterparts) in case any users have compiled any third party
during the time stable/7 (and releng/7.4) were broken.
This is deemed the last poor of bad options. Had the number bump not
been reverted binary packages for stable/7 would not have worked on the
still supported 7.3 and 7.1 releases.
Discussed with: re, portmgr
Approved by: re (kensmith - in principle)
Pointyhat to: simon
Add a manual page for rgephy(4) and reference it as appropriate. The
motivation for having rgephy.4 is to document the special media option
added in r217415 (MFC'ed to stable/7 in r217503).
- Allow IFM_FLAG0 to be set indicating that auto-negotiation with manual
configuration, which is used to work around issues with certain setups
(see r161237) by default, should not be triggered as it may in turn
cause harm in some edge cases.
- Even after masking the media with IFM_GMASK the result may have bits
besides the duplex ones set so just comparing it with IFM_FDX may lead
to false negatives.
- Announce PAUSE support also for manually selected 1000BASE-T, but for
all manually selected media types only in full-duplex mode. Announce
asymmetric PAUSE support only for manually selected 1000BASE-T.
- Simplify setting the manual configuration bits to only once after we
have figured them all out. This also means we no longer unnecessarily
update the hardware along the road.
- Remove a stale comment.
Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing)
Extend the g_eventlock mutex coverage in one_event() to include setting
of the EV_DONE flag and use the mutex to protect against losing wakeups
in g_waitfor_event().
For re(4) controllers that uses new jumbo frame scheme(RTL8168C/D/E),
limit maximum RX buffer size to RE_RX_DESC_BUFLEN instead of
blindly configuring it to 16KB. Due to lack of documentation, re(4)
didn't allow jumbo frame on these controllers. However it seems
controller is confused with jumbo frame such that it can DMA the
received frame to wrong address instead of splitting it into
multiple RX buffers. Of course, this caused panic.
Since re(4) does not support jumbo frames on these controllers,
make controller drop frame that is longer than RE_RX_DESC_BUFLEN
sized frame. Fortunately RTL810x controllers, which do not support
jumbo frame, have no such issues but this change also limited
maximum RX buffer size allowed to RTL810x controllers. Allowing
16KB RX buffer for controllers that have no such capability is
meaningless.
Teach ifconfig(8) the handy shared option shortcut aliases the NetBSD
counterpart also takes, i.e. "fdx" for "full-duplex", "flow" for
"flowcontrol", "hdx" for "half-duplex" as well as "loop" and "loopback"
for "hw-loopback".
Add a man page for the Object Specific Data (OSD) KPI.
Although not directly related the FreeBSD Foundation funded "Five New TCP
Congestion Control Algorithms for FreeBSD" project, the understanding and
inspiration required to write this documentation was significantly bolstered by
the Foundation's support.
Reviewed by: pjd
When running with a custom locale setup, it's easy to confuse the
date regression tests and cause them to fail, e.g. when LANG='C'
but LC_ALL='el_GR.UTF-8'. Set LC_ALL to 'C', which overrides all
other LC_xxx options, to avoid this sort of problem.
==========
MFC r216196:
Bring in the change from NetBSD 1.18:
"If using stat (the -L flag) and it fails, fall back to lstat(). It
may be the case that we're examining a broken symlink, and anything is
better than nothing."
The changes in 1.14 through 1.17 were not relevant to us.
Obtained from: [email protected]
MFC r216202:
Bring in the change from NetBSD 1.22:
"Fix a trivial truncation case, and eliminate a corner case that might
print a nul character."
I am purposely bypassing the following versions:
1.19 A build infrastructure change that does not apply to us
1.20 A feature I am not interested in, but don't object if someone else
wants to pick it up
1.21 A build infrastructure change that does not apply to us
Obtained from: [email protected]
MFC r216203:
Bring in a new feature, adding a -f option to readlink to print the path
of the target, similar to realpath(1). See the discussion at:
http://gnats.netbsd.org/cgi-bin/query-pr-single.pl?number=34662
This brings in the following changes:
1.24
"PR/34662: martijnb at atlas dot ipv6 dot stack dot nl: readlink doesn't
grok -f, and there's no alternative (+fix)
Patch applied with minor tweak (%y -> %R, as it was already taken) plus
some nits from myself. Thanks!"
Obtained from: [email protected]
1.25
"Fix a segfault when doing 'stat -f %R' on the stdin file handle, instead
fake the filename '(stdin)' like the %N format."
Obtained from: [email protected]
1.27
"The ofmt variable is actually a bit mask (not the character that was
in the format string) so that we can "or" it with the bits in the
formats variable. This fixes the missing " -> " in front of the real
path (when you use %SR).
Also, the ?: needs another space."
Obtained from: [email protected]
I am purposely omitting the following changes:
1.23 A humanize_number(3) clone that should better be implemented by
actually using humanize_number(3)
1.26 This is the removal of license clause 3 and 4, already handled
by imp in r203971
MFC 216205:
Bring in the update from NetBSD 1.28:
"Fix WARNS=4 issues (-Wcast-qual -Wsign-compare)"
Because of code differences I had to hand-apply parts of the patch,
so responsibility for errors goes to me.
Obtained from: [email protected]
MFC 216206: [ Also applies to Makefile ]
Fix an "unused variable" error that gets us all the way to WARNS=6
MFC 216207:
Bring in the following changes from NetBSD. See the discussion at:
http://gnats.netbsd.org/cgi-bin/query-pr-single.pl?number=44128
1.29
"Don't printf time_t with %d; fixes PR 44128 from yamt. With this change it
successfully prints mtimes after 2038."
1.30
"Improve previous with comments."
Obtained from: [email protected] (both)
MFC 216343:
Bring in the change from OpenBSD's 1.14:
"synchronize synopsis and usage; "-l", "-r", "-s" and "-x" are mutually
exclusive; while here, slightly improve spacing in the source code
so it fits on a 80-column display again.
diff greatly improved by martynas@"
Obtained from: [email protected]
MFC 216512:
Bring in the relevant changes from NetBSD's 1.31:
"Use strlcpy, not strncpy, when the desired semantics are strlcpy's
rather than strncpy's."
Note: NetBSD's 1.32 is their adoption of our r216206
Obtained from: [email protected]
For stat.1
==========
MFC 216197:
Add my own documentation for the change in our r216196, aka NetBSD's 1.18
For -L if stat(2) fails, fall back to lstat(2).
.Dd purposely not bumped because more changes are coming.
MFC 216204:
Bring in the update from NetBSD 1.19, the documentation of readlink -f
"PR/34662: martijnb at atlas dot ipv6 dot stack dot nl: readlink doesn't
grok -f, and there's no alternative (+fix)
Patch applied with minor tweak (%y -> %R, as it was already taken) plus
some nits from myself. Thanks!"
Obtained from: [email protected]
MFC 216209:
Bring in the change from NetBSD 1.12:
"document default format."
Obtained from: [email protected]
MFC 216213:
Bring in the changes from NetBSD 1.13 that we did not already have, with
some differences.
"Sort options. Use more mdoc macros. Some nit fixes. Bump date."
Obtained from: [email protected]
MFC 216215:
Bring in the changes from NetBSD 1.16 that we did not already have.
"Some fixes from jmc@openbsd."
Obtained from: [email protected]
MFC 216216:
Bring in the change from NetBSD 1.20:
"Make sentence easier to parse. From jsing@openbsd via jmc@openbsd."
Obtained from: [email protected]
MFC 216218:
Bring in the following changes from NetBSD:
1.21
"Document the flags displayed by the default format, and mention their short
names. From espie@openbsd via jmc@openbsd."
1.24
"Fix three variable names.
From Todd T. Fries via Jason McIntyre."
Obtained from: [email protected] (previous 2)
1.25
"Be consistent: document the birthtime field of struct stat for
the "B" field specifier."
Obtained from: [email protected]
1.26
"Drop trailing space."
Obtained from: [email protected]
1.27
"Since we have st_birthtime in struct stat, it is in default display."
Obtained from: [email protected]
Purposely skipping the following revisions:
1.22 NetBSD-specific change
1.23 Removal of license clauses 3 and 4, already handled by imp
in our r203971
MFC 216219:
Bring in the change from NetBSD 1.28:
"\\ -> \e"
Obtained from: [email protected]
Bump .Dd because we're now up to date with the latest NetBSD version
"I've changed main() to set file properly, so output() is never called
with file set to NULL."
Obtained from: ed
The other bits of that revision are related to using fdevname(3).
This was never merged back to RELENG_7, however the cleanup of
the code in this MFC is good both for general purposes, and diff
reduction to HEAD (which in turn will make the following MFCs easier).
Apply DMA address space restriction to controllers that have 4GB
DMA boundary bug and runs with PCI-X mode. watchdog timeout was
observed on BCM5704 which lives behind certain PCI-X bridge(e.g.
AMD 8131 PCI-X bridge). It's still not clear whether the root
cause came from that PCI-X bridge or not. The watchdog timeout
indicates the issue is in TX path. If the bridge reorders TX
mailbox write accesses it would generate all kinds of problems but
I'm not sure. This should be revisited.
Early MFC requested by re@ for inclusion in 8.2-RC2/7.4-RC2.
Tested by: Michael L. Squires (mikes <> siralan dot org)
Add CPUTYPE support for sparc64. The net result is that it's now possible
to let the compiler optimize for the famility of UltraSPARC-III CPUs as the
default already was to optimize for UltraSPARC-I/II and generating generic
64-bit V9 is mainly for reference purposes. At least for SPARC64-V CPUs
code optimized for UltraSPARC-I/II still is the most performant one.
Thanks go to Michael Moll for testing SPARC64-V.
- Move the macros for generating load and store instructions to asmacros.h
so they can be shared by different source files and extend them by a
variant for atomic compare and swap.
- Consistently use EMPTY.
Extend the hack of r182730 (MFC'ed to stable/7 in r190033) to trick
GAS/GCC into compiling access to STICK/STICK_COMPARE independently
of the selected instruction set by TICK_COMPARE so tick.c once again
can be compiled with gcc -mcpu=v9 for reference purposes.
- Add a comment regarding the fact that as documented in the datasheet
manual 1000BASE-T modes of DP83865 only work together with other National
Semiconductor PHYs.
- Spell 10BASE-T correctly
- Remove some redundant braces.
- Remove the remaining support for older (in this case pre-7.0-RELEASE)
versions of FreeBSD. In fact we are already missing a lot of conditional
code necessary to support older versions of FreeBSD, including alternatives
for vital functionality not yet provided by the respective subsystem back
then (see for example r199663). So this change shouldn't actually break
this driver on versions of FreeBSD that were supported before. Besides,
this driver also isn't maintained as an multi-release version outside of
the main repository, so removing the conditional code shouldn't be a
problem in that regard either.
- Sprinkle some more const on tables.
Extend the section in which interrupts are disabled in the TLB demap
functions, otherwise if we get preempted after checking whether a certain
pmap is active on the current CPU but before disabling interrupts we might
operate on an outdated state as the pmap might have been deactivated in
the meantime. As the same issue may arises when the TLB demap function is
interrupted by a TLB demap IPI, just entering a critical section before
the check isn't sufficient so we have to fully disable interrupts instead.
- Change gcore in order to get rid of the procfs accesses and use FreeBSD's
specific sysctls and ptrace interfaces.
This change switches a bit gcore POLA that is summarized here:
- now gcore can recognize threads within the process and handle dumps
on thread-scope
- the process to be analyzed will be stopped during its gcore run
- gcore may not work with processes which are actively being analyzed
by gdb or truss
- the ptrace interface may cause syscalls to return EINTR, thus
interferring with signals handling within the process
- Fix gcore so that it can have the '-s' flag without hanging.
- Fix the way the segments are included in the gcore outputs (with the
default invokation):
- Right now if segments are not writable are not included. Remove this.
- Right now if a segment is mapped with NOCORE the check is not honoured.
Change this by checking the newly added flag, from libutil,
KVME_FLAG_NOCOREDUMP.
Besides that, add a new flag (-f) that forces a 'full' dump of all the
segments excluding just the malformed ones. This might be used very
carefully as, among the reported segments, there could be memory
mapped areas that could be vital to program execution.
Add a sync to the shutdown step. In the common case this will be
harmless at worst. On a heavily loaded server it will give the fs a
chance to do its business without the axe hanging over its head.
Submitted by: ivoras
Approved by: re (kib)
Fix a long standing (from the original 4.4BSD lite sources) race between
vmspace_fork and vm_map_wire that would lead to "vm_fault_copy_wired: page
missing" panics. While faulting in pages for a map entry that is being
wired down, mark the containing map as busy. In vmspace_fork wait until
the map is unbusy, before we try to copy the entries.
Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
Approved by: re (kib)
Remove the test for a minimum frame size from the IPV6 TX context
descriptor setup, when using VLANs and HW TAGGING the length of
an ICMP6 frame will fail this test and be discarded.
Approved by: re
priority of '1' to tsleep(). This caused the priority of this kthread to
be raised higher than every other thread in the system. Instead, leave
the priority of the kthread at its existing level.
This is a direct commit to stable/7 as this code is no longer present in
8.x and later.
Reviewed by: np
Approved by: re (kib)
Correct the RX discard and refresh_mbuf logic to match igb, the old
discard code could cause panics due to a bad pointer, now simply
have discard always free mbufs and depend on refresh. In the refresh
code, make sure the mbuf and soft buf struct are properly reset.
Approved by: re
Add a .note.ABI-tag section to ia64 startup files by linking crtbrand.c
in crt1.o. On other architectures crtbrand.c is included from crt1.c,
but that's not a C source code file on ia64. Instead it is compiled
separately and included in crt1.o using incremental linking.
Approved by: re (kensmith), kib (mentor)
Use correct field to track statistics counting error as bad header length.
This assimilates the code to what ip_input has been doing since r1.1 in
this case.
Submitted by: Rozhuk Ivan (rozhuk.im gmail.com)
Approved by: re (kib)
Update to version 9.4-ESV-R4, the latest from ISC, which addresses
the following security vulnerabilities.
For more information regarding these issues please see:
http://www.isc.org/announcement/guidance-regarding-dec-1st-2010-security-advisories
1. Cache incorrectly allows ncache and rrsig for the same type
http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2010-3613
Affects resolver operators whose servers are open to potential
attackers. Triggering the bug will cause the server to crash.
This bug applies even if you do not have DNSSEC enabled.
2. Key algorithm rollover
http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2010-3614
Affects resolver operators who are validating with DNSSEC, and
querying zones which are in a key rollover period. The bug will
cause answers to incorrectly be marked as insecure.
Approved by: re (kib)
Ignore any failures with the "local" distribution since it's not present
on release CDs and so will normally fail.
installCommit() returns a DITEM_ value, not a Boolean.
distExtractAll() returns a Boolean, not a DITEM_ value.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
If RX lockup workaround is enabled, fxp(4) will periodically reset
the controller to workaround silicon bug of i82557. Each reset will
re-establish link which in turn triggers MII status change
callback. The callback will try to reconfigure controller if the
controller is not i82557 to enable flow-control. This caused
endless link UP/DOWN when the workaround was enabled on non-i82557
controller.
To fix the issue, apply RX lockup workaround only for i82557.
Previously it blindly checked undocumented EEPROM location such
that it sometimes enabled the workaround for other controllers. At
this time, only i82557 is known to have the silicon bug.
This fixes a regression introduced in r215906 which enabled flow
control support for all controllers except i82557.
Reported by: Karl Denninger (karl <> denninger dot net)
Tested by: Karl Denninger (karl <> denninger dot net)
Approved by: re (kensmith)
Avoid memory access after free. Use the (shortend) copy for the
ipsec mtu lookup as well.
Submitted by: Peter Molnar (peter molnar.cc)
PR: kern/145736
Approved by: re (kib)
Add device IDs for two more ServerWorks Host-PCI bridges so that we can
read their starting PCI bus number for older systems that do not support
ACPI (or have a broken _BBN method).
Approved by: re (kib)
If no floppy drive is installed kldBrowser() can generate an error
early on. Initialize menu and count so the cleanup code doesn't try
and use their uninitialized values.
PR: bin/152270
Submitted by: Remi LAURENT <cloud at madpowah.org>
Approved by: re (kensmith)
Fix a TSO checksum bug on mxge(4):
The Myri10GE NIC will assume all TSO frames contain partial checksum,
and will emit TSO segments with bad TCP checksums if a TSO frame
contains a full checksum. The mxge driver takes care to make sure
that TSO is disabled when checksum offload is disabled for this
reason. However, modules that modify packet contents (like pf) may
end up completing a checksum on a TSO frame, leading to the NIC emitting
TSO segments with bad checksums.
To workaround this, restore the partial checksum in the mxge driver
when we're fed a TSO frame with a full checksum.
Add flow control for all re(4) controllers. re(4) controllers do
not provide any MAC configuration interface for resolved flow
control parameters. There is even no register that configures water
mark which will control generation of pause frames.
However enabling flow control surely enhanced performance a lot.
Allocate 1 MSI/MSI-X vector. Originally jme(4) was designed to
support multi-queue but the hardware limitation made it hard to
implement supporting multi-queue. Allocating more than necessary
vectors is resource waste and it can be added back when we
implement multi-queue support.
Disable retrying RX descriptor loading. The counter is used to set
number of retry to be performed whenever controller found RX
descriptor was empty. RX empty interrupt is generated only when the
retry counter is over. Experimentation shows retrying RX descriptor
loading increased number of dropped frames under flow-control
enabled environments so disable it and have controller generate RX
empty interrupt as fast as it can.
While I'm here fix RXCSR_DESC_RT_CNT macro.
Remove the description of the dev.fxp.%d.noflow tunable as it was removed
in r215906 (MFC'ed to stable/7 in r216003) and the flowcontrol media option
now should be set as desired via ifconfig(8) instead.
Fix and implement missing parts of flow control support. This also removes
the dev.fxp.%d.noflow tunable as the same effect can now be achieved with
ifconfig(8) by setting the flowcontrol media option as desired (besides
the tunable never having a chance to actually enable flow control support
so far).
In joint forces with: yongari
This merges up to and including head/crypto/openssl/ r215697; and
head/secure/lib/libcrypto/, head/secure/lib/libssl/,
head/secure/usr.bin/openssl/ r215698.
To make the merge simpler, a hack was added to set MACHINE_CPUARCH.
A few old OpenSSL security fixes are still the stable/7 tree - these
will be backed out to the vendor version shortly.
Security: CVE-2010-2939, CVE-2010-3864
Security: http://www.openssl.org/news/secadv_20101116.txt
Security: FreeBSD-SA-10:10.openssl
Approved by: re (implicitly - they did not object of the general idea
of OpenSSL update)
MFC r213634:
Change FAPPEND to IO_APPEND as this is a ioflag and not a fflag.
This corrects writing to append-only files on ZFS.
MFC r213673 (pjd):
Provide internal ioflags() function that converts ioflag provided by FreeBSD's
VFS to OpenSolaris-specific ioflag expected by ZFS. Use it for read and write
operations.
PR: kern/149495 [1], kern/151082 [2]
Submitted by: Daniel Zhelev <[email protected]> [1], Michael Naef <[email protected]> [2]
Reviewed by: mm (r213673)
Approved by: delphij (mentor)
Disable priming the congestion window from the host cache. The current method
interacts poorly with delayed ack amongst other things, resulting in undesired
delay during a connection's opening slow start. Even if we did fix the issues,
the current method is still dubious at best and needs to be thought through
thoroughly.
Due to a mistake on my behalf, the change described above was committed to head
as part of a larger patch in revision 215166. Instead of waiting for the MFC of
215166, I'm merging just this small portion for the upcoming release without
bringing the mergeinfo for r215166 along. The mergeinfo will sort itself out
when r215166 is eventually merged.
This is an intentional direct commit to the 7-STABLE branch.
Reported by: Maxim Dounin <mdounin at mdounin ru> and others
Submitted by: andre
Remove the description of the link0 link option, since r215297 (merged to
stable/7 in r215879) the master media option generally should be used
instead.
This is MFC'ed in order to discourage the use of the link0 link option,
although it's still available in stable/7).
- Fix and enable support for flow control.
- Partially revert r172334; as it turns out the DELAYs in gem_reset_{r,t}x()
are actually necessary although bus space barriers and gem_bitwait() are
used, otherwise the controller may trigger an IOMMU errors on at least
sparc64. This is in line with what Linux and OpenSolaris do.
- Also probe BCM5214 and BCM5222.
- Add some DSP init code for BCM5221. The values derived from Apple's GMAC
driver and the same init code also exists in Linux's sungem_phy driver.
- Only read media status bits when they are valid.
Obtained from: NetBSD, OpenBSD
Move the limiting of the PHY to 10/100 modes of operation due to limitations
of certain MAC models from brgphy(4) to bge(4) where it belongs. While at it,
update the list of models having that restriction to what OpenBSD uses, which
in turn seems to have obtained that information from the Linux tg3 driver.
- Change these drivers to take advantage and use the generic IEEE 802.3
annex 31B full duplex flow control as well as the IFM_1000_T master
support committed in r215297 (merged to stable/7 in r215879). For
atphy(4) and jmphy(4) this includes changing these PHY drivers to no
longer unconditionally advertise support for flow control but only if
the selected media has IFM_FLOW set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set).
- Rename {atphy,jmphy}_auto() to {atphy,jmphy}_setmedia() as these handle
other media types as well.
Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing)
Obtained from: NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially)
o Flesh out the generic IEEE 802.3 annex 31B full duplex flow control
support in mii(4):
- Merge generic flow control advertisement (which can be enabled by
passing by MIIF_DOPAUSE to mii_attach(9)) and parsing support from
NetBSD into mii_physubr.c and ukphy_subr.c. Unlike as in NetBSD,
IFM_FLOW isn't implemented as a global option via the "don't care
mask" but instead as a media specific option this. This has the
following advantages:
o allows flow control advertisement with autonegotiation to be
turned on and off via ifconfig(8) with the default typically
being off (though MIIF_FORCEPAUSE has been added causing flow
control to be always advertised, allowing to easily MFC this
changes for drivers that previously used home-grown support for
flow control that behaved that way without breaking POLA)
o allows to deal with PHY drivers where flow control advertisement
with manual selection doesn't work or at least isn't implemented,
like it's the case with brgphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4),
by setting MIIF_NOMANPAUSE
o the available combinations of media options are readily available
from the `ifconfig -m` output
- Add IFM_FLOW to IFM_SHARED_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS and IFM_ETH_RXPAUSE
and IFM_ETH_TXPAUSE to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so
these are understood by ifconfig(8).
o Make the master/slave support in mii(4) actually usable:
- Change IFM_ETH_MASTER from being implemented as a global option via
the "don't care mask" to a media specific one as it actually is only
applicable to IFM_1000_T to date.
- Let mii_phy_setmedia() set GTCR_MAN_MS in IFM_1000_T slave mode to
actually configure manually selected slave mode (like we also do in
the PHY specific implementations).
- Add IFM_ETH_MASTER to IFM_SUBTYPE_ETHERNET_OPTION_DESCRIPTIONS so it
is understood by ifconfig(8).
o Switch bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) along with brgphy(4),
e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to use the generic flow control support
instead of home-grown solutions via IFM_FLAGs. This includes changing
these PHY drivers and smcphy(4) to no longer unconditionally advertise
support for flow control but only if the selected media has IFM_FLOW
set (or MIIF_FORCEPAUSE is set) and implemented for these media variants,
i.e. typically only for copper.
o Switch brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) and ip1000phy(4) to report and
set IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER instead of via IFF_LINK0
and some IFM_FLAGn.
o Switch brgphy(4) to add at least the the supported copper media based on
the contents of the BMSR via mii_phy_add_media() instead of hardcoding
them. The latter approach seems to have developed historically, besides
causing unnecessary code duplication it was also undesirable because
brgphy_mii_phy_auto() already based the capability advertisement on the
contents of the BMSR though.
o Let brgphy(4) set IFM_1000_T master mode on all supported PHY and not
just BCM5701. Apparently this was a misinterpretation of a workaround
in the Linux tg3 driver; BCM5701 seem to require RGPHY_1000CTL_MSE and
BRGPHY_1000CTL_MSC to be set when configuring autonegotiation but
this doesn't mean we can't set these as well on other PHYs for manual
media selection.
o Let ukphy_status() report IFM_1000_T master mode via IFM_ETH_MASTER so
IFM_1000_T master mode support now is generally available with all PHY
drivers.
o Don't let e1000phy(4) set master/slave bits for IFM_1000_SX as it's
not applicable there.
Reviewed by: yongari (plus additional testing)
Obtained from: NetBSD (partially), OpenBSD (partially)
Unlike as in head, bge(4), bce(4), msk(4), nfe(4) and stge(4) are changed
to set MIIF_FORCEPAUSE in stable/7 so they continue to always advertise
support of flow control and brgphy(4), ciphy(4), e1000phy(4) as well as
ip1000phy(4) are changed to still also accept IFF_LINK0 in addition to
the master media option for setting master mode, both in order to not
violate POLA.
Update to vendor release 1.20.00.19.
Bug fixes:
* Fixed "inquiry data fails comparion at DV1 step"
* Fixed bad range input in bus_alloc_resource for ADAPTER_TYPE_B
* Fixed arcmsr driver prevent arcsas support for Areca SAS HBA ARC13x0
Many thanks to Areca for continuing to support FreeBSD.
MFC r215280:
Workaround build for PAE case for now - revert the PHYS
case to previous panic behavior.
- When printing media with more than one media option set aggregate these
in a comma delimited list instead of repeating "mediaopt" for each one.
This matches how the options of the active media are printed with
print_media_word() and brings us in line what NetBSD does.
- When setting a media with no sub-type specified also reset the type
specific options along with the global ones so these options don't
stick when f.e. switching to IFM_AUTO.
dispatch_add_command:
Modify the logic so there's only one exit point instead of two.
Only insert valid (non-NULL) values into the queue.
dispatch_free_command:
Ensure that item is not NULL before removing it from the queue and
dereferencing the pointer.
NULL out free'd pointers to catch any use-after-free bugs.
PR: bin/146855
Submitted by: gcooper
Delete /sys/ufs/ffs/README.snapshot as it is no longer relevant.
Drop reference to it in mount(8).
Reported by: Bruce Cran <[email protected]>
PR: docs/128325
Remove mention of non-existant -o flag for debugging options.
Fix CPU load reporting independent of scheduler used.
- Sample CPU usage data from kern.cp_times, this makes for a far more
accurate and scheduler independent algorithm.
- Rip out the process list scraping that is no longer required.
- Don't update CPU usage sampling on every request, but every 15s
instead. This makes it impossible for an attacker to hide the CPU load
by triggering 4 samplings in short succession when the system is idle.
- After reaching the steady-state, the system will always report the
average CPU load of the last 60 sampled seconds.
- Untangling of call graph.
r215327:
P5N32-SLI PREMIUM from ASUSTeK is known to have MSI/MSI-X issue
such that nfe(4) does not work with MSI-X. When MSI-X support was
introduced, I remember MCP55 controller worked without problems so
the issue could be either PCI bridge or BIOS issue. But I also
noticed snd_hda(4) disabled MSI on all MCP55 chipset so I'm still
not sure this is generic issue of MCP55 chipset. If this was PCI
bridge issue we would have added it to a system wide black-list
table but it's not clear to me at this moment whether it was caused
by either broken BIOS or silicon bug of MCP55 chipset.
To workaround the issue, maintain a MSI/MSI-X black-list table in
driver and lookup base board manufacturer and product name from the
table before attempting to use MSI-X. If driver find an matching
entry, nfe(4) will not use MSI/MSI-X and fall back on traditional
INTx mode. This approach should be the last resort since it relies
on smbios and if another instance of MSI/MSI-X breakage is reported
with different maker/product, we may have to get the PCI bridge
black-listed instead of adding an new entry.
PR: kern/152150
r215350:
Plug memory leakage introduced in r215327.
Submitted by: jkim
Stop documenting vgonel() after its converting to the static function:
svn r147332 (by jeff): "Don't make vgonel() globally visible".
While here, specify the vnode locking scheme for vgone().
MFC r176604 (by davidc):
Minor grammar fixup.
Approved by: avg (mentor), kib (mentor)
Reported problem:
Large (60GB) filesystems created using "newfs -U -O 1 -b 65536 -f 8192"
show incorrect results from "df" for free and used space when mounted
immediately after creation. fsck on the new filesystem (before ever
mounting it once) gives a "SUMMARY INFORMATION BAD" error in phase 5.
This error hasn't occurred in any runs of fsck immediately after
"newfs -U -b 65536 -f 8192" (leaving out the "-O 1" option).
Solution:
The default UFS1 superblock is located at offset 8K in the filesystem
partition; the default UFS2 superblock is located at offset 64K in
the filesystem partition. For UFS1 filesystems with a blocksize of
64K, the first alternate superblock resides at 64K which is the the
location used for the default UFS2 superblock. By default, the
system first checks for a valid superblock at the default location
for a UFS2 filoesystem. For a UFS1 filesystem with a blocksize of
64K, there is a valid UFS1 superblock at this location. Thus, even
though it is expected to be a backup superblock, the system will
use it as its default superblock. So, we have to ensure that all the
statistcs on usage are correct in this first alternate superblock
as it is the superblock that will actually be used.
While tracking down this problem, another limitation of UFS1 became
evident. For UFS1, the number of inodes per cylinder group is stored
in an int16_t. Thus the maximum number of inodes per cylinder group
is limited to 2^15 - 1. This limit can easily be exceeded for block
sizes of 32K and above. Thus when building UFS1 filesystems, newfs
must limit the number of inodes per cylinder group to 2^15 - 1.
Reported by: Guy Helmer<[email protected]>
Followup by: Bruce Cran <[email protected]>
PR: 107692
Handle geli-encrypted root disk devices.
Add support for identifying a journaled root filesystem.
Fix support for identifying the given /dev/vinum/root example.
The information in sh(1) about the echo builtin is equivalent, though less
extensive.
The echo(1) man page (bin/echo/echo.1) is different.
Unfortunately, sh's echo builtin and /bin/echo have gone out of sync and
this probably cannot be fixed any more.
Connect to ftp2.tr.freebsd.org when the Turkey #2 mirror is selected.
PR: bin/128587
Submitted by: Mehmet Kose <mehmet.kose at gmail.com>
MFC r215287:
"Web" should not be all upper-case because it's not an acronym.
PR: bin/130366
Submitted by: Royce Williams <royce at alaska.net>
MFC r215290:
ntpdate(8) hosts are now configured in rc.conf via ntpdate_hosts.
PR: bin/148350
Submitted by: Joel FAEDI <joel.faedi at gmail.com>
MFC r215296:
Fix use of CD_VERSION=any in cdrom.inf by calling strcmp instead of
variable_cmp.
PR: bin/142960
Submitted by: G. Paul Ziemba <p-fbsd-bugs at ziemba.us>
When rebooting the machine jump to 0xf000:0xfff0 instead of 0xffff:0x0.
This is the same change that was made in rev 1.33 of boot/i386/btx/btx.S.
PR: i386/91871
Submitted by: Bjorn Konig <bkoenig at cs.tu-berlin.de>
The isr_intval in ieee80211req_scan_result structure should be 16 bit.
This makes ifconfig list scan display the correct beacon interval
(previously it would int overflow). As a side effect, this makes the
ieee80211req_scan_result word aligned.
Submitted by: Paul B Mahol <onemda at gmail.com>
Committed by: rpaulo
Use the correct variable for determining the verbosity level in mpt_lprtc().
While at it, fix the whitespace of that macro.
PR: 149502
Submitted by: Andrew Boyer
Let cryptosoft(4) add its pseudo-device with a specific unit number and its
probe method return BUS_PROBE_NOWILDCARD so it doesn't get attached to real
devices hanging off of nexus(4) with no specific devclass set. Actually, the
more desirable fix for this would be to get rid of the newbus interface of
cryptosoft(4) altogether but apparently crypto(9) was written with support
for cryptographic hardware in mind so that approach would require some KPI
breaking changes which don't seem worth it.
Enable reservation-based physical memory allocation. Even without the
creation of large page mappings in the pmap, it can provide modest
performance benefits. In particular, for a "buildworld" on a 2x 1GHz
Ultrasparc IIIi it reduced the wall clock time by 2.2% and the system
time by 12.6%.
Tested by: marius@
Convert the tests to the perl prove format.
Remove obsolete TEST.README (results of an old TEST.sh for some old Unices)
and TEST.csh (old tests without correct values, far less complete than
TEST.sh).
Any driver that relies on its parent to set the devclass has no way to
know if has siblings that need an actual probe. Introduce a specail
return value called BUS_PROBE_NOOWILDCARD. If the driver returns
this, the probe is only successful for devices that have had a
specific devclass set for them.
Reviewed by: current@, jhb@, grehan@
- Fixed static linkage.
- Document that mptutil/mpt do not support RAID volumes in excess of 2TB.
- Report subcommand handler errors so that tools that invoke mptutil can
robustly report errors.
- Save errno values before calling warn(3) so that errors are correctly
reported.
- Check for malloc() failures.
Only dump the values of the PMC and CMCI local vector table entries on a
local APIC if those LVT entries are valid. This quiets spurious illegal
register local APIC errors during boot on a CPU that doesn't support those
vectors.
Set FD_CLOEXEC for the output file only when the file has been specified
with the -o option. Setting the flag for stderr (the default) could
cause the traced process to redirect stderr to a random file.
PR: bin/152151
Return from mii_attach() after calling bus_generic_attach(9) on the device_t
of the MAC driver in order to attach miibus(4) on the first pass instead of
falling through to also calling it on the device_t of miibus(4). The latter
code flow was intended to attach the PHY drivers the same way regardless of
whether it's the first or a repeated pass, modulo the bus_generic_attach()
call in miibus_attach() which shouldn't be there. However, it turned out
that these variants cause miibus(4) to be attached twice under certain
conditions when using MAC drivers as modules.
Submitted by: yongari
r215132:
Add basic WOL support for MCP ethernet controllers. It seems the
controller does not perform automatic switching from 1000Mbps link
to 10/100Mbps link when WOL is activated. Implement establishing
10/100Mps link with auto-negotiation in driver. Link status change
handler was modified to remove taskqueue based approach since driver
now needs synchronous handling for link establishment.
Submitted by: Yamagi Burmeister (lists <> yamagi.org ) (initial version)
Tested by: Yamagi Burmeister (lists <> yamagi.org )
r215194:
Fix regression introduced in r215132. Caller always holds a driver
lock before accessing mii, so locking is not needed here.
Reported by: Rob Farmer (rfarmer <> predatorlabs dot net)
* retry various system calls on EINTR
* retry the rest after a short read (common if there is more than about 1K
of output)
* block SIGCHLD like system(3) does (note that this does not and cannot
work fully in threaded programs, they will need to be careful with wait
functions)
PR: 90580
Add 'jid' as a possible sort order to the help screen.
PR: bin/150992
Submitted by: Frederic Culot <frederic at culot dot org>
Approved by: avg (mentor)
r215018:
Consistently use tab character instead of using space character.
No functional changes.
r215019:
Remove trailing white spaces.
r215020:
Remove standard PCI configuration space register definitions.
Follow the lead of vendor's interrupt moderation mechanism.
It seems RTL8169/RTL8168/RTL810xE has a kind of interrupt
moderation mechanism but it is not documented at all. The magic
value dramatically reduced number of interrupts without noticeable
performance drops so apply it to all RTL8169/RTL8169 controllers.
Vendor's FreeBSD driver also applies it to RTL810xE controllers but
their Linux driver explicitly cleared the register, so do not
enable interrupt moderation for RTL810xE controllers.
While I'm here sort 8169 specific registers.
Obtained from: RealTek FreeBSD driver
MFC r215025:
Only moderate TX completion interrupts. Relying on taskqueue to
suppress RX interrupts seems to give better RX performance than
RX interrupt moderation.
Reduce spin wait time consumed in GMII register access routine.
There were a couple of attempts in the past to reduce it since it
took more than 1ms. Because mii_tick() periodically polls link
status, waiting more than 1ms for each GMII register access was
overkill. Unfortunately all previous attempts were failed with
various ways on different controllers.
This time, add additional 20us dealy at the end of GMII register
access which seems to requirement of all RealTek controllers to
issue next GMII register access request. This is the same way what
Linux does.
Initialize KPTmap in locore so that vm86.c can call vtophys() (or really
pmap_kextract()) before pmap_bootstrap() is called.
Document the set of pmap functions that may be called before
pmap_bootstrap() is called.
In case the stack size reaches its limit and its growth must be
restricted, ensure that grow_amount is a multiple of the page size.
Otherwise, the kernel may crash in swap_reserve_by_uid() on HEAD and
FreeBSD 8.x, and produce a core file with a missing stack on FreeBSD
7.x.
Add new tunable 'net.link.ifqmaxlen' to set default send interface
queue length. The default value for this parameter is 50, which is
quite low for many of today's uses and the only way to modify this
parameter right now is to edit if_var.h file. Also add read-only
sysctl with the same name, so that it's possible to retrieve the
current value.
Use shorten model name instead of showing all controller model
numbers. bge(4) supports too many models such that it's
unreasonable to list all these controllers in one line description
of name. While I'm here mention that BCM590x/BCM5779x is Fast
Ethernet controller.
bge(4) still lacks support for some controllers but supporting
these controllers should be easy now and adding new controllers
do not require touching .Nd any more.
Obtained from: OpenBSD
Standardise all Swinburne related copyright/licence statements throughout the
tree in preparation for another large code import. Swinburne University is the
legal entity that owns copyright and the 2-clause BSD licence is acceptable.
Add simple MAC statistics counter reading support. Unfortunately
useful counters like rl_missed_pkts is 16 bits quantity which is
too small to hold meaningful information happened in a second. This
means driver should frequently read these counters in order not to
lose accuracy and that approach is too inefficient in driver's
view. Moreover it seems there is no way to trigger an interrupt to
detect counter near-full or wraparound event as well as lacking
clearing the MAC counters. Another limitation of reading the
counters from RealTek controllers is lack of interrupt firing at
the end of DMA cycle of MAC counter read request such that driver
have to poll the end of the DMA which is a time consuming process
as well as inefficient. The more severe issue of the MAC counter
read request is it takes too long to complete the DMA. All these
limitation made maintaining MAC counters in driver impractical. For
now, just provide simple sysctl interface to trigger reading the
MAC counters. These counters could be used to track down driver
issues. Users can read MAC counters maintained in controller with
the following command.
#sysctl dev.re.0.stats=1
While I'm here add check for validity of dma map and allocated
memory before unloading/freeing them.
Tested by: rmacklem
Enable 64bit DMA addressing for RTL810xE/RTL8168/RTL8111 PCIe
controllers. Some old PCI controllers may work with DAC but it was
known to be buggy so 64bit DMA addressing is used only on PCIe
controllers.
Fix a long standing bug in programming station address for Yukon
controllers. sk(4) never reprogrammed station address for Yukon
controllers so overriding station address with ifconfig(8) was not
possible.
Fix the bug by reprogramming all registers that control station
address, flow-control and virtual station address. Virtual station
address has no use at this moment since driver does not make use of
fail over feature.
Tested by: "Mikhail T." <mi+thun <> aldan.algebra.com>
If we got an invalid station address, generate random address. This
might be caused by broken BIOS.
Reported by: "Mikhail T." <mi+thun <> aldan.algebra.com>
several non-MFC'd changes.
Use a safer mechanism for determining if a task is currently running,
that does not rely on the lifetime of pointers being the same. This
also restores the task KBI.
Validate whether the zfs_cmd_t submitted from userland is not smaller than
what we have. Without the check the kernel could accessing memory that
does not belong to the request struct.
Note that we do not test if the struct equals in size at this time, which
may faciliate forward compatibility with newer binaries.
- Move Sun Fire V240 to the list of known working machines.
- For the parallel stable/7 and stable/8 branches mention both releases that
first supported a particular sparc64 machine and update the sparc64 hardware
list regarding machines that were supported beginning with 8.1-RELEASE and
will be supported beginning with 8.1-RELEASE.
Fix a segmentation fault in argument processing.
The crash was caused by a command line such as this one:
# fold -b1
PR: bin/151592
Reported by: Marcus Reid <[email protected]>
Tested by: Marcus Reid <[email protected]>
Don't bother to enable ASPM L1 to save more power. Even though I am
not able to trigger the issue with sample boards, some users seems
to suffer from freeze/lockup when system is booted without UTP cable
plugged in. I'm not sure whether this is BIOS issue or controller
bug. This change fixes AR8132 lockup issue seen on EEE PC.
Reported by: kmoore
Tested by: kmoore
Add initial BCM5718 family support. The BCM5718 family includes
the dual port BCM5717 and BCM5718 devices which are intended for
mainstream workstation and entry-level server designs and
represents the twelfth generation of NetXtreme Ethernet controllers.
This family is the successor to the BCM5714/BCM5715 family and
supports IPv4/IPv6 checksum offloading, TSO, VLAN hardware tagging,
jumbo frames, MSI/MSIX, IOV, RSS and TSS.
This change set supports all hardware features except IOV and
RSS/TSS. Unlike its predecessors, only extended RX buffer
descriptors can be posted to the jumbo producer ring. Single RX
buffer descriptors for jumbo frame are not supported. RSS requires
a more substantial set of changes and will apply to a larger set
of NetXtreme devices so RSS/TSS multi-queue support will be
implemented in a future releases.
Special thanks to Broadcom who kindly sent a sample board to me
and to davidch who gave provided the initial support code.
Submitted by: davidch (initial version)
HW donated by: Broadcom
Fix a race that can occur when nfs nfsiod threads are being created.
MFC r212506:
Do not fork nfsiod directly from the vop methods.
MFC r214026:
Do not synchronously start the nfsiod threads at all.
Tested by: jhb
- When resetting pm_active and pm_context of a pmap in pmap_pinit() we
need locking as otherwise we may race against the other parts of the
MD code which expects a consistent state of these. While at it move
the resetting of the pmap before entering it in the TSB.
- Spell a 0 as TLB_CTX_KERNEL.
- Add IFM_10_2 and IFM_10_5 media via tlphy(4) only in case the respective
interface also has such connectors.
- In tl_attach() unify three different ways of obtaining the device and
vendor IDs and remove the now obsolete tl_dinfo from tl_softc.
- Given that tlphy(4) only handles the integrated PHYs of NICs driven by
tl(4) make it only probe on the latter.
- Switch mlphy(4) and tlphy(4) to use mii_phy_add_media()/mii_phy_setmedia().
- Simplify looking for the respective companion PHY in mlphy(4) and tlphy(4)
by ignoring the native one by just comparing the device_t's directly rather
than the device name.
Converted the remainder of the NIC drivers to use the mii_attach()
introduced in r213878 (MFC'ed to stable/7 in r214685) instead of
mii_phy_probe(). Unlike r213893 (MFC'ed to stable/7 in r214910)
these are mostly straight forward conversions though.
Convert the PHY drivers to honor the mii_flags passed down and convert
the NIC drivers as well as the PHY drivers to take advantage of the
mii_attach() introduced in r213878 (MFC'ed to stable/8 in r214685) to
get rid of certain hacks. For the most part these were:
- Artificially limiting miibus_{read,write}reg methods to certain PHY
addresses; we now let mii_attach() only probe the PHY at the desired
address(es) instead.
- PHY drivers setting MIIF_* flags based on the NIC driver they hang
off from, partly even based on grabbing and using the softc of the
parent; we now pass these flags down from the NIC to the PHY drivers
via mii_attach(). This got us rid of all such hacks except those of
brgphy() in combination with bce(4) and bge(4), which is way beyond
what can be expressed with simple flags.
While at it, I took the opportunity to change the NIC drivers to pass
up the error returned by mii_attach() (previously by mii_phy_probe())
and unify the error message used in this case where and as appropriate
as mii_attach() actually can fail for a number of reasons, not just
because of no PHY(s) being present at the expected address(es).
Reviewed by: jhb, yongari
part of the SIFTR MFC and breaks buildworld as siis.4 doesn't exist in stable/7.
This is an intentional direct commit to the 7-STABLE branch.
Pointy hat to: lstewart
Noticed by: Michael Butler <imb at protected-networks dot net>
Make the IPsec SADB embedded route cache a union to be able to hold both the
legacy and IPv6 route destination address.
Previously in case of IPv6, there was a memory overwrite due to not enough
space for the IPv6 address.
PR: kern/122565
Retire the system-wide, per-reassembly queue segment limit. The mechanism is far
too coarse grained to be useful and the default value significantly degrades TCP
performance on moderate to high bandwidth-delay product paths with non-zero loss
(e.g. 5+Mbps connections across the public Internet often suffer).
Replace the outgoing mechanism with an individual per-queue limit based on the
number of MSS segments that fit into the socket's receive buffer. This should
strike a good balance between performance and the potential for resource
exhaustion when FreeBSD is acting as a TCP receiver. With socket buffer
autotuning (which is enabled by default), the reassembly queue tracks the socket
buffer and benefits too.
As the XXX comment suggests, my testing uncovered some unexpected behaviour
which requires further investigation. By using so->so_rcv.sb_hiwat instead of
sbspace(&so->so_rcv), we allow more segments to be held across both the socket
receive buffer and reassembly queue than we probably should. The tradeoff is
better performance in at least one common scenario, versus a devious sender's
ability to consume more resources on a FreeBSD receiver.
The base code from r213913 was modified as part of this MFC in order to work
correctly on FreeBSD 7.
Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation
Reviewed by: andre, gnn, rpaulo
- Switch the "net.inet.tcp.reass.cursegments" and
"net.inet.tcp.reass.maxsegments" sysctl variables to be based on UMA zone
stats. The value returned by the cursegments sysctl is approximate owing to
the way in which uma_zone_get_cur is implemented.
- Discontinue use of V_tcp_reass_qsize as a global reassembly segment count
variable in the reassembly implementation. The variable was used without
proper synchronisation and was duplicating accounting done by UMA already. The
lack of synchronisation was particularly problematic on SMP systems
terminating many TCP sessions, resulting in poor TCP performance for
connections with non-zero packet loss.
The base code from r213912 was modified as part of this MFC in order to work
correctly on FreeBSD 7.
Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation
Reviewed by: andre, gnn, rpaulo (as part of a larger patch)
- Simplify implementation of uma_zone_get_max.
- Add uma_zone_get_cur which returns the current approximate occupancy of a
zone. This is useful for providing stats via sysctl amongst other things.
Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation
Reviewed by: gnn, jhb
Add helper macros to iterate over available CPUs in the system.
CPU_FOREACH(i) iterates over the CPU IDs of all available CPUs. The
CPU_FIRST() and CPU_NEXT(i) macros can also be used to iterate over
available CPU IDs. CPU_NEXT(i) wraps around to CPU_FIRST() rather than
returning some sort of terminator.
Requested by: rwatson
Reviewed by: attilio
- Move common code from the hook functions that fills in a packet node struct to
a separate inline function. This further reduces duplicate code that didn't
have a good reason to stay as it was.
- Reorder the malloc of a pkt_node struct in the hook functions such that it
only occurs if we managed to find a usable tcpcb associated with the packet.
- Make the inp_locally_locked variable's type consistent with the prototype of
siftr_siftdata().
Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation
Add uma_zone_get_max() to obtain the effective limit after a call to
uma_zone_set_max().
The UMA zone limit is not exactly set to the value supplied but rounded up to
completely fill the backing store increment (a page normally). This can lead to
surprising situations where the number of elements allocated from UMA is higher
than the supplied limit value. The new get function reads back the effective
value so that the supplied limit value can be adjusted to the real limit.
The base code from r211396 was modified as part of this MFC in order to work
correctly on FreeBSD 7.
Reviewed by: jeffr
Internalise reassembly queue related functionality and variables which should
not be used outside of the reassembly queue implementation. Provide a new
function to flush all segments from a reassembly queue and call it from the
appropriate places instead of manipulating the queue directly.
The base code from r213158 was modified as part of this MFC in order to work
correctly on FreeBSD 7.
Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation
Reviewed by: andre, gnn, rpaulo
Import the Statistical Information For TCP Research (SIFTR) kernel module into
FreeBSD. SIFTR logs a range of statistics on active TCP connections to a log
file, providing the ability to make highly granular measurements of TCP
connection state. The tool is aimed at system administrators, developers and
researchers alike. Please take it for a spin and test it out - the man page
should have all the information required to get you going.
Many thanks go to the Cisco University Research Program Fund at Community
Foundation Silicon Valley and the FreeBSD Foundation. Their support of our work
at the Centre for Advanced Internet Architectures, Swinburne University of
Technology is greatly appreciated.
The base SIFTR code from r209662 was modified as part of this MFC in order to
work correctly on FreeBSD 7.
r209980:
Catch up with the rename of DPCPU_SUM to DPCPU_VARSUM.
r209982:
The SIFTR DPCPU statistics struct was not being zeroed between enable/disable
cycles so the values would accumulate rather than reset for each cycle.
Sponsored by: Cisco URP (r209662), FreeBSD Foundation
Reviewed by: dwmalone, gnn, rpaulo (r209662)
Tested by: Many on freebsd-current@ and elsewhere over the years
kthread_exit() in order to get a wakeup delivered to the "struct proc *" which
ALQ relies on.
This is an intentional direct commit to the 7-STABLE branch.
- Rework the underlying ALQ storage to be a circular buffer, which amongst other
things allows variable length messages to be easily supported.
- Extend KPI with alq_writen() and alq_getn() to support variable length
messages, which is enabled at ALQ creation time depending on the arguments
passed to alq_open(). Also add variants of alq_open() and alq_post() that
accept a flags argument. The KPI is still fully backwards compatible and
shouldn't require any change in ALQ consumers unless they wish to utilise the
new features.
- Introduce the ALQ_NOACTIVATE and ALQ_ORDERED flags to allow ALQ consumers to
have more control over IO scheduling and resource acquisition respectively.
- Strengthen invariants checking.
- Document ALQ changes in ALQ(9) man page.
Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation
Reviewed by: gnn, jeff, rpaulo, rwatson
The ALQ should not be considered drained until it has been made inactive.
Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation
Reviewed by: dwmalone, jeff, rpaulo, rwatson (as part of a larger patch)
According to SLEEP(9), msleep() is deprecated in favour of mtx_sleep().
Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation
Reviewed by: dwmalone, jeff, rpaulo, rwatson (as part of a larger patch)
- Factor code to destroy an ALQ out of alq_close() into a private alq_destroy().
- Use the new alq_destroy() to properly handle a failure case in alq_open().
Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation
Reviewed by: dwmalone, jeff, rpaulo, rwatson (as part of a larger patch)
- Add a new PCI quirk to whitelist an old chipset that doesn't support
PCI-express or PCI-X capabilities if we are running in a virtual machine.
- Whitelist the Intel 82440 chipset used by QEMU.
Intel QPI chipsets actually provide extra "non-core" PCI buses that
provide PCI devices for various hardware such as memory controllers,
etc. for each socket. These PCI buses are not enumerated via ACPI
however. Add qpi(4) psuedo bus and Host-PCI bridge drivers to
enumerate these buses. Currently the driver uses the CPU ID to
determine the bridges' presence.
- Report subcommand handler errors in mfiutil so that tools that
invoke the utilities can robustly report errors.
- Fix compile with -DDEBUG by using the correct mfi_pd_ref union definition
in mfireg.h.
- Save errno values before calling warn(3) so that errors are correctly
reported.
- Use powerof2() from <sys/param.h> rather than a copy and paste version.
Remove setpgid() call before executing child process.
Using a separate process group here is bad, since (for example) job
control in the TTY layer prevents interaction with the TTY, causing the
child process to hang.
- Stylify of uudecode(1)
Part of PR bin/124739.
- "b64decode -r" did not handle arbitary breaks in base64 encoded
data. White space should be accepted anywhere in a base64 encoded
stream, not just after every chunk (4 characters).
Test-scenario:
VmVsb2NpdHkgUmV3YXJkcw==
and
VmVsb2NpdHkgUmV3YXJkcw
==
should both produce "Velocity Rewards"
PR: bin/124739
Submitted by: Mark Andrews <[email protected]>
Use shorten model name and add RTL8168, RTL8111 to the list of
supported device. re(4) had been supported all variants of RTL8168,
RTL8111 and RTL810x. I think this change will cover all controllers
supported by re(4).
Add TSO support over VLAN for i82550/i82551. Controller requires
VLAN hardware tagging to make TSO work over VLAN. So if VLAN
hardware tagging is disabled explicitly clear TSO over VLAN. While
I'm here allow disabling VLAN TX checksum offloading.
Tested by: Liudas < liudasb <> centras dot lt >
r214087:
Add workaround for BCM5906 controller silicon bug. If device
receive two back-to-back send BDs with less than or equal to 8
total bytes then the device may hang. The two back-to-back send
BDs must be in the same frame for this failure to occur.
Thanks to davidch for detailed errata information.
Reviewed by: davidch
r214219:
Add workaround for BCM5906 A1 controller silicon bug. When
auto-negotiation results in half-duplex operation, excess collision
on the ethernet link may cause internal chip delays that may result
in subsequent valid frames being dropped due to insufficient
receive buffer resources. The workaround is to choose de-pipeline
method as a flow control decision for SDI. De-pipeline method
allows only 1 data in TxMbuf at a time such that a request to RDMA
from SDI is made only when TxMbuf is empty. Thanks for david for
providing detailed errata information.
r214251:
Apply the same workaround for SDI flow control used on BCM5906 A1
to BCM6906 A0/A2. This should fix a long standing BCM5906 A2 lockup
issues. Data sheet explicitly mentions BCM5906 A0, A1 and A2 use
de-pipelined mode on these revisions.
Special thanks to Buganini who tried all combinations of
experimental patches for more than 10 days.
Tested by: Buganini <buganini <> gmail dot com >
r214292:
Use bge_chipid to compare controller ids. r214251 incorrectly used
bge_chiprev.
Reported by: Buganini <buganini <> gmail dot com >
r213747:
Protect bge(4) from accessing invalid NIC internal memory regions
on BCM5906.
Tested by: Buganini < buganini <> gmail dot com >
r213808:
Add more checks for resolved link speed in bge_miibus_statchg().
Link UP state could be reported first before actual completion of
auto-negotiation. This change makes bge(4) reprogram BGE_MAC_MODE,
BGE_TX_MODE and BGE_RX_MODE register only after controller got a
valid link.
r214216:
Enable TX MAC state machine lockup fix for both BCM5755 or higher
and BCM5906. Publicly available data sheet just says it may happen
due to corrupted TxMbuf.
r213522:
Fix a long standing bug which regarded some revisions of controller
as 5788. This caused BGE_MISC_LOCAL_CTL register is used to
generate link state change interrupt for non-5788 controllers. The
interrupt handler may or may not detect link state attention as
status block wouldn't be updated when an interrupt was generated
with BGE_MISC_LOCAL_CTL register. All controllers except 5700 and
5788 should use host coalescing mode register to trigger an
interrupt.
r213587:
Do not blindly UP the interface when interface's MTU is changed. If
driver is not running there is no need to up the interface. While
I'm here hold driver lock before modifying MTU as it is referenced
in RX handler.
r213711:
The IFF_DRV_RUNNING flag is set at the end of bge_init_locked. But
before setting the flag, interrupt was already enabled such that
interrupt handler could be run before setting IFF_DRV_RUNNING flag.
This can lose initial link state change interrupt which in turn
make bge(4) think that it still does not have valid link. Fix this
race by protecting the taskqueue with a driver lock.
While I'm here move reenabling interrupt code after handling of link
state chage.
Reviewed by: davidch
r213495:
Add more comments to rings supported by the controller. Different
versions of controller support different number of ring control
blocks such that adjust code a bit to access known number of
send/receive ring control blocks. Previously bge(4) blindly
accessed 16 send/receive RCBs. Also move initializing standard
receive producer ring producer index, jumbo receive producer ring
producer index and mini receive producer ring producer index to
the end of each receive producer ring initialization.
Do not assume mini receive producer ring is available only when
controller has jumbo frame capability, instead explicitly check
ASIC version BCM5700 to disable mini receive producer ring.
Additionally always enable send ring 0 regardless of controller
versions. Previously bge(4) didn't enable send ring 0 if controller
is BGE_IS_5705_PLUS. Becase bge(4) need 1 send ring to send frames
at least, I have no idea how it would have worked so far.
Submitted by: davidch
r213742:
Fix a regression introduced in r213495. r213495 disabled mini
receive producer ring only for BCM5700. It was believed that
BCM5700 with external SSRAM is the only controller that supports
mini ring but it seems all BCM570[0-4] requires to disable mini
receive producer ring. Otherwise, it caused unexpected RX DMA
error or watchdog timeouts.
Reported by: marius, Steve Kargl <sgk <> troutmask dot apl dot washington dot edu>
Tested by: marius, Steve Kargl <sgk <> troutmask dot apl dot washington dot edu>
r213485:
Overhaul MII register access routine and remove unnecessary
BGE_MI_MODE register accesses. Previously bge(4) used to read
BGE_MI_MODE register to detect whether it needs to disable
autopolling feature or not. Because we don't touch autopolling in
other part of driver there is no reason to read BGE_MI_MODE
register given that we know default value in advance. In order to
achieve the goal, check whether the controller has CPMU(Central
Power Mangement Unit) capability. If controller has CPMU feature,
use 500KHz MII management interface(mdio/mdc) frequency regardless
core clock frequency. Otherwise use default MII clock. While I'm
here, add CPMU register definition.
In bge_miibus_readreg(), rearrange code a bit and remove goto
statement. In bge_miibus_writereg(), make sure to restore
autopolling even if MII write failed. The delay time inserted after
accessing BGE_MI_MODE register increased from 40us to 80us.
The default PHY address is now stored in softc. All PHYs supported
by bge(4) currently uses PHY address 1 but it will be changed when
we add newer controllers. This change will make it easier to change
default PHY address depending on PHY models.
Submitted by: davidch
r213710:
Remove one last reference of BGE_MI_MODE register for auto polling.
Previously bge(4) always enabled auto polling for non-BGE_FLAG_TBI
controllers. With this change, auto polling is not used anymore so
polling through mii(4) was introduced.
Reviewed by: davidch
r213812:
Fix a regression introduced in r213710. r213710 removed the use of
auto polling such that it made all controllers obtain link status
information from the state of the LNKRDY input signal. Broadcom
recommends disabling auto polling such that driver should rely on
PHY interrupts for link status change indications. Unfortunately it
seems some controllers(BCM5703, BCM5704 and BCM5705) have PHY
related issues so Linux took other approach to workaround it.
bge(4) didn't follow that and it used to enable auto polling to
workaround it. Restore this old behavior for BCM5700 family
controllers and BCM5705 to use auto polling. For BCM5700 and
BCM5701, it seems it does not need to enable auto polling but I
restored it for safety.
Special thanks to marius who tried lots of patches with patience.
Reported by: marius
Tested by: marius
r213411:
Enable fix for read DMA FIFO overruns on controllers that have this
fix. Note, we still need workaround for controllers that lacks this
fix and it needs more work in RX BD updating.
Submitted by: davidch
r213464:
Separate common flags into controller specific and PHY related
flags. There should be no functional changes. This change will make
it easy to add more quirk/flags in future.
Reviewed by: davidch
r213465:
Rearrange code a bit to correctly set PHY flags. This change make
it easy to add more newer ASICs.
Obtained from: OpenBSD
r213468:
Fix bge(4) build breakage when BGE_REGISTER_DEBUG is defined.
r213316:
Fix IFCAP_TXCSUM/IFCAP_RXCSUM handling. Previously bge(4) used
IFCAP_HWCSUM to know which capability should be changed such that
disabling RX checksun offloading resulted in disabling TX checksum
offloading.
r213333:
Allow write DMA to request larger DMA burst size to get better
performance on BCM5785.
Obtained from: OpenBSD
r213334:
Remove extra semicolon.
r213283:
Implement hardware MAC statistics for BCM5705 or newer Broadcom
controllers. bge(4) exported MAC statistics on controllers that
maintain the statistics in the NIC's internal memory. Newer
controllers require register access to fetch these values. These
counters provide useful information to diagnose driver issues.
r213410:
Consistently use ifHCOutOctets/ifHCInOctets instead of Octets as
these names are used in data sheet. Also use UnicastPkts,
MulticastPkts and BroadcastPkts instead of UcastPkts, McastPkts
and BcastPkts to clarify its meaning.
Suggested by: bde
r213081:
Always show asic/chip revision in device attach phase. There are
too many bge(4) controllers there and model name does not
necessarily match asic/chip revision. Relying on VPD string made
it hard to identify exact asic/chip revision so the first step to
debug bge(4) was getting exact asic/chip information with verbose
boot which may not be available on production server.
r213255:
Set the number of RX frames to receive after RX MBUF low watermark
has reached. This reduced number of dropped frames when
flow-control is enabled. Previously it dropped incoming frames once
RX MBUF low watermark has reached. The value used in MAC RX MBUF
low watermark is greater than or equal to 4 so receiving two more
RX frames should not be a problem.
Obtained from: OpenBSD
r213280:
After r207391, brgphy(4) passes resolved flow-control settings to
parent driver. Use that information to configure flow-control.
One drawback is there is no way to disable flow-control as we still
don't have proper way to not advertise RX/TX pause capability to
link partner. But I don't think it would cause severe problems and
users can selectively disable flow-control in switch port.
Partially revert r203829 (MFC'ed to stable/7 in r205921); as it turns out
what the PowerPC OFW loader did was incorrect as further down the road
cons_probe() calls malloc() so the former can't be called before init_heap()
has succeed. Instead just exit to the firmware in case init_heap() fails
like OF_init() does when hitting a problem as we're then likely running in
a very broken environment where hardly anything can be trusted to work.
Fix card/device names, no functional change
The ADMtek AN985 is the cardbus variant of ADMtek AN983
The Netgear FA511 is just a relabled ADMtek AN985
PR: kern/50574
Add a NetBSD-compatible mii_attach(), which is intended to eventually
replace mii_phy_probe() altogether. Compared to the latter the advantages
of mii_attach() are:
- intended to be called multiple times in order to attach PHYs in multiple
passes (f.e. in order to only use sub-ranges of the 0 to MII_NPHY - 1
range)
- being able to pass along the capability mask from the NIC to the PHY
drivers
- being able to specify at which address (phyloc) to probe for a PHY
(instead of always probing at all addresses from 0 to MII_NPHY - 1)
- being able to specify which PHY instance (offloc) to attach
- being able to pass along MIIF_* flags from the NIC to the PHY drivers
(f.e. as required to indicated to the PHY drivers that flow control is
supported by the NIC driver, which actually is the motivation for this
change).
While at it, I used the opportunity to get rid of some hacks in mii(4)
like miibus_probe() generally doing work besides sheer probing and the
"EVIL HACK" (which will vanish entirely along with mii_phy_probe()) by
passing the struct ifnet pointer via an argument of mii_attach() as well
as to fix some resource leaks in mii(4) in case something fails.
Commits which will update the PHY drivers to honor the MII flags passed
down from the NIC drivers and take advantage of mii_attach() to get rid
of certain types of hacks in NIC and PHY drivers as well as a conversion
of the remaining uses of mii_phy_probe() will follow shortly.
Reviewed by: jhb, yongari
Obtained from: NetBSD (partially)
r214236 & r214160:
The firmware does pad notifications to an even number of bytes (at least
the association notification), the included information though always
contains an elem block with an odd number of bytes. We handle the last
byte as if it might contain a whole elem block, this of course is not
true as one byte is not enough to hold a block, we therefore discard the
complete frame. The solution here is to subtract one from the actual
notification length, this is also what the Linux driver does. With this
change the frame ends exactly where the last elem block ends.
r214262:
The firmware always sets bit 14 and 15, to get the real associd we need
to clear those bits.
If vm_map_find() is asked to allocate a superpage-aligned region of
virtual addresses that is greater than a superpage in size but not a
multiple of the superpage size, then vm_map_find() is not always
expanding the kernel pmap to support the last few small pages being
allocated. Previously, we grew the kernel page table in
vm_map_findspace() when we found the first available virtual address.
Now, instead, we defer the call to pmap_growkernel() until we are
committed to a range of virtual addresses in vm_map_insert().
Close a race acquiring the IF_ADDR_LOCK() for each entry while iterating
over all interfaces to make sure the address will neither change nor be
freed while we are working on it.
PR: kern/146250
Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub (to.my.trociny gmail.com)
Rewrite interrupt handler to give fairness for both RX and TX.
Previously rl(4) continuously checked whether there are RX events
or TX completions in forever loop. This caused TX starvation under
high RX load as well as consuming too much CPU cycles in the
interrupt handler. If interrupt was shared with other devices which
may be always true due to USB devices in these days, rl(4) also
tried to process the interrupt. This means polling(4) was the only
way to mitigate the these issues.
To address these issues, rl(4) now disables interrupts when it
knows the interrupt is ours and limit the number of iteration of
the loop to 16. The interrupt would be enabled again before exiting
interrupt handler if the driver is still running. Because RX buffer
is 64KB in size, the number of iterations in the loop has nothing
to do with number of RX packets being processed. This change
ensures sending TX frames under high RX load.
RX handler drops a driver lock to pass received frames to upper
stack such that there is a window that user can down the interface.
So rl(4) now checks whether driver is still running before serving
RX or TX completion in the loop.
While I'm here, exit interrupt handler when driver initialized
controller.
With this change, now rl(4) can send frames under high RX load even
though the TX performance is still not good(rl(4) controllers can't
queue more than 4 frames at a time so low TX performance was one of
design issue of rl(4) controllers). It's much better than previous
TX starvation and you should not notice RX performance drop with
this change. Controller still shows poor performance under high
network load but for many cases it's now usable without resorting
to polling(4).
Fix monitor mode which is implemented by doing a firmware scan. This
is a port from stable/6, seems like the code got lost during the
background scan changes in r170530.
Make sure to not use stale ip/tcp header pointers. The ip/tcp
header parser uses m_pullup(9) to get access to mbuf chain.
m_pullup(9) can allocate new mbuf chain and free old one if the
space left in the mbuf chain is not enough to hold requested
contiguous bytes. Previously drivers can use stale ip/tcp header
pointer if m_pullup(9) returned new mbuf chain.
Reported by: Andrew Boyer (aboyer <> averesystems dot com)
- In the spirit of previous simplifications factor out the checks for a
different PHY instance being selected and isolation out into the wrappers
around the service methods rather than duplicating them over and over
again (besides, a PHY driver shouldn't need to care about which instance
it actually is).
- Centralize the check for the need to isolate a non-zero PHY instance not
supporting isolation in mii_mediachg() and just ignore it rather than
panicing, which should sufficient given that a) things are likely to
just work anyway if one doesn't plug in more than one port at a time and
b) refusing to attach in this case just leaves us in a unknown but most
likely also not exactly correct configuration (besides several drivers
setting MIIF_NOISOLATE didn't care about these anyway, probably due to
setting this flag for no real reason).
- Minor fixes like removing unnecessary setting of sc->mii_anegticks,
using sc->mii_anegticks instead of hardcoded values etc.
For multi-command pipelines,
1. all commands are direct children of the shell (unlike the original
Bourne shell)
2. all commands are executed in a subshell (unlike the real Korn shell)
expr(1) should usually not be used as various forms of parameter expansion
and arithmetic expansion replicate most of its functionality in an easier
way.
getopt(1) should not be used at all in new code. Instead, getopts(1) or
entirely manual parsing should be used.
Correct handling of shared interrupt in sis_intr(). r212116 incorrectly
released a drver lock for shared interrupt case such that it caused
panic. While I'm here check whether driver is still running before
serving TX/RX handler.
Reported by: Jerahmy Pocott < QUAKENET1 <> optusnet dot com dot au >
Tested by: Jerahmy Pocott < QUAKENET1 <> optusnet dot com dot au >
r213738: allow one to regression test 'sh' changes without having to
install a potentially bad /bin/sh first.
r213903: default to 'sh' from PATH if 'SH' env is not set.
r212243: improve comments in expand.c
r214100: MFC r213815: only need to look as far as '..' to find 'test/'
r214104:
r213774: DEBUG_FLAGS should be used to enable extra debugging rather than
frobbing CFLAGS directly.
r213798: do not inline static functions if debugging
190527(sam):
fix wired-wireless failover example and remove incorrect
comment about WPA not working
190528(sam):
remove bogus nwid use; that's a compat shim for netbsd
190531(bruffer):
Fix typo.
MFC r212100 (emaste),213632,214066:
Add a new syslog knob, net.link.lagg.failover_rx_all, to control
whether to accept input packets on any link in a failover lagg,
and add the corresponding documentation.
strptime(3) confused July with June with the fr_FR locale.
When parsing the month "juillet" (abbr "jul"), %B recognized it as
"juin" (abbr "jui") because the full name of the month names is
checked at the same time as the abbrevation.
The new behaviour checks the full names first before checking the
abbrevation names.
PR: kern/141939
Submitted by: Denis Chatelain <[email protected]>
Fix printing of the "rw" mount option in fstab(5) format (-p option).
fstab(5) format requires that one of "rw", "rq" or "ro" is always
specified.
PR: bin/123021
- In the spirit of r212559 add a comment describing what will eventually
lower the PIL.
- Just as with the AP ensure that the (S)TICK timer(s) are in a known
state when starting BSPs.
In the replacement text of the __bswapN_const() macros cast the argument
to the expected type so they work like the corresponding __bswapN_var()
functions and the compiler doesn't complain when arguments of different
width are passed.
Setting sc->mii_anegticks to MII_ANEGTICKS_GIGE in rgephy_attach()
is redundant. mii_phy_add_media() already takes care of that.
Pointed out by: marius
Move the code that looks for the companion phy to a subroutine to make
sure we get the error handling right in both places. This also
simplifies the code somewhat.
Explicitly lower the PIL to 0 as part of enabling interrupts, similar to
what is done on other platforms. Unlike as with the sched_throw(NULL)
called on BSPs during their startup apparently there's nothing which will
reliably lower it on APs. I'm unsure why this only came up on V215 though,
breaking these with r207248. My best guess is that these are the only
supported ones so far fast enough to lose some race.
PR: 151404
r186401:
Implement a new feature for the "-m" option: if the month number is
followed by 'f' or 'p', use the following or preceding month of that
number, respectively. Document this. Also includes other minor
grammatical and punctuation fixes to the manual page (capitalize
Easter, etc.).
r191330:
Implement highlighting of today in month view of cal/ncal just like
gnu cal does. This is currently disabled for year view because of hard
coded padding in that case. This will hopefully be fixed soon.
r191364:
Couple of changes based on feedback
o Change mr/me to so/se [1].
o Introduce a -h option to disable highlighting. [2]
o Spell STDOUT_FILENO as such and pass NULL to tgetent()
to handle the case of unset TERM. [3]
r191687:
Fixed missing dependency.
r194366:
Fix column width of weekday names for multibyte locales.
r194447:
Since the width is always 2, it is enough to put just one
trailing space is enough.
r204697:
- Implement -3 option (show previous, this and next month) option.
- Add -A option (months after this month).
- Add -B option (months before this month).
- Fix highlighting of today in year overview.
- Fix aligning of "foreign" characters.
r204706:
Remove no-op of WARNS?=
r204849:
- document the -3, -A and -B properly in Synopsis.
- add highlight of current date for non-terminals.
- fix -J option.
- code cleanup.
r204908:
- Fix the highlighting for non-terminals when the last week is not
7 days long.
- "-m <N> <YYYY>" now prints only the month, not the whole year.
r205071:
- With the introduction of -A, -B and -3, not all combinations of
arguments makes sense anymore. For example, what would a combination
of -3 (show three months) and -y (show the whole year) do?
We will abort on these cases.
- Move the debug option -d to -H (from highlight), while -d is now
used for setting the day of "today" so that -y and friends can
be tested.
r205427:
Replace -b with -C and -B (as proposed by Alexander).
Add -3, -A and -B to the usage.
Update regression test for the new parameters.
r212032:
Use basename(3) to determine the name of the program.
r186391:
Provide a condition variable to delay the cloned interface
destroy operation until the referenced clone device has
been closed by the process properly. The behavior is now
consistently with the previous release.
r186483:
- Close a race during which the open flag could be cleared but the
tun_softc would still be referenced by adding a separate TUN_CLOSED
flag that is set after tunclose is done referencing it.
- drop the tun_mtx after the flag check to avoid holding it across
if_detach which can recurse in to if_tun.c
r186497:
The "tun?" dev need not be opened at all. One is allowed to perform
the following operations, e.g.:
1) ifconfig tun0 create
2) ifconfig tun0 10.1.1.1 10.1.1.2
3) route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 -iface tun0
4) ifconfig tun0 destroy
If cv wait on the TUN_CLOSED flag, then the last operation (4) will
block forever.
Revert the previous changes and fix the mtx_unlock() leak.
PR: kern/116837
Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub (to.my.trociny gmail.com)
(Not used the patch, just did the MFC)
Consider processes attaching/detaching from tun(4) devices as being link
state changes. This change modifies tunopen and tunclose to call the
if_link_state_change() function. Among other things, this will result in
devd(8) receiving events from devctl(4) for linkup/link down. This allows
us to do several useful things, including initializing tunnel parameters
and adding routes.
Discussed on: freebsd-net
Add code to print the number and type of the CPU that is present in
the system as well has how many PMCs there are per CPU. In this code
CPU and core are equivalent.
r177387
A multicast test. The mctest program acts as both a source and a sink
for multicast packets. Parameters for the interface, packet size,
number of packets, and interpacket gap may be given on the command line.
The sink records how many packets were missed, and at what time each
packet arrived.
r177388
Add the correct license.
r177872
Add a manual page and a Makefile.
Add code to reflect packets back from the sink so that we can measure
round trip at the source.
r178456
Updated the test to handle multiple sinks. The sinks cut their
transmissions by the number of them running so that they do not
overwhelm the source.
Added a simple shell script to kick off sinks on multiple hosts as
well as a source on the host where the shell script is run. The script
also collects the output of all the sinks and the source into files named
for the host on which the tests are run. A date is appended to each output
file to make it unique per run.
r179528
Update mctest and its associated script to have a base port to listen
on so that multiple copies can be run easily.
Update documentation with group and port arguments which are optional.
r180394
Add a new program to the multicast test suite. The mcgrab program
is used to grab and hold some number of multicast addresses in order
to test what happens when an interface goes over the number of multicast
addresses it can filter in hardware.
r186456
Fix a bug in the man page where we were not showing the correct flags
in the explanation. Several of the flags were -i, since it was a copy/paste
operation.
r203800
Fixed error checking of pthread(3) functions.
r204310
Moved mcgrab(1) into a separate directory -- our .mk infrastructure
doesn't currently have support for building multiple programs in a
single makefile.
While here, fixed manpages and makefiles (missing dependencies).
r213327
Change the output of mctest to give a summary of the results instead
of printing a long list.
Add a default base port, and default mulitcast address to the
runner script.
Add support for specifying a different local and remote interface
in the runner script.
Rewrite the i386 memory probe:
- Check for SMAP data from the loader first. If it exists, don't bother
doing any VM86 calls at all. This will be more friendly for non-BIOS
boot environments such as EFI, etc.
- Move the base memory setup into a new basemem_setup() routine instead
of duplicating it.
- Simplify the XEN case by removing all of the VM86/SMAP parsing code rather
than just jumping over it.
- Adjust some comments to better explain the code flow.
not reset the sc_cmd_cur and sc_cmd_next indices. If there are
still pending commands while clearing the queue those two indices
are off by at least one. This leads to no commands being sent
to the firmware until the queue overruns. Fix this by also resetting
the indices.
This is a direct commit as the code does not exist in head.
If an RCS file is truncated, rcsfile_getdelta() will return NULL. Instead
of faulting, check for NULL. However, returning an error would cause csup
to just abort the entire update. Instead, break out of the loop and
return ok. The attempts to update the file will trigger a MD5 failure which
will cause csup to download the entire file as a fixup.
- Expand scope of tun/tap softc locks to cover more softc fields and
driver-maintained ifnet fields (such as if_drv_flags).
- Use soft locks as the mutex that protects each interface's knote list
rather than using the global knote list lock. Also, use the softc
for kn_hook instead of the cdev.
- Use mtx_sleep() instead of tsleep() when blocking in the read routines.
This fixes a lost wakeup race.
- Remove D_NEEDGIANT now that the cdevsw routines use the softc lock
where locking is needed.
- Lock IFQ when calculating the result for FIONREAD in tap(4). tun(4)
already did this.
- Remove remaining spl calls.
Add a bandaid for a long-standing race condition during route entry
un-expiring.
The previous version of code have no locking when testing rt_refcnt.
The result of the lack of locking may result in a condition where
a routing entry have a reference count but at the same time have
RTPRF_OURS bit set and an expiration timer. These would eventually
lead to a panic:
panic: rtqkill route really not free
When the system have ICMP redirects accepted from local gateway
in a moderate frequency, for instance.
Commit this workaround for now until we have some better solution.
PR: kern/149804
Reviewed by: bz
Tested by: Zhao Xin, Pete French
libelf is overly strict about the type and alignment of Elf_Data
objects inside one ELF section, which prevents the creation of a ELF
section with mixed data types. For example, gcc LTO use libelf to
create a .gnu_lto_XXX section that contains integers and a string
table, which doesn't work with our libelf implementation.
The changes made in this commit include:
* Allow Elf_Data type to be different than section type.
* Relax Elf_Data alignment check.
* Align each Elf_Data by their own alignment instead of section alignment.
Various changes from various sources:
- Add "children" [1]
- Add "acknowledgement", "acknowledgment", "Austria" and "haunted" [2]
- Add "near", "antidisestablishmentarianism" and "Persephone" [2]
- "Transvaal" should be capitalized [2]
- Correct spelling of "structurelessness" and "Athena" [2]
- Add missing atomic elements [3]
- Add various words from "word of the day" lists [3]
Also, set fbsd:nokeywords on web2, to allow checkin.
PR: conf/149756 [1]
Submitted by: Nick Johnson <freebsd spatula.net> [1]
Obtained from: NetBSD [2], OpenBSD [3]
Unlike most other controllers, NS DP83815/DP83816 controllers seem
to pad with 0xFF when it encounter short frames. According to RFC
1042 the pad bytes should be 0x00.
Because manual padding consumes extra CPU cycles, introduce a new
tunable which controls the padding behavior. Turning this tunable
on will have driver pad manually but it's disabled by default. Users
can enable software padding by setting the following tunable to
non-zero value.
dev.sis.%d.manual_pad="1"
PR: kern/35422 (patch not used)
r212121:
Move sis_reset() to sis_initl(). This ensures driver starts with
known good state of controller.
r212156:
Fix the last endianness issue on handling station address which
prevented driver from working on big-endian machines. Also rewrite
station address programming to make it work on strict-alignment
architectures. With this change, sis(4) now works on sparc64 and
performance number looks good even though sis(4) have to apply
fixup code to align received frames on 2 bytes boundary on sparc64.
rr212117:
Report result of link state change to caller. Previously it always
returned success.
r212119:
Do not reinitialize controller whenever promiscuous mode or
allmulti is toggled. Controller does not require reinitialization.
This removes unnecessary controller reinitialization whenever
tcpdump is used.
While I'm here remove unnecessary variable reinitialization.
Overhaul link state change handling. Previously sis(4) blindly
configured TX/RX MACs before getting a valid link. After that, when
link state change callback is called, it called device
initialization again to reconfigure TX/RX MACs depending on
resolved link state. This hack created several bad side effects and
it required more hacks to not collide with sis_tick callback as
well as disabling switching to currently selected media in device
initialization. Also it seems sis(4) was used to be a template
driver for long time so other drivers which was modeled after
sis(4) also should be changed.
TX/RX MACs are now reconfigured after getting a valid link. Fix for
short cable error is also applied after getting a link because it's
only valid when the resolved speed is 100Mbps.
While I'm here slightly reorganize interrupt handler such that
sis(4) always read SIS_ISR register to see whether the interrupt is
ours or not. This change removes another hack and make it possible
to nuke sis_stopped variable in softc.
r212109:
bus_dma(9) cleanup.
o Enforce TX/RX descriptor ring alignment. NS data sheet says the
controller needs 4 bytes alignment but use 16 to cover both SiS
and NS controllers. I don't have SiS data sheet so I'm not sure
what is alignment restriction of SiS controller but 16 would be
enough because it's larger than the size of a TX/RX descriptor.
Previously sis(4) ignored the alignment restriction.
o Enforce RX buffer alignment, 4.
Previously sis(4) ignored RX buffer alignment restriction.
o Limit number of TX DMA segment to be used to 16. It seems
controller has no restriction on number of DMA segments but
using more than 16 looks resource waste.
o Collapse long mbuf chains with m_collapse(9) instead of calling
expensive m_defrag(9).
o TX/RX side bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9) support and remove
unnecessary callbacks.
o Initial endianness support.
o Prefer local alignment fixup code to m_devget(9).
o Pre-allocate TX/RX mbuf DMA maps instead of creating/destroying
these maps in fast TX/RX path. On non-x86 architectures, this is
very expensive operation and there is no need to do that.
o Add missing bus_dmamap_sync(9) in TX/RX path.
o watchdog is now unarmed only when there are no pending frames
on controller. Previously sis(4) blindly unarmed watchdog
without checking the number of queued frames.
o For efficiency, loaded DMA map is reused for error frames.
o DMA map loading failure is now gracefully handled. Previously
sis(4) ignored any DMA map loading errors.
o Nuke unused macros which are not appropriate for endianness
operation.
o Stop embedding driver maintained structures into descriptor
rings. Because TX/RX descriptor structures are shared between
host and controller, frequent bus_dmamap_sync(9) operations are
required in fast path. Embedding driver structures will increase
the size of DMA map which in turn will slow down performance.
r212124:
Fix stupid error in r212109 which didn't swap DMA maps. This caused
IOMMU panic on sparc64 under high TX load.
r212185:
Fix another bug introduced in r212109. We should unload DMA maps
only after sending the last fragment of a frame so the mbuf pointer
also should be stored in the last descriptor index.
r212103:
Remove leading and trailing white spaces.
No functional changes.
r212104:
style(9) - space after keywords.
r212105:
Nuke unnecessary return at the end of function.
There actually were bugs in the original handling that I missed last
night.
Free the children after each pci bus that is searched. Otherwise we
leak them. With free in the new place, we also have to free children
before going to done when we find the device we're looking for.
Also, if we can't get the children of a device, just ignore that bus.
Remove unnecessary controller reinitialization.
StarFire controller does not require controller reinitialization to
program perfect filters. While here, make driver immediately exit
from interrupt/polling handler if driver reinitialized controller.
PR: kern/87506
r212306:
Remove trailing CR at EOL.
r212307:
Consistently use tab characters instead of tab + space characters.
No functional changes.
r212342:
Correct definition of T2 mode bit of MRBE Message Page 5 Next Page
Control Register.
r212069:
bge_txeof() already checks whether it has to free transmitted mbufs
or not by comparing reported TX consumer index with saved index. So
remove unnecessary check done after freeing transmitted mbufs.
While I'm here nuke unnecessary variable initializations.
r212071:
Remove unnecessary atomic operation in bge_poll. bge(4) always
holds a driver lock in the function entry and
memory synchronization is handled by bus_dmamap_sync(9).
r212061:
Split common parent DMA tag into ring DMA tag and TX/RX mbuf DMA
tag. All controllers that are not BCM5755 or higher have 4GB
boundary DMA bug. Previously bge(4) used 32bit DMA address to
workaround the bug(r199670). However this caused the use of bounce
buffers such that it resulted in poor performance for systems which
have more than 4GB memory. Because bus_dma(9) honors boundary
restriction requirement of DMA tag for dynamic buffers, having a
separate TX/RX mbuf DMA tag will greatly reduce the possibility of
using bounce buffers. For DMA buffers allocated with
bus_dmamem_alloc(9), now bge(4) explicitly checks whether the
requested memory region crossed the boundary or not.
With this change, only the DMA buffer that crossed the boundary
will use 32bit DMA address. Other DMA buffers are not affected as
separate DMA tag is created for each DMA buffer.
Even if 32bit DMA address space is used for a buffer, the chance to
use bounce buffer is still very low as the size of buffer is small.
This change should eliminate most usage of bounce buffers on
systems that have more than 4GB memory.
More correct fix would be teaching bus_dma(9) to honor boundary
restriction for buffers created with bus_dmamem_alloc(9) but it
seems that is not easy.
While I'm here cleanup bge_dma_map_addr() and remove unnecessary
member variables in bge_dmamap_arg structure.
Tested by: marcel
r212065:
Handle PAE case correctly. You cannot effectively specify a 4GB
boundary in PAE case so use a 2GB boundary for PAE as suggested by
jhb.
Pointed out by: jhb
Reviewed by: jhb
r212302:
Make sure to create DMA'able memory for statistics block. This was
missed in r212061 and it caused crashes for 570x controllers as
controller DMAed statistics to physical address 0.
Reported by: kan
Rename rl_setmulti() to rl_rxfilter() as rl_rxfilter() will handle
IFF_ALLMULTI/IFF_PROMISC as well as multicast filter configuration.
Rewrite RX filter logic to reduce number of register accesses and
make it handle promiscuous/allmulti toggling without controller
reinitialization.
Previously rl(4) counted on controller reinitialization to reprogram
promiscuous configuration but r211767 resulted in avoiding
controller reinitialization whenever promiscuous mode is toggled.
To address this, keep track of driver's view of interface state and
handle IFF_ALLMULTI/IFF_PROMISC changes without reinitializing
controller. This should fix a regression introduced in r211267.
While I'm here remove unnecessary variable reassignment in ioctl
handler.
PR: kern/151079
Address an edge condition that we found at work, where the carp(4)
interface goes to issue LINK_UP, then LINK_DOWN, then LINK_UP at
cold boot. This behavior is not observed when carp(4) interface
is created slightly later, when the underlying interface is fully
up.
Before this change what happen at boot is roughly:
- ifconfig creates em0 interface;
- ifconfig clones a carp device using em0;
(em0's link state is DOWN at this point)
- carp state: INIT -> BACKUP [*]
- carp state: BACKUP -> MASTER
- [Some negotiate between em0 and switch]
- em0 kicks up link state change event
(em0's link state is now up DOWN at this point)
- do_link_state_change() -> carp_carpdev_state()
- carp state: MASTER -> INIT (via carp_set_state(sc, INIT)) [+]
- carp state: INIT -> BACKUP
- carp state: BACKUP -> MASTER
At the [*] stage, em0 did not received any broadcast message from other
node, and assume our node is the master, thus carp(4) sets the link
state to "UP" after becoming a master. At [+], the master status
is forcely set to "INIT", then an election is casted, after which our
node would actually become a master.
We believe that at the [*] stage, the master status should remain as
"INIT" since the underlying parent interface's link state is not up.
Obtained from: iXsystems, Inc.
Reported by: jpaetzel
In the past gunzip(1) write()'s after each inflate return. This is
not optimal from a performance standpoint since the write buffer is
not necessarily be filled up when the inflate rountine reached the
end of input buffer and it's not the end of file.
This problem gets uncovered by trying to pipe gunzip -c output to
a GEOM device directly, which enforces the writes be multiple of
sector size.
Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc.
Reported by: jpaetzel
Improve r56796; the reply handler actually may remove the request from
the chain in which case it shouldn't be removed twice.
Reported by: Staale Kristoffersen
Remove the duplicate logging of failed read requests, whose error message
also was inappropriate as it triggered for every EACCESS and ENOTFOUND, not
just the case the -n option is intended to deal with and thus really spammed
us with ~20 messages in the default configuration when booting a diskless
FreeBSD client, introduced with r207608 commited to stable/7 in r213039)
again.
Do not allocate multicast array memory in multicast filter
configuration function. For failed memory allocations, em(4)/lem(4)
called panic(9) which is not acceptable on production box.
igb(4)/ixgb(4)/ix(4) allocated the required memory in stack which
consumed 768 bytes of stack memory which looks too big.
To address these issues, allocate multicast array memory in device
attach time and make multicast configuration success under any
conditions. This change also removes the excessive use of memory in
stack.
Reviewed by: jfv
If em(4) failed to allocate RX buffers, do not call panic(9).
Just showing some buffer allocation error is more appropriate
action for drivers. This should fix occasional panic reported on
em(4) when driver encountered resource shortage.
Reviewed by: jfv
Fix incorrect RX BD producer updates. The producer index was
already updated after allocating mbuf so driver had to use the last
index instead of using next producer index. This should fix driver
hang which may happen under high network load.
Reported by: Igor Sysoev <is <> rambler-co dot ru>, Vlad Galu <dudu <> dudu dot ro>
Tested by: Igor Sysoev <is <> rambler-co dot ru>, Vlad Galu <dudu <> dudu dot ro>
Tweak the stats exported by the e1000 drivers:
- Add a single sysctl procedure to all three drivers to read an arbitrary
register (the register is passed as arg2). Use it to replace existing
routines in igb(4) that used a separate routine for each register, and
to add support for missing stats in em(4) and lem(4).
- Move the 'rx_overruns' and 'watchdog_timeouts' stats out of the MAC stats
section as they are driver stats, not MAC counters.
- Simplify the code that creates per-queue stats in igb(4) to use a single
loop and remove duplicated code.
- Properly read all 64 bits of the 'good octets received/transmitted' in
em(4) and lem(4).
- Actually read the interrupt count registers in em(4), and drop the
'host to card' sysctl stats from em(4) as they are not implemented in
any of the hardware this driver supports.
- Restore several stats to em(4) that were lost in the earlier stats
conversion including per-queue stats.
- Export several MAC stats in em(4) that were exported in igb(4) but not
in em(4).
- Export stats in lem(4) using individual sysctls as in em(4) and igb(4).
In setusercontext(), do not apply user settings unless running as the
user in question (usually but not necessarily because we were called
with LOGIN_SETUSER). This plugs a hole where users could raise their
resource limits and expand their CPU mask.
Approved by: des
Remove unnecessary controller reinitialization.
CAM filter handling was rewritten long time ago so it should not
require controller reinitialization.
PR: kern/87506
Add PNP id for Compex RL2000.
I'm not sure whether adding this logical id is correct or not
because Compex RL2000 is in the list of supported hardware list.
I guess the Compex RL2000 could be PCI variant while the controller
in question is ISA controller. It seems PNP compat id didn't match
or it had multiple compat ids so isa_pnp_probe() seemed to return
ENOENT.
PR: kern/80853
Implement basic WOL support. Note, not all xl(4) controllers
support WOL. Some controllers require additional 3-wire auxiliary
remote wakeup connector to draw power. More recent xl(4)
controllers may not need the wakeup connector though.
Move xl_reset() to xl_init_locked(). This will make driver
initialize controller from a known good state. Previously driver
used to issue controller reset while TX/RX DMA are in progress.
I guess resetting controller in active TX/RX DMA cycle is to ensure
stopping I/Os in xl_shutdown(). I remember some buggy controllers
didn't respond with stop command if controller is under high
network load at the time of shutdown so resetting controller was
the only safe way to stop the I/Os. However, from my experiments,
controller always responded with stop command under high network
load so I think it's okay to remove the xl_reset() in
device_shutdown handler.
Resetting controller also will clear configured RX filter which
in turn will make WOL support hard because driver have to reprogram
RX filter in WOL handler as well as setting station address.
It seems all Broadcom controllers have a bug that can generate UDP
datagrams with checksum value 0 when TX UDP checksum offloading is
enabled. Generating UDP checksum value 0 is RFC 768 violation.
Even though the probability of generating such UDP datagrams is
low, I don't want to see FreeBSD boxes to inject such datagrams
into network so disable UDP checksum offloading by default. Users
still override this behavior by setting a sysctl variable or loader
tunable, dev.bge.%d.forced_udpcsum.
I have no idea why this issue was not reported so far given that
bge(4) is one of the most commonly used controller on high-end
server class systems. Thanks to andre@ who passed the PR to me.
PR: kern/104826
example.
The three examples are better done using sh(1) itself these days.
The example
expr -- "$a" : ".*"
is incorrect in the general case, as "$a" may be an operator.
Rework r210248. Although it fixed most of problems, it did not fix one
particular edge case where X-axis resolution is not multiple of font width.
Now we just advance enough scan lines, then deduct a partial scan line.
It is more intuitive than the previous code. Apply the same wisdom to EGA
and VGA planar renderers for consistency.
Go ahead and merge the work edwin@ on tftpd into the tree. It is a
lot better than what's in the tree now. Edwin tested it at a prior
employer, but can't test it today. I've found that it works a lot
better with the various uboot versions that I've used in my embedded
work. Here's the pkg-descr from the port that describes the changes:
It all started when we got some new routers, which told me the
following when trying to upload configuration or download images
from it: The TFTP server doesn't support the blocksize option.
My curiousity was triggered, it took me some reading of RFCs and
other documentation to find out what was possible and what could
be done. Was plain TFTP very simple in its handshake, TFTP with
options was kind of messy because of its backwards capability: The
first packet returned could either be an acknowledgement of options,
or the first data packet.
Going through the source code of src/libexec/tftpd and going through
the code of src/usr.bin/tftp showed that there was a lot of duplicate
code, and the addition of options would only increase the amount
of duplicate code. After all, both the client and the server can
act as a sender and receiver.
At the end, it ended up with a nearly complete rewrite of the tftp
client and server. It has been tested against the following TFTP
clients and servers:
- Itself (yay!)
- The standard FreeBSD tftp client and server
- The Fedora Core 6 tftp client and server
- Cisco router tftp client
- Extreme Networks tftp client
It supports the following RFCs:
RFC1350 - THE TFTP PROTOCOL (REVISION 2)
RFC2347 - TFTP Option Extension
RFC2348 - TFTP Blocksize Option
RFC2349 - TFTP Timeout Interval and Transfer Size Options
RFC3617 - Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) Scheme and Applicability
Statement for the Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP)
It supports the following unofficial TFTP Options as described at
http://www.compuphase.com/tftp.htm:
blksize2 - Block size restricted to powers of 2, excluding protocol headers
rollover - Block counter roll-over (roll back to zero or to one)
From the tftp program point of view the following things are changed:
- New commands: "blocksize", "blocksize2", "rollover" and "options"
- Development features: "debug" and "packetdrop"
If you try this tftp/tftpd implementation, please let me know if
it works (or doesn't work) and against which implementaion so I can
get a list of confirmed working systems.
Author: Edwin Groothuis <[email protected]>
Go ahead and merge the work edwin@ on tftpd into the tree. It is a
lot better than what's in the tree now. Edwin tested it at a prior
employer, but can't test it today. I've found that it works a lot
better with the various uboot versions that I've used in my embedded
work. Here's the pkg-descr from the port that describes the changes:
It all started when we got some new routers, which told me the
following when trying to upload configuration or download images
from it: The TFTP server doesn't support the blocksize option.
My curiousity was triggered, it took me some reading of RFCs and
other documentation to find out what was possible and what could
be done. Was plain TFTP very simple in its handshake, TFTP with
options was kind of messy because of its backwards capability: The
first packet returned could either be an acknowledgement of options,
or the first data packet.
Going through the source code of src/libexec/tftpd and going through
the code of src/usr.bin/tftp showed that there was a lot of duplicate
code, and the addition of options would only increase the amount
of duplicate code. After all, both the client and the server can
act as a sender and receiver.
At the end, it ended up with a nearly complete rewrite of the tftp
client and server. It has been tested against the following TFTP
clients and servers:
- Itself (yay!)
- The standard FreeBSD tftp client and server
- The Fedora Core 6 tftp client and server
- Cisco router tftp client
- Extreme Networks tftp client
It supports the following RFCs:
RFC1350 - THE TFTP PROTOCOL (REVISION 2)
RFC2347 - TFTP Option Extension
RFC2348 - TFTP Blocksize Option
RFC2349 - TFTP Timeout Interval and Transfer Size Options
RFC3617 - Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) Scheme and Applicability
Statement for the Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP)
It supports the following unofficial TFTP Options as described at
http://www.compuphase.com/tftp.htm:
blksize2 - Block size restricted to powers of 2, excluding protocol headers
rollover - Block counter roll-over (roll back to zero or to one)
From the tftp program point of view the following things are changed:
- New commands: "blocksize", "blocksize2", "rollover" and "options"
- Development features: "debug" and "packetdrop"
If you try this tftp/tftpd implementation, please let me know if
it works (or doesn't work) and against which implementaion so I can
get a list of confirmed working systems.
Author: Edwin Groothuis <[email protected]>
Add the -W options, which acts the same as -w but will generate
unique names based on the submitted filename, a strftime(3) format
string and a two digit sequence number.
By default the strftime(3) format string is %Y%m%d (YYYYMMDD), but
this can be changed by the -F option.
PR: bin/106049 (based on patch in that PR)
Approved by: grog@ (mentor)
Merge from powerpc:
- Change putc_func_t to use a char instead of an int for the character.
- Make functions and variables not used outside of this source file static.
- Remove unused prototypes and variables.
- The OFW read and seek methods take 3 and not 4 input arguments.
Merge r207585 (MFC'ed to stable/7 in r208087) from cas(4):
- Don't probe for PHYs if we already know to use a SERDES. Unlike as with
cas(4) this only serves to speed up the the device attach though and can
only be determined via the OFW device tree but not from the VPD.
- Don't touch the MIF when using a SERDES.
- Add some missing bus space barriers, mainly in the PCS code path.
Add a VIS-based block copy function for SPARC64 V and later, which
additionally takes advantage of the prefetch cache of these CPUs.
Unlike the uncommitted US-III version, which provide no measurable
speedup or even resulted in a slight slowdown on certain CPUs models
compared to using the US-I version with these, the SPARC64 version
actually results in a slight improvement.
Sync with other platforms:
- make dflt_lock() always panic,
- add kludge to use contigmalloc() when the alignment is larger than the size
and print a diagnostic when we didn't satisfy the alignment.
- Update the comment in swi_vm() regarding busdma bounce buffers; it's
unlikely that support for these ever will be implemented on sparc64 as
the IOMMUs are able to translate to up to the maximum physical address
supported by the respective machine, bypassing the IOMMU is affected
by hardware errata and being able to support DMA engines which cannot
do at least 32-bit DMA does not justify the costs.
- The page zeroing in uma_small_alloc() may use the VIS-based block zero
function so take advantage of it.
GCC defines built-ins for atomic instructions found on i486 and higher.
Because FreeBSD no longer supports the 80386 cpu all code targeting
FreeBSD/i386 necessarily runs on i486 or higher so the compiler
built-ins can be used by default inside libstdc++ and in C++ headers.
This allows newly compiled C++ code to inline some atomic operations.
Old binaries continue to use libstdc++ functions.
Approved by: kib (mentor)
Store the full timestamp when caching timestamps of files and
directories for purposes of validating name cache entries. This
closes races where two updates to a file or directory within the same
second could result in stale entries in the name cache.
To preserve the ABI of 'struct nfsnode', the existing timestamp fields
are left with 'n_unusedX' placeholders along with the unused 'n_expiry'
field. The larger n_ctime and n_dmtime fields are added to the end of
the structure.
- Provide more defines for PCI-Express device ctrl.
- Add register definitions related to extended capability IDs in
PCI-express. I used PCIZ_* for ID constants (plain capability IDs use
PCIY_*).
- Add register definitions for the Advanced Error Reporting, Virtual
Channels, and Device Serial Number extended capabilities.
- Teach pciconf -c to list extended as well as plain capabilities for
PCI-express devices. Adds more detailed parsing for AER, VC, and
device serial numbers.
- Use 'sta' to hold the PCIR_STATUS register value instead of 'cmd' when
walking the capability list.
- Use constants for PCI header types instead of magic numbers.
When using pf routing options, properly handle IP fragmentation
for interfaces with TSO enabled, otherwise one would see an extra
ICMP unreach, frag needed pre matching packet on lo0.
This syncs pf code to ip_output.c r162084.
Submitted by: yongari via mlaier
PR: kern/144311
Do not check proper request alignment here in geom_dev in production.
It will be checked any way later by g_io_check() in g_io_schedule_down().
It is only needed here to not trigger panic from additional check, when
INVARIANTS enabled. So cover it with #ifdef INVARIANTS. It saves two
64bit divisions per request.
Remove msleep() timeout from g_io_schedule_up/down(). It works fine
without it, saving few percents of CPU on high request rates without
need to rearm callout twice per request.
Remove a KASSERT which will also trigger for perfectly valid combinations
of small maxsize and "large" (including BUS_SPACE_UNRESTRICTED) nsegments
parameters. Generally using a presz of 0 (which indeed might indicate the
use of bogus parameters for DMA tag creation) is not fatal, it just means
that no additional DVMA space will be preallocated.
Check return value of dup(), it could be -1 when the system is running
out of file descriptors for instance.
Found with: Coverity Prevent(tm)
CID: 6084
When an asm location cannot be resolved to a function the cost
will be spread as small value and then filtered by the threshold.
As a first step solution display the number of event that cannot
be resolved as a valid function location.
- As it is not possible for sched_bind(9) to context switch with
td_critnest > 1 when not already running on the desired CPU read the
TICK counter of the BSP via a direct cross trap request in that case
instead.
- Provide a STICK based timecounter.
- Introduce a cpu_ipi_single() function pointer in order to send IPIs
to single CPUs more efficiently with Cheetah(-class) and Jalapeno CPUs.
- Factor out the Jalapeno support from the Cheetah IPI send functions
in order to be able to more easily and efficiently implement support
for more than 32 target CPUs as well as a workaround for Cheetah+
erratum 25 for the latter.
For CPUs which ignore TD_CV and support hardware unaliasing don't
bother doing page coloring. This results in a small but measurable
performance improvement in buildworld times.
Allocate proper amount of memory for interrupt names on sparc64 and
sun4v, same as done on other architectures. This removes garbage from
`vmstat -ia` output.
Fix a bug with sched_affinity() where it checks td_pinned of another
thread in a racy manner, which can lead to attempting to migrate a
thread that is pinned to a CPU. Instead, have sched_switch() determine
which CPU a thread should run on if the current one is not allowed.
KASSERT in sched_bind() that the thread is not yet pinned to a CPU.
KASSERT in sched_switch() that only migratable threads or those moving
due to a sched_bind() are changing CPUs.
Note that this is direct commit as ipi_cpu() only exists in CURRENT.
read/modify/write of b_vflags. The unlocked access is fixed in CURRENT
and stable/8 by r211213 and its MFC, r212583.
Rather than MFC to stable/7, reverting the injecting code seems
preferable.
Add INVARIANTS checking that numfreebufs values are sane. Also add a
per-buf flag to catch if a buf is double-counted in the free count.
This code was useful to debug an instance where a local patch at Isilon
was incorrectly managing numfreebufs for a new buf state.
Add -m and -M options to control the minimum and maximum frequency.
PR: bin/145063
Submitted by: Boris Kochergin <spawk at acm.poly.edu>
Approved by: rrs (mentor)
Since top displays the uptime including seconds, there is no need to add 30
onto it, which may have been used for rounding purposes in other utilities.
PR: bin/147934
Submitted by: Janne Snabb <snabb at epipe.com>
Approved by: rrs (mentor)
It's not necessary to reset the chip every time an input overflow event
occurs. In addition, the delay when programming the short cable fix
should be 100us, not 100ms.
PR: kern/64556
Submitted by: Thomas Hurst <tom at hur.st>
Approved by: rrs (mentor)
r211194:
Rework memguard(9) to reserve significantly more KVA to detect
use-after-free over a longer time. Also release the backing pages of
a guarded allocation at free(9) time to reduce the overhead of using
memguard(9). Allow setting and varying the malloc type at run-time.
Add knobs to allow:
- randomly guarding memory
- adding un-backed KVA guard pages to detect underflow and overflow
- a lower limit on the size of allocations that are guarded
r211229:
Fix compile. It seemed better to have memguard.c include opt_vm.h in
case future compile-time knobs were added that it wants to use.
Also add include guards and forward declarations to vm/memguard.h.
r212058:
The realloc case for memguard(9) will copy too many bytes when
reallocating to a smaller-sized allocation. Fix this issue.
r212063:
Have memguard(9) crash with an easier-to-debug message on double-free.
MFp4 CH=183052 183053 183258:
In protosw we define pr_protocol as short, while on the wire
it is an uint8_t. That way we can have "internal" protocols
like DIVERT, SEND or gaps for modules (PROTO_SPACER).
Switch ipproto_{un,}register to accept a short protocol number(*)
and do an upfront check for valid boundries. With this we
also consistently report EPROTONOSUPPORT for out of bounds
protocols, as we did for proto == 0. This allows a caller
to not error for this case, which is especially important
if we want to automatically call these from domain handling.
(*) the functions have been without any in-tree consumer
since the initial introducation, so this is considered save.
Implement ip6proto_{un,}register() similarly to their legacy IP
counter parts to allow modules to hook up dynamically.
Reviewed by: philip, will
- Check that strtoul(3) succeeds to convert the entire string in a few
places.
- In getasciilabel(), set the disk type only when a valid type is given.
PR: bin/86765
r210351:
* Note that ar(1) archives may also be opened using `elf_memory(3)`.
* Ignore the passed in value of the `fd` argument for ar(1) archives
opened with elf_memory(3).
r210352:
Add a cross-reference to `elf_rawfile(3)`.
r210353:
* Remove a superfluous error description.
* Document an additional error that may be returned: `ELF_E_ARCHIVE`.
r211192:
Add translation support for section type SHT_SUNW_dof.
r210344:
Avoid switching between "unsigned char" and "char" in the C code
generated from "libelf_convert.m4".
r210345:
* Deprecate `elf_getshnum()`, `elf_getphnum()` and `elf_getshstrndx()` in
favour of `elf_getshdrnum()`, `elf_getphdrnum()` and `elf_getshdrstrndx()`
respectively.
* Add new manual pages for `elf_getshdrstrndx()`, `elf_getphdrnum()` and
`elf_getshdrnum()`.
* Add a deprecation warning for `elf_getshstrndx()`, `elf_getphnum()` and
`elf_getshnum()`.
r210348:
Move helper functions `_libelf_ar_get_{name,number,string}()` and
`_libelf_ar_open()` to a new compilation unit "libelf_ar_util.c"
to break the circular dependency between "elf_memory.o" and
"libelf_ar.o".
r210329:
Use <unistd.h> to declare the prototype for ftruncate().
r210330:
Allow an application that updates only the ELF Ehdr to work.
r210347:
Fix a memory leak.
r210325:
Bug fix: when updating headers using the gelf_update_*() functions,
the appropriate `dirty' bit needs to be set for both the Elf32 and
Elf64 case.
r210326:
Improve compatibility with other implementations of the ELF(3) API:
when an output file has no program headers, set the 'e_phentsize'
field of the ELF executable header to zero.
r210328:
Bug fix: permit the creation of zero-sized sections.
r210349:
Remove a redundant word.
r210324:
- Correctly handle sections of type SHT_NOBITS. For these sections:
- elf_getdata() and elf_rawdata() should return an "Elf_Data" structure
that has its "d_buf" member set to NULL and "d_size" member set to
the nominal 'size' of the section.
- Update the manual page for these functions.
- Fix a memory leak in an error handling path inside elf_getdata().
- Use _libelf_allocate_data() in elf_newdata() for consistency.
r210438: (np)
Catch up with r210324. d_buf will be NULL for SHT_NOBITS sections, do not
attempt to copy from it in that case.
The buffer for generated pathnames could be too small in some cases. It
happened to be always at least PATH_MAX long, so there was never an overflow
if the resulting pathnames would be usable.
This bug may be abused if a script subjects input from an untrusted source
to pathname generation, which a bad idea anyhow. Most shell scripts do not
work on untrusted data. secteam@ says no advisory is necessary.
PR: bin/148733
Reported by: Changming Sun snnn119 at gmail com
Sync em(4) and igb(4) drivers with 8 except for VF support:
- Remove unneeded rxtx handler, make que handler generic in igb.
- Do not allocate header mbufs in rx ring if not doing hdr split in igb.
- Release the lock in rxeof call to stack.
- Change rxeof api for poll friendliness, and eliminate unnecessary link
tasklet use.
- Move statistics for em into sysctl tree.
- Reenable hardware checksum offload for VLAN frames in igb.
- Fix for a panic when TX checksum offload is done and a packet has only
a header in the first mbuf in em.
Approved by: jfv
It seems some newer RTL8139 controllers provides only memory space
register mapping. I'm not sure whether it comes from the fact that
controllers live behind certain PCI brdge(PLX PCI 6152 33BC) and
the bridge has some issues in handling I/O space register mapping.
Unfortunately it's not possible to narrow down to an exact
controller that shows this issue because RealTek used the same PCI
device/revision id again. In theory, it's possible to check parent
PCI bridge device and change rl(4) to use memory space register
mapping if the parent PCI bridge is PLX PCI 6152. But I didn't try
to do that and we wouldn't get much benefit with added complexity.
Blindly switching to use memory space register mapping for rl(4)
may make most old controllers not to work. At least, I don't want
to take potential risk from such change. So use I/O space register
mapping by default but give users chance to override it via a
tunable. The tunable to use memory space register mapping would be
given by adding the following line to /boot/loader.conf file.
dev.rl.%d.prefer_iomap="0"
This change makes P811B quad-port work with this tunable.
r184515:
Add RL_TWISTER_ENABLE option. This enables the magic bits to do long
cable tuning. This has helped in some installations for hardware
deployed by a former employer. Made optional because the lists aren't
full of complaints about these cards... even when they were wildly
popular.
r184524:
Fix a few typos/spelling errors in my comments from the last commit,
plus a few others that had lingered in this driver...
Submitted by: "b." bf2006a att yahoo KIBO com
r184559:
Make RL_TWISTER_ENABLE a tunable/sysctl. Eliminate it as an option.
Fix module build.
Add support for Atheros AR8151/AR8152 PCIe gigabit/fast ethernet
controller. These controllers are known as L1D(AR8151) and
L2CB/B2(AR8152). This change adds supports for the following
controllers.
o AR8151 v1.0(L1D) gigabit ethernet controller
o AR8151 v2.0(L1D) gigabit ethernet controller
o AR8152 v1.1(L2CB) fast ethernet controller
o AR8152 v2.0(L2CB2) fast ethernet controller
These controllers have the same feature of AR8131/AR8132 and
support improved power saving control. The user visible change at
this moment is reduced jumbo frame size from 9KB to 6KB. Many
thanks to Atheros for continuing to support FreeBSD.
HW donated by: Atheros Communications, Inc.
r211047:
Controller does not seem to support more than 1024 bytes DMA burst.
Limit DMA burst size to be less than or equal to 1024 bytes.
r211048:
Do not touch CMB TX threshold register when CMB is not used.
Note, alc(4) does not use CMB at all due to silicon bug.
r211051:
Always disable ASPM L0s and enable L1 before entering into WOL
suspend state. Also disable master clock after PHY power down,
this is supposed to save more power. The master clock should be
enabled if WOL is active.
r211052:
Remove unnecessary assignment.
r211053:
Cache PCIY_PMG and PCIY_EXPRESS capability pointer to softc and use
it instead of calling pci_find_extcap().
r211285:
Make sure to disable RX MAC in alc_stop_mac(). Previously there
was a logic error which it always enabled RX MAC.
Reduce Tx interrupt moderation timer from 50ms to 1ms. The default
value resulted in poor performance for UDP packets. With this
change, UDP bulk transfer performance is more than 940Mbps.
While I'm here fix a wrong register definition.
Improve cputemp(4) driver wrt newer Intel processors, especially
Xeon 5500/5600 series:
- Utilize IA32_TEMPERATURE_TARGET, a.k.a. Tj(target) in place
of Tj(max) when a sane value is available, as documented
in Intel whitepaper "CPU Monitoring With DTS/PECI"; (By sane
value we mean 70C - 100C for now);
- Print the probe results when booting verbose;
- Replace cpu_mask with cpu_stepping;
- Use CPUID_* macros instead of rolling our own.
Catch known CPUs before using IA32_TEMPERATURE_TARGET.
This way we would have an opportunity to hide the
Tj(target) value doesn't seem right stuff if we know
it's not working there.
Add temperature value for Core2 Duo Extreme Mobile that
I have access to.
- When there is no room for returning the result, nss backend
have to return ERANGE and terminate with NS_RETURN.
- When gethostbyname_r(3) and the friends end with an error,
set errno to the value nss backend returns, and return errno
value.
PR: kern/131623
In reallocf(3), free the memory only when size != 0. Otherwise, when the
System V compatibility option (malloc "V" flag) is in effect a zero sized
reallocf() could cause a double free.
PR: bin/141753
When calculating the expected memory size for userspace, also take the
number of syncache entries into account for the surplus we add to account
for a possible increase of records in the re-entry window.
Discussed with: jhb, silby
- Tweak the logic to disable CLFLUSH in virtual environments to work around
problems with flushing the local APIC register range so that it checks
vm_guest directly.
- Add Xen to the list of virtual vendors. In the non PV (HVM) case this
fixes the virtualization detection successfully disabling the CLFLUSH
instruction.
Ensure a minimum "slop" of 10 extra pcb structures when providing a
memory size estimate to userland for pcb list sysctls. The previous
behavior of a "slop" of n/8 does not work well for small values of n
(e.g. no slop at all if you have less than 8 open UDP connections).
If a TCP connection has been idle for one retransmit timeout or more
it must reset its congestion window back to the initial window.
RFC3390 has increased the initial window from 1 segment to up to
4 segments.
The initial window increase of RFC3390 wasn't reflected into the
restart window which remained at its original defaults of 4 segments
for local and 1 segment for all other connections. Both values are
controllable through sysctl net.inet.tcp.local_slowstart_flightsize
and net.inet.tcp.slowstart_flightsize.
The increase helps TCP's slow start algorithm to open up the congestion
window much faster.
Reviewed by: lstewart
MFC after: 1 week
r209839
Fix bufsize calculation so that cxgbtool can display information for the
last I/O queue too.
r209840
Eliminate ext_intr_task. The "slow" interrupt handler is already
running on the adapter's task queue. Just do what the task does
instead of enqueueing it.
r209841
Improved link detection.
r211345
wakeup is required if the adapter lock is released anywhere during
init and not just for the may_sleep case.
r211346
Always reset the XGMAC's XAUI PCS on a link up.
r211347
Fix tx pause quanta and timer calculations.
r207643
T3 hardware filters.
r207687
Do not hold the T3 firmware in memory all the time.
r208887
tunable to control mc5 partition
r209115
make format string a string literal
Ethernet vlan(4) interfaces have valid Ethernet link layer addresses but
use a different interface type (IFT_L2VLAN vs IFT_ETHER). Treat IFT_L2VLAN
interfaces like IFT_ETHER interfaces when handling link layer addresses.
- Fix typo in macro name and macro usage.
- Consistently spell our email addresses <[email protected]>
- Wordsmithing of bsnmpd.1; bump .Dd
- Fix two minor typos.
Add more logging points for failures in syncache_socket() to
report when a new socket couldn't be created because one of
in_pcbinshash(), in6_pcbconnect() or in_pcbconnect() failed.
VI_LOCK() for a given vnode was used as the internal interlock for that
vnode's v_lock lockmgr lock. This is not the case. Instead, add dedicated
routines to toggle the LK_NOSHARE and LK_CANRECURSE flags. These routines
lock the lockmgr lock's internal interlock to synchronize the updates to
the flags member with other threads attempting to acquire the lock. The
VN_LOCK_A*() macros now invoke these routines, and the softupdates code
uses these routines to temporarly enable recursion on buffer locks.
Reviewed by: kib
MFp4 CH180235:
Add proto spacers to inet6sw like we have for legacy IP. This allows us
to dynamically pf_proto_register() for INET6 from modules, needed by
upcoming CARP changes and SeND.
MC and SCTP could make use of it as well in theory in the future after
upcoming VIMAGE vnet teardown work.
Discussed with: will, anchie
Add new FTDI USB device ID for the Gamma-Scout radioactivity meter. [1]
Merge r210556 from head:
Support the Pyramid KBS USB LCD under uftdi(4) [2]
PR: kern/146483 [1] usb/129758 [2]
Submitted by: Andre Albsmeier [1]
Submitted by: joao lima <jlima visionware.pt> [2]
Do not free sc if attach failed, as it was allocated by the bus
infrastructure, not us. This appears to be a leftover from an older
version of the driver.
Submitted by: avg
Tested by: Anton Shterenlikht <mexas bristol.ac.uk>
- Don't assign the return value from read(2) to a variable of type
int.
- Use errx(3) instead of err(3) to print the error message on short
reads in readlabel(). errno won't be set on short reads which can
easily occur here due to the fixed size read request.
PR: 144307
- Fix start times of DST for Egypt.
- clocks were set back one hour at 2010-08-11 00:00:00 local time
in Gaza and the West Bank.
Obtained from: ftp://elsie.nci.nih.gov/pub/
r210263:
Do not report current link state if interface is not UP.
r210267:
Add KASSERT to check number of returned DMA segments.
r210269:
Use bus_get_dma_tag() to get parent tag. Also use
BUS_SPACE_MAXSIZE_32BIT to specify sum of all segment lengths.
Previously it used MAXBSIZE which was wrong.
r210270:
Specify BUS_DMA_ZERO flag to bus_dmamem_alloc(9) and remove bzero()
calls. Also add BUS_DMA_COHERENT flag to bus_dmamem_alloc(9) to
take advantage of efficient synchronization for architectures that
support that feature.
r210257:
When we didn't find a matching flash device, do not touch flash
config data. While I'm here, use return code of bce_init_nvram()
to set error instead of directly setting ENODEV.
r210259:
Have bce_init_ctx() return error code and make caller check the
return code. If context was not setup correctly give up
initialization. While I'm here move variable declarations to the
beginning of the function.
r210260:
Don't change current media in bce_stop(). There is no need to do
this here.
r210261:
Correctly check the result of media selection. Previously it always
returned success.
- Enable flow control.
- Print device details only when verbose boot is enabled.
- Add debug output for shared memory access.
- Add debug statistics (checksum offload & VLAN frame counters).
- Modify TX path to update consumer index for each frame completed
rather than updating the consumer index only once for a group of
frames to improve small packet performance.
- Print driver/firmware pulse messages only when verbose boot
is enabled.
- Add debug sysctl to clear statistics.
- Fix more style(9) violations.
r210083:
Remove enabling Data FIFO protection with indirect memory access.
r165114 added that code and that change ignored the same logic
committed in r135772. In addition, data FIFO protection should be
selectively enabled instead of applying to all PCIe devices.
While I'm here add BCM5785 to devices that do not require this
fix.
r210152:
Use Miscellaneous Configuration Register bit definition instead of
magic number.
r210011:
Make bge_stop_fw() static.
While I'm here use ANSI function definitions.
r210013:
style.
r210014:
Fix error message for jumbo buffer allocation failure.
r210015:
Prefer PCIR_BAR macro over BGE_PCI_BAR0.
It seems read DMA mode register requires both IPv4 TSO and IPv6 TSO
configuration to get IPv4 TSO work on BCM57780. While I'm here
apply the same fix to BCM5785 which shares similar hardware feature
of BCM57780. This change makes TSO work on BCM57780.
Tested by: Tong Liu <nemoliu <> gmail dot com>
Remove enabling RX checksum offloading in RX filter setup. RX
checksum is enabled in sge_init_locked().
While I'm here do not set RX checksum bits in RX descriptor
initialization. It is controller's job to set these bits.
Tested by: xclin <xclin <> cs dot nctu dot edu dot tw >
Some revision of Yukon controller generates corrupted frame when TX
checksum offloading is enabled. The frame has a valid checksum
value so payload might be modified during TX checksum calculation.
Disable TX checksum offloading but give users chance to enable it
when they know their controller works without problems with TX
checksum offloading.
Reported by: Andrzej Tobola <ato <> iem dot pw dot edu dot pl>
It seems some old Sundace(now IC Plus Corp.) controllers do not
like memory mapped register access. Typical problem from the issue
was MII access returned unreliable values. I'm not sure this comes
from lack of register flushing in MII access after accessing
STE_PHYCTL register though.
To address the issue, read hints data that controls which type of
memory mapping should be used in driver. ste(4) still prefers
memory mapping to io mapping but honor hints entered by user except
for controllers that have problems with memory mapping.
The hint to use iomapping could be given by adding the following
line to /boot/device.hints file.
hint.ste.0.prefer_iomap="1"
PR: kern/149285
Fix a bug in syncache where the initial CWND for new incoming connections
was limited to one segment under the faulty assumption of a retransmit.
Due to this the opportunity to initialize the increased congestion window
according to RFC3390 was missed.
MFp4 @181628:
Free the rtentry after we diconnected it from the FIB and are counting
it as rttrash. There might still be a chance we leak it from a different
code path but there is nothing we can do about this here.
Allow file as a top source, it works with socket now.
This will allow top monitoring using socket/ssh tunnelling
of system without local symbols.
client:
pmcstat -R <ip>:<port> -T -r <symbolspath>
monitored device:
pmcstat -Sinstructions -O <ip>:<port>
- Move the file read in the event loop
- Initialize and clean log in all cases
- Preserve global stats value during top refresh
- Fix the rtld/line resolver that ignore '-r' prefix
- Support socket for '-R' (server mode)
- Display the statistics when exiting top mode
If a device can't be opened, don't keep going but display the error
returned from open() and quit.
PR: bin/81035
Submitted by: Peter Schuller <peter.schuller at infidyne.com>
Approved by: rrs (mentor)
Make it easier to cancel a failing installation by only attempting to
extract distributions once. If a distribution fails to fetch/extract
and the user doesn't want to retry, abort the installation.
Approved by: rrs (mentor)
When installing on a machine which doesn't have a VGA card installed, enable
a getty on the serial port so that it's possible to login when the system is
rebooted.
PR: bin/23098
Submitted by: Doug Ambrisko <ambrisko at whistle.com>
Approved by: rrs (mentor)
Increase the default and minimum partition sizes.
Bump / to 1GB, /var to 4GB and /tmp to 1GB.
A 512MB root partition is now too small to hold two kernels, so to
prevent installkernel failing 1GB is a better default. Likewise,
applications are storing more data in /var so 4GB is more reasonable
on a modern machine.
The previous minimum partition sizes were too small to hold a minimal
installation, and have been adjusted accordingly.
Approved by: rrs (mentor)
* Allow partial MB/GB values to be entered in the slice and label editor.
* Don't strdup the name when calling deviceRegister because the string is
copied within new_device.
* Use a subtype of 165, not 3, when creating a slice in noninteractive
mode.
PR: bin/135333
PR: bin/66350
Approved by: rrs (mentor)
- Add recent ELSA additions to wi(4), plus make sure the list matches
the driver for ELSA.
- The APDL-325 is a Wireless LAN pcmcia adapter that sits inside some
Billion Access Points. Fix wi(4) to recognise the adapter.
- Remove opt_wi.h
PR: kern/77913
Submitted by: Daan Vreeken [PA4DAN] <Danovitsch at Vitsch.net>
Log dhclient's reason for exiting and change the 10 second
ignore-routing-messages dhclient-script timeout to be effective
from script completion rather than from script start time.
Ignore RTM_DELADDR and RTM_NEWADDR messages when the message
contains no interface address (which should not happen) rather than
exiting.
Mark the __curthread() functions as __pure2 and remove the volatile keyword
from the inline assembly. This allows the compiler to cache invocations of
curthread since it's value does not change within a thread context.
- Change the warning about PCI-e links narrower than x8 to only apply to
10G cards. 1G cards are x4 only.
- Use constants from pcireg.h for reading the current link width.
- Use pci_set_max_read_req() rather than implementing it by hand.
Make sure that we clear the correct bits when we turn off
a PMC. It was possible that we could have turned a bit on but
never cleared it.
Extend the calls to rdmsr() to all necessary functions, not
just those which previously caused a panic.
Pointed out by: jhb@
Retire the NFS access cache timestamp structure. It was used in VOP_OPEN()
to avoid sending multiple ACCESS/GETATTR RPCs during a single open()
between VOP_LOOKUP() and VOP_OPEN(). Now we always send the RPC in
VOP_LOOKUP() and not VOP_OPEN() in the cases that multiple RPCs could be
sent.
To preserve the ABI I have left the structure in place, but renamed it
to 'n_unused' and just removed the code that updates it.
When switching the thread from the processor, store %dr7 content
into the pcb before disabling watchpoints. Otherwise, when the
thread is restored on a processor, watchpoints are still disabled.
Approved by: kib (mentor)
Apply vendor version 1.20.00.17.
This version adds support for ARC1880; additionally this version fixed
an issue where all devices on a SAS port gets offlined when any device
failed on the port [1].
Many thanks to Areca for continuing to support FreeBSD.
PR: kern/148502 [1]
Submitted by: Ching-Lung Huang <ching2048 areca com tw>
Obtained from: Areca
Tested by: Rich Ercolani <rercola acm jhu edu> [1]
Prevent ukbd(4) and uhid(4) from attaching when a WiSPY DBx Spectrum
Analyzer is attached. [1]
Prevent uhid(4) from attaching to the Gembird Silver Shield remote power
plug. [2]
Prevent uhid(4) from attaching to the Liebert PowerSure Personal XT UPS.
[3]
PR: usb/134631 [1], usb/132785 [2], usb/129251 [3]
Submitted by: Jesse Kempf <jkempf davisvision.com> [1]
Submitted by: Dirk-Willem van Gulik <dirkx webweaving.org> [2]
Submitted by: Andrew D Wiles <adw+gnats avatastic.co.uk> [3]
Move statistics into the sysctl tree making it easier to find
and use them.
Add previously hidden statistics, some of which include interrupt
and host/card communication counters.
Include all fixups pointed out by others in testing.
- Daylight Saving Time will not be used in Egypt during Ramadan.
- Proper names for Pacific/Pohnpei and Pacific/Chuuk
- Fix historical information for Finland for 1981 and 1982
- No leap-second for December 2010.
- Fix historical information for Ontario (Canada)
Direct commit to stable/7 as the uscanner driver no longer exists in head.
PR: usb/121426, usb/122025
Submitted by: Greg Mars <authentec gmail.com>
Submitted by: Bjorn Konig <bkoenig alpha-tierchen.de>
A previous change moved the GETATTR RPC for open() calls that hit in the
name cache up into nfs_lookup() instead of nfs_open(). Continue this
trend by flushing the attribute cache for leaf nodes in nfs_lookup() during
an open() if we do a LOOKUP RPC. For NFSv3 this should generally be a NOP
as the attributes are flushed before fetching the post-op attributes from
the LOOKUP RPC which most (all?) NFSv3 servers provide, so the post-op
attributes should populate the cache.
Now all NFS open() calls will always clear the cached attributes during the
nfs_lookup() prior to nfs_open() in the !NMODIFIED case to provide CTOC.
As a result, we can remove the conditional flushing of the attribute
cache from nfs_open().
Note that this is a direct commit to stable/7 due to differences in the
code in head. No mergeinfo as the commit that added this in head made
many other changes at the same time.
PR: usb/138138
Submitted by: mike tancsa <mike sentex.net>
- Add missing locking around flushing of an NFS node's attribute cache
in the NMODIFIED case of nfs_open().
- Cosmetic tweak to simplify an expression in nfs_lookup().
Fix two long-standing line wrapping bugs in VGA renderer for pixel mode.
Font size may be smaller than 16 and logical scan line may be larger than
the displayed scan line.
- According to ACPICA User Guide and Programmer Reference, the read data
must be zero extended to fill the 32-bit or 64-bit return value even if
the bit width of the port or location is less than 32 or 64.
- Use pmap_mapdev()/pmap_unmapdev() to map device memory instead of using
AcpiOsMapMemory()/AcpiOsUnmapMemory() (-> pmap_mapbios()/pmap_unmapbios())
for AcpiOsReadMemory() and AcpiOsWriteMemory(). Although they do not sound
too obvious, these functions are exclusively used to access memory mapped
IO in ACPICA.
- Remove 64-bit access from AcpiOsReadMemory() and AcpiOsWriteMemory().
These functions do not support 64-bit access. Likewise, return error when
64-bit access is requested for PCI configuration space.
- Clean up some white spaces.
Sync. printf() of libstand(3) with sys/kern/subr_prf.c.
CVS r1.94 jhb:
Cast the integer read as the first argument for %b to an unsigned integer
so it's value is not sign extended when assigned to the uintmax_t variable
used internally by printf. For example, if bit 31 is set in the cpuid
feature word, then %b would print out the initial value as a 16 character
hexadecimal value. Now it only prints out an 8 character value.
CVS r1.109 njl:
Add support for 'h' and 'hh' modifiers for printf(9).
CVS r1.117 phk:
If we ignore an unknown % sequence, we must stop interpreting the remaining
% arguments because the varargs are now out of sync and there is a risk that
we might for instance dereference an integer in a %s argument.
SVN r209836 jkim:
Implement optional 'precision' for numbers. Previously, it was parsed but
ignored. Some third-party modules (e.g., ACPICA) prefer this format over
zero padding flag '0'.
Implement optional 'precision' for numbers. Previously, it was parsed but
ignored. Some third-party modules (e.g., ACPICA) prefer this format over
zero padding flag '0'.
Fix a panic brought about by writing an MSR without a proper mask.
All of the necessary wrmsr calls are now preceded by a rdmsr
and we leave the reserved bits alone.
Document the bits in the relevant registers for future reference.
Tested by: mdf
Let boot(8) refer to the uart(4) serial driver, which is the replacement
for the obsolete sio(4) driver.
PR: docs/144498
Submitted by: Bruce Cran (bruce at cran dot org dot uk)
Approved by: marcel
Fix reading of empty fifolog files. When we don't have anything
to inflate, skip the rest of the fifolog reader code to avoid
hitting the assert about Z_OK a bit further down.
changed to defer the setting of VN_LOCK_ASHARE() (which clears LK_NOSHARE
in the vnode lock's flags) until after they had determined if the vnode was
a FIFO. This occurs after the vnode has been inserted into a VFS hash or
some similar table, so it is possible for another thread to find this vnode
via vget() on an i-node number and block on the vnode lock. If the lockmgr
interlock (vnode interlock for vnode locks) is not held when clearing the
LK_NOSHARE flag, then the lk_flags field can be clobbered. As a result
the thread blocked on the vnode lock may never get woken up. Fix this by
holding the vnode interlock while modifying the lock flags in this case.
The softupdates code also toggles LK_NOSHARE in one function to close a
race with snapshots. Fix this code to grab the interlock while fiddling
with lk_flags.
r207265, r209135, r209969
(I'm not repeating all that here, see the logs for all the details):
Config version is now 600010
option alias support
makefile parsing fixes
calloc failure coping
WARNS=6
comment placement correction
alpha vestige removal
This should allow building of -current kernels and modules on 7-stable
machines (although not officially supported, enough people do it to
make some efforts to make it work a big win).
imp, ed, wkoszek, ru, gcooper, and nwhitehorn authored the original revs
Add support for corrected machine check interrupts. CMCI is a new local
APIC interrupt that fires when a threshold of corrected machine check
events is reached. CMCI also includes a count of events when reporting
corrected errors in the bank's status register. Note that individual
banks may or may not support CMCI. If they do, each bank includes its own
threshold register that determines when the interrupt fires. Currently
the code uses a very simple strategy where it doubles the threshold on
each interrupt until it succeeds in throttling the interrupt to occur
only once a minute (this interval can be tuned via sysctl). The threshold
is also adjusted on each hourly poll which will lower the threshold once
events stop occurring.
New netgraph node ng_patch(4). It performs data modification of packets
passing through. Modifications are restricted to a subset of C language
operations on unsigned integers of 8, 16, 32 or 64 bit size.
These are: set to new value (=), addition (+=), subtraction (-=),
multiplication (*=), division (/=), negation (= -), bitwise AND (&=),
bitwise OR (|=), bitwise eXclusive OR (^=), shift left (<<=),
shift right (>>=). Several operations are all applied to a packet
sequentially in order they were specified by user.
Submitted by: Maxim Ignatenko <gelraen.ua at gmail.com>
Vadim Goncharov <vadimnuclight at tpu.ru>
Discussed with: net@
MFC r208947:
Fix typo.
MFC r208989:
Style(9) fixes:
* Sort includes
* Replace #define<SPACE> to #define<TAB>
* Split declarations and initializations
* Split long lines
Requested by: kib
MFC r209194:
* Include sys/systm.h for KASSERT()
* Remove unneeded includes and comment
* Replace home made OFFSETOF() macro with standard offsetof()
Pointed out by: bde
Tested by: Vadim Goncharov <vadimnuclight at tpu.ru>
Approved by: mav (mentor)
Add support for the NM10 chipset.
PR: kern/143118
Submitted by: Koshin sumitani <ksumitani at mui dot biglobe dot ne dot jp>
Approved by: imp (mentor, implicit)
MFC after: 3 days
Don't use pack() for structures that is used purely for software state.
Otherwise the resulting, unaligned mutex structure would trigger panic.
Submitted by: Tom Cough <tom.couch lsi.com>
Reported/Tested by: jhb
PR: kern/148464
Implement a quiet prefix, which will disable some diagnostics. The
fast prefix also implies quiet. During boot we use either fast or
quiet. For shutdown we already use 'faststop'. So, this informational
message should only appear during interactive use.
Reviewed by: silence on freebsd-rc@
- Pin the IPI cache and TLB demap functions in order to prevent migration
between determining the other CPUs and calling cpu_ipi_selected(), which
apart from generally doing the wrong thing can lead to a panic when a
CPU is told to IPI itself (which sun4u doesn't support).
Reported and tested by: Nathaniel W Filardo
- Add __unused where appropriate.
- Missing full stops
- Upper case the first character of an description
- Section headings do not need to be quoted. From OpenBSD's make.1, revision 1.81
- Plural of suffix is suffixes. From OpenBSD's make.1, revision 1.61
- s/seperating/separating/
These are git commits 36f0fa8fcbc8c7b2b194addd29100fb40e73e4e9 and
d6d06ff5c2ea0fa44becc5ef4340e5f2f15073e4 in dash.
Because this is the first code I'm importing from dash to expand.c, add the
Herbert Xu copyright notice which is in dash's expand.c.
When pathname expanding *\/, the CTLESC representing the quoted state was
erroneously taken as part of the * pathname component. This CTLESC was then
seen by the pattern matching code as escaping the '\0' terminating the
string.
The code is slightly different because dash converts the CTLESC characters
to backslashes and removes all the other CTL* characters to allow
substituting glob(3).
The effect of the bug was also slightly different from dash (where nothing
matched at all). Because a CTLESC can escape a '\0' in some way, whether
files were included despite the bug depended on memory that should not be
read. In particular, on many machines /*\/ expanded to a strict subset of
what /*/ expanded to.
Example:
echo /*"/null"
This should print /dev/null, not /*/null.
PR: bin/146378
Obtained from: dash
mount(8): add xref to devfs(5)
devfs(5): change example to something more likely to be useful (it is not
necessary to mount a devfs on /dev manually, but for chroots/jails it is
often needed), mention since when devfs is preferred to device nodes on ufs
and when device nodes on ufs stopped working
PR: 146600
- Set 'dmadat' earlier so that we properly setup the heap if we fail to
locate a high memory area for the heap using the SMAP.
- Read the number of hard drive devices from the BIOS instead of hardcoding
a limit of 128. Some BIOSes duplicate disk devices once you get beyond
the maximum drive number.
introduced with GNU cpio 2.8.
This is a direct commit against stable/7 because the
code have been removed on -HEAD and stable/8.
PR: bin/147969
Submitted by: kientzle
Driver update of twa(4) from LSI. Many thanks to LSI for continuing to
support FreeBSD.
1) Timeout ioctl command timeouts.
Do not reset the controller if ioctl command completed
successfully.
2) Remove G66_WORKAROUND code (this bug never shipped).
3) Remove unnecessary interrupt lock (intr_lock).
4) Timeout firmware handshake for PChip reset (don't wait forever).
5) Handle interrupts inline.
6) Unmask command interrupt ONLY when adding a command to the pending
queue.
7) Mask command interrupt ONLY after removing the last command from
the pending queue.
8) Remove TW_OSLI_DEFERRED_INTR_USED code.
9) Replace controller "state" with separate data fields to avoid races:
TW_CLI_CTLR_STATE_ACTIVE ctlr->active
TW_CLI_CTLR_STATE_INTR_ENABLED ctlr->interrupts_enabled
TW_CLI_CTLR_STATE_INTERNAL_REQ_BUSY ctlr->internal_req_busy
TW_CLI_CTLR_STATE_GET_MORE_AENS ctlr->get_more_aens
TW_CLI_CTLR_STATE_RESET_IN_PROGRESS ctlr->reset_in_progress
TW_CLI_CTLR_STATE_RESET_PHASE1_IN_PROGRESS ctlr->reset_phase1_in_progress
10) Fix "req" leak in twa_action() when simq is frozen and req is NOT
null.
11) Replace softc "state" with separate data fields to avoid races:
TW_OSLI_CTLR_STATE_OPEN sc->open
TW_OSLI_CTLR_STATE_SIMQ_FROZEN sc->simq_frozen
12) Fix reference to TW_OSLI_REQ_FLAGS_IN_PROGRESS in
tw_osl_complete_passthru()
13) Use correct CAM status values.
Change CAM_REQ_CMP_ERR to CAM_REQ_INVALID.
Remove use of CAM_RELEASE_SIMQ for physical data addresses.
14) Do not freeze/ release the simq with non I/O commands.
When it is appropriate to temporarily freeze the simq with an I/O
command use:
xpt_freeze_simq(sim, 1);
ccb->ccb_h.status |= CAM_RELEASE_SIMQ;
otherwise use:
xpt_freeze_simq(sim, 1);
xpt_release_simq(sim, 1);
Submitted by: Tom Couch <tom.couch lsi.com>
PR: kern/147694
* Improve compatibility with existing application code by permitting the
use of `elf_getbase()` on non-archive members. This change is needed
for gcc LTO (-flto) to work properly.
* Style fix: paranthesize returned values.
* Document the current behaviour of `elf_getbase()`.
cpio/src/copyout.c:
Old behavior is not to strip leading / from symbol link target.
By default cpio will replace the symbol link rather than following
it so this should not be a risk.
cpio/src/util.c:
Zero out rdev_{maj,min} for files where they are not applicable.
This is a direct commit since GNU cpio has been removed from -HEAD.
Sorry for the breakage...
Reported by: sbruno
Cache the last result from if_indextoname for printing. This speeds up
"arp -an" when using a lot of aliases (on a single interface).
A better fix would include a better interface for if_indextoname than
getting the whole address list from the kernel just to find the one
index->name mapping.
Fix a locking issue triggering an assertion in rt_setgate()
via arp_rtrequest() due to no radix node head (rnh) lock held
in case of a route change.
The previous MFC in r189026 left out this hunk.
Reported by: Haven Hash (haven.hash isilon.com)
Tested by: Haven Hash (haven.hash isilon.com)
PR: kern/147767
- Mention that VTOC8 labels are found in Fujitsu SPARC64 machines as well.
- Add information regarding VTOC8 bootrstrap code and how it's handled with
r208777 in place.
- Document the mapping of partition types to VTOC8 tags.
- Add examples for VTOC8 to the respective section.
- Eliminated hard sentence breaks.
Reviewed by: marcel (slightly buggy version)
- In gpart_bootfile_read() fix an off-by-one error preventing the bootstrap
file to be of maximum size.
- Add special handling required for SMI/VTOC8 disklabel partcode, i.e. avoid
overwriting the label when writing the bootstrap code to the partition
starting at 0 and install it to all partitions when the -i option is omitted
just like geom_sunlabel(4) and sunlabel(8) do by default.
- Add missing prototypes.
- Add const where applicable.
Reviewed by: marcel
More gracefully handle stale file handles and attributes when opening a
file via NFS. Specifically, to satisfy close-to-open-consistency, the NFS
client always performs at least one RPC on a file during an open(2) to see
if the file has changed. Normally this RPC is an ACCESS or GETATTR RPC
that is forced by flushing a file's attribute cache during nfs_open() and
then requesting new attributes. However, if the file is noticed to be
stale during nfs_open(), the only recourse is to fail the open(2) call
with ESTALE. On the other hand, if the ACCESS or GETATTR RPC is sent
during nfs_lookup(), then the NFS client can fall back to a LOOKUP RPC to
obtain the new file handle in the case that a file has been replaced.
This change causes the NFS client to flush the attribute cache during
nfs_lookup() when validating a name cache hit if the attributes fetched
during nfs_lookup() can be reused in nfs_open(). This allows the client
to open a replaced file via the new file handle the first time that it
notices a replaced file rather than failing with ESTALE in some cases.
Fix a bug introduced in r199011. When bge(4) reuses loaded RX
buffers it should also reinitialize RX descriptors otherwise some
stale data could be passed to controller. This could end up with
mbuf double free or unexpected NULL pointer dereference in upper
stack. To fix the issue, save loaded buffer's length and
reinitialize RX descriptors with the saved value whenever bge(4)
reuses the loaded RX buffers.
While I'm here, increase the number of RX buffers to 512 from 256.
This simplifies RX buffer handling as well as giving more RX
buffers. Controller supports just fixed number of RX buffers
(i.e. 512) and bge(4) used to rely on hope that our CPU is fast
enough to keep up with the controller. With this change, bge(4)
will use 1MB for RX buffers but I don't think it would cause
problems in these days.
Reported by: marcel
Tested by: marcel
Don't blindly set IFF_DRV_OACTIVE when sge_encap() fails. If there
is no queued frame, IFF_DRV_OACTIVE would never be cleared.
Submitted by: Nikolay Denev < ndenev <> gmail at com >
In the unlikely event that pmap_ts_referenced() demoted five superpage
mappings to the same underlying physical page, the calling thread would
be left forever pinned to the same processor.
- use correct size (512) while reading a gang block
- skip holes while reading child blocks
- advance buffer pointer while reading child blocks
PR: 144214
sge_encap() can sometimes return an error with m_head set to NULL.
Make sure not to requeue freed mbuf in sge_start_locked(). This
should fix NULL pointer dereference panic.
Reported by: Nikolay Denev <ndenev <> gmail dot com>
Submitted by: jhb
the jail(8) command. [10:04]
Fix a one-NUL-byte buffer overflow in libopie. [10:05]
Correctly sanity-check a buffer length in nfs mount. [10:06]
Approved by: so (cperciva)
Approved by: re (kensmith)
Security: FreeBSD-SA-10:04.jail
Security: FreeBSD-SA-10:05.opie
Security: FreeBSD-SA-10:06.nfsclient
Hook up some wires that were forgotten a few months ago and restore
the zombie device timeout code and the loop down time code and the fabric
hysteresis code.
Add a new build option, MAN_UTILS. This option lets you control building
utilities and related support files for manual pages, which were previously
controlled by MAN. For POLA, the default depends on MAN, i.e., WITHOUT_MAN
implies WITHOUT_MAN_UTILS and WITH_MAN implies WITH_MAN_UTILS.
Note this patch implicitly fixes a documentation bug of src.conf(5), which
says WITHOUT_MAN may be used to not build manual pages while it was also
disabling some utilities for manual pages.
Add a sentence to the man page explaining that the -d option
can only be used when ntpd is compiled with DEBUG support.
PR: docs/138206
Submitted by: Oliver Pinter (oliver dot pntr at gmail dot com)
Approved by: roberto
Prevent unloading a kld for a driver that has subinterfaces (vlan interfaces)
from being automatically reloaded via devd shutdown event handlers.
- Revert part of my previous changes to call ifn_stop on subinterfaces
when an interface is detached. It is better to destroy the interfaces
first so that an 'ifconfig foo0.blah down' doesn't result in ifconfig
auto-loading if_foo.ko. The ifconfig command will not be invoked if
foo0.blah is gone when ifn_stop() is called. Furthermore, it is not
necessary to explicitly invoke ifn_stop() after the subinterface is
destroyed as devd will already do that.
- Pass -n to ifconfig when destroying interfaces so that destroying a
cloned interface does not kldload any drivers.
- Catch SIGHUP to perform cleanup before exiting.
- Exit if getch() returns with an error other than EINTR. Otherwise
systat(1) may get stuck in an infinite loop if it doesn't receive
SIGHUP when terminal closes.
- Remove attempt to clear stdio error indicators. getch() doesn't use
stdio, making it useless.
- Remove unneeded masking of getch() return value.
PR: bin/107171
Fix a bug due to a type conversion from 64 to 32 bits. The side effect of
this type conversion is the high bits which were used to indicate if a
special character was a literal or special were dropped. As a result, all
special character were treated as special, even if they were supposed to
be literals.
Approved by: mentor (wes@)
If controller received bad frames make sure to update newly added
RFA. Also drop frames that have either CRC error or alignment
error. Normally bad frames are not received at all. But controllers
running in promiscuous mode will receive bad frames. 82557 will
also receive bad frames to receive VLAN oversized frames.
While I'm here mark RNR condition if driver happen to see RNR in
RFA status and restart RU to receive frames again. Because driver
checks all received frames in RX loop, RNR condition could be set
in the middle of RX processing. Just relying on RNR interrupt was
not enough.
This change fixes "Memory modified after free" issue when fxp(4)
is running as a member of if_bridge(4).
Tested by: Larry Baird <lab <> gta dot com>
r208081:
Controller updates RFA via DMA so driver needs synchronization.
Add missing BUS_DMASYNC_POSTWRITE and BUS_DMASYNC_PREREAD.
r208083:
Dont' allow dma map load deferring. fxp(4) is not able to handle
EINPROGRESS.
- Don't panic due to unlocking an unowned mutex if we fail during attach.
- Initialize the callout structure earlier in attach before calling any
routines that can fail since ciss_free() always tries to stop and drain
the callout.
This is a direct commit to fix previous improperly done MFC.
- sys/clock.h include is needed for resettodr()
- there is no callout_schedule in 7, so callout_reset has to be used
- Add quirk handling for Sun Fire V1280. The firmware of these machines
provides no ino-bitmap properties so forge them using the default set
of controller interrupts and let schizo_setup_intr() take care of the
children, hoping for non-fancy routing.
- Enable DMA write parity error interrupts on Schizo with a working
implementation.
- Let schizo_pci_bus() only panic in case of fatal errors as the interrupt
triggered by the error the firmware of Sun Fire V890 as well as 280R
with version 7 Schizo caused may happen as late as using the HBA and not
only prior to touching the PCI bus (in the former case the actual error
still is fatal but we clear it before touching the PCI bus).
While at it count and export non-fatal error interrupts via sysctl(9).
- Remove unnecessary locking from schizo_ue().
SiS190 supports RX 10 bytes padding, CRC stripping as well as VLAN
hardware tag insertion/stripping. Remove conditional code that
disables these hardware features on SiS190. Also nuke RX fixup code
which is no more required on strict-alignment architectures because
SiS190 supports RX 10 bytes padding.
Now all hardware features except jumbo frame and WOL are supported.
Thanks to Masa Murayama who confirmed SiS190 also has the same
hardware features of SiS191.
I guess the only difference between SiS191 and SiS190 would be
jumbo frame support. It will be implemented in near future.
Implement TSO and TSO over VLAN. Increase number of allowed
fragmentation of mbuf chain to 32 from 16 because TSO can send 64KB
sized packet which in turn requires long list of mbuf chain. Due to
lack of documentation, I'm not sure whether driver have to pull up
ethernet/IP/TCP header with options to make controller work but
driver have to parse TCP header to update pseudo TCP checksum
anyway. The controller expects pseudo TCP checksum computed by
upper stack and the checksum should follow the MS NDIS
specification to make TSO work.
Tested by: xclin <xclin <> cs dot nctu dot edu dot tw >
Export hardware MAC statistics through sysctl node. Previously
fxp(4) already used to extract most hardware MAC statistics but it
didn't show them. With this change, all MAC statistics counters
are exported. Because there are a couple of new counters for 82558
and 82559, enable extended MAC statistics functionality to get
these counters. Accoring to public data sheet, 82559 MAC statistics
return 24 DWORD counters(3 counters are unknown at this moment) so
increase MAC counter structure to meet the MAC statistics block size.
The completion of MAC counter dump is now checked against
FXP_STATS_DR_COMPLETE status code which is appended at the end of
status block. Previously fxp(4) ignored the status of the
FXP_SCB_COMMAND_CU_DUMPRESET command. fxp(4) does not wait for the
completion of pending command before issuing
FXP_SCB_COMMAND_CU_DUMPRESET. Instead it skips the command and try
it next time. This scheme may show better performance but there is
chance to loose updated counters after stopping controller. So make
sure to update MAC statistics in fxp_stop().
While I'm here move sysctl node creation to fxp_sysctl_node().
Tested by: Larry Baird < lab <> gta dot com >
8255x configure command requires number of bytes of configuration
table. The default size of the configuration table was 22 bytes. To
use extended feature of 82550/82551 the configuration table size
was expanded to 32 bytes. The added configuration for 82550/82551
specifies VLAN hardware tagging and IPSec configuration as well as
TCO.
To make configuration easier fxp(4) used a configuration template
and the template was copied to configuration table. After that,
some parameters of the configuration table was changed depending on
controller type and operation mode. However the size of template
was 22 bytes so some configuration parameters were not properly
initialized on 82550/82551.
Fix this by increasing the template size. For 82557, 82558 and
82559 the size of the configuration is still 22 bytes.
Note: clock accepts CLOCK_VIRTUAL and CLOCK_PROF too, but this seems broken
as it simply waits for the difference of the current and given value of the
clock as if it were CLOCK_MONOTONIC. So document only CLOCK_REALTIME and
CLOCK_MONOTONIC as allowed.
- Don't set CAS_PCS_DATAPATH to anything except CAS_PCS_DATAPATH_SERDES
on Cassini using the external PCS SERDES otherwise unaligned access
traps and other strange effects happen with some machines. Don't touch
the MIF which is unused in that case either. These changes require the
PHY type to use to be determined via the OFW device tree or from the
VPD in machines without the former.
- Disable the SERDES pins of Saturn when not used in order to save power
and ensure they are enabled otherwise.
- In cas_attach() use the correct register offset for CAS_PCS_CONF_EN.
- Add some bus space barriers missing in the PCS code path.
These changes make the Sun GigaSwift Ethernet 1.0 MMF cards as well as
the on-board interfaces found in Sun Fire B100s Blade Server work.
PR: 144867
Instead of catching SIGPIPE and jumping out of the signal handler with
longjmp, ignore it and handle write errors to the local output by exiting
from there. I have changed the error message to mention the local output
instead of NetBSD's wrong "Connection closed by foreign host". Write errors
to the network were already handled by exiting immediately and this now
applies to EPIPE too.
The code assumed that SIGPIPE could only be generated by the network
connection; if it was generated by the local output, it would longjmp out of
the signal handler and write an error message which caused another SIGPIPE.
PR: 19773
Obtained from: NetBSD
It seems controller has two types of promiscuous control, one for
unicast and the other for multicast. To receive multicast frames
that host didn't join in promiscuous mode, driver have to set
promiscuous mode for multicast frames as well.
The Open Source Software Developer Manual for i8255x was not clear
how to handle promiscuous mode.
PR: kern/145905
- Bahia de Banderas (Mexican state of Nayarit) changed time zone
UTC-7 to new time zone UTC-6 on April 4, 2010 (to share the same
time zone as nearby city Puerto Vallarta, Jalisco).
- Fix broken symlinks on cross platform zfs send/recv. [1]
- Enable zfs_ace_byteswap() on FreeBSD as it works just fine (tested between
amd64 and sparc64 in both directions by Michael Moll).
PR: 146272
Approved by: mm, pjd
Obtained from: OpenSolaris (onnv rev. 8283:1ca59f393041; Bug ID 6764193) [1]
Add support for SPARC64 V (and where it already makes sense for other
HAL/Fujitsu) CPUs. For the most part this consists of fleshing out the
MMU and cache handling, it doesn't add pmap optimizations possible with
these CPU, yet, though.
With these changes FreeBSD runs stable on Fujitsu Siemens PRIMEPOWER 250
and likely also other models based on SPARC64 V like 450, 650 and 850.
Thanks go to Michael Moll for providing access to a PRIMEPOWER 250.
r207622:
Drop driver lock before exiting from interrupt handler.
r207623:
Make sure to check whether driver is running before processing
received frames. Also check driver has valid ifp pointer before
calling msk_stop() in device_shutdown handler. While I'm here
remove unnecessary accesses to interrupt mask registers in
device_shutdown handler because driver puts the controller into
reset state.
With these changes, msk(4) now survive from heavy RX traffic(1byte
UDP frame) while reboot is in progress.
r207638:
When VLAN hardware tagging is disabled, make sure to disable VLAN
checksum offloading as well as TSO over VLAN.
r207628:
Enable multi-descriptor transmisstion for fragmented mbufs. There
is no more need to defragment mbufs. After transmitting the
multi-fragmented frame, the controller updates only the first
descriptor of multi-descriptor transmission so it's driver's
responsibility to clear OWN bits of remaining descriptor of
multi-descriptor transmission. It seems the controller behaves much
like jme(4) controllers in descriptor handling.
r207635:
Free entire mbuf chain instead of the first mbuf.
- Remove dead code. Calculated greatest common divisor was not used at all.
- Prefer u_int32_t over unsigned int to make its intention more clearer.
- Move the function to a header file and make it a static inline function.
On sparc64 obtain the initiator ID to be used for SPI HBAs from the
Open Firmware device tree in order to match what the PROM built-in
driver uses. This is especially important when netbooting Fujitsu
Siemens PRIMEPOWER250 as in that case the built-in driver isn't used
and the port facts PortSCSIID defaults to 0, conflicting with the
disk at the same address.
- On sparc64 obtain the initiator ID from the Open Firmware device tree
in order to match what the PROM built-in driver uses.
- Remove some no longer used includes.
Don't bother enabling interrupts before we're ready to handle them. This
prevents the firmware of Fujitsu Siemens PRIMEPOWER250, which both causes
stray interrupts and erroneously enables interrupts at least when calling
SUNW,set-trap-table, from shooting itself in the foot.
Add OF_getscsinitid(), a helper similar to OF_getetheraddr() but for
obtaining the initiator ID to be used for SPI controllers from the
Open Firmware device tree.
r207545:
Fix wrong dma tag usage. Previously it used TX descriptor ring dma
tag which should be TX mbuf dma tag.
r207625:
Remove clearing RxHashTable2 register. The register is reprogrammed
in sge_rxfilter().
Update GRANDPARENTED text to match the contents of tzdata/factory r19879.
This eliminates "warning: time zone abbreviation differs from POSIX" on
installworld.
that I did not think was applicable here (namely bailing out of
run_rc_command before printing the warning) but use rc_fast as the
trigger instead of rc_quiet. The former exists in all supported branches,
and is set at boot time so it does the job.
The only remaining element that isn't already covered by 'faststart' is
an instance of '/etc/rc.d/ipfilter resync' in rc.d/netif, so make that
fastresync to also silence the warning there. This is similar to what
was done in r175676, although that used quietresync (as described above).
Pointed out by: jhell <[email protected]>
Fix named-checkconf in the situation where named_chroot_autoupdate
is NOT set, but named_chrootdir IS set.
Remove required_files for named.conf, named-checkconf is enough.
Move the check for enabled knobs further down in run_rc_command() so
that bogus commands cause usage information to be printed instead of
diagnostics about enabling the knob.
This is a prerequisite for merging r206686.
The columns for tty input and output may bump against each other
if the tty output needs more than 5 columns. Add a bit of space
that pushes everything 1 column to the right, but also avoids the
problem.
Approved by: rwatson
r207409:
Both RX_GMF_LP_THR and RX_GMF_UP_THR must be 16 bits register. If
it is 8bits register then RX FIFO size can't exceed 2KB which is
not true for almost all Yukon II controller.
r207442:
Disable non-ASF packet flushing on Yukon Extreme as vendor's driver
does. Without this change, Yukon Extreme seems to generate lots of
RX FIFO overruns even though controller has available RX buffers.
These excessive RX FIFO overruns generated lots of pause frames
which in turn killed devices plugged into switch. It seems there is
still occasional RX frame corruption on Yukon Extreme but this
change seems to fix the pause frame storm.
Reported by: jhb
Tested by: jhb
Enable VLAN hardware tag insertion/stripping. Due to lack of SiS190
controller, I'm not sure whether this is also applicable to SiS190
so this feature is only activated on SiS191 controller.
In theory, controller reinitialization is not needed when VLAN tag
configuration is changed, but xclin said controller was not stable
whenever toggling VLAN tag bit. To address that, sge(4)
reinitialize controller for VLAN configuration which seems to work
as expected. VLAN tag information for TX/RX descriptor and
configure bit of RxMacControl register was found by xclin.
Submitted by: xclin <xclin <> cs dot nctu dot edu dot tw > (initial version)
Tested by: xclin <xclin <> cs dot nctu dot edu dot tw >
Enable FCS stripping and padding 10 bytes bit of RX MAC control
register. Due to lack of SiS190 controller, I'm not sure whether
this is also applicable to SiS190 so this feature is only activated
on SiS191 controller.
The controller can pad 10 bytes before DMAing a received frame to
RX buffer and received bytes include the padded bytes. This padding
is very useful on strict-alignment architectures because driver
does not have to copy received frame to align IP header on 4 bytes
boundary. It also gives better RX performance on non-strict
alignment architectures. Special thanks to xclin to give me
valuable register information. Without his enthusiastic trial and
errors this wouldn't be even possible.
While I'm here tighten validity check of received frame. Controller
clears RDS_CRCOK bit when it received bad CRC frames. xclin found
that using loop back testing.
Tested by: xclin <xclin <> cs dot nctu dot edu dot tw >
r207375:
Preserve unknown bits of RX MAC control register when driver
programs RX filter configuration. It seems RX MAC control register
is one of key registers to get various offloading features as well
as performance. Blindly clearing unrelated bits can result in
unexpected results.
Tested by: xclin <xclin <> cs dot nctu dot edu dot tw >
r207376:
Remove wrong link state chage.
r207377:
Explicitly marks SiS190 to differentiate it from SiS191.
POSIX permits but does not require checking access on the current and parent
directories.
Because various programs do not like it if getcwd(3) fails, it seems best
to avoid checking access as much as possible. There are various reports in
GNATS about this (search for getcwd).
Our getcwd(3) implementation first queries the kernel for the pathname
directly, which does not check any permissions but sometimes fails, and then
falls back to reading all parent directories for the names.
PR: standards/44425
> Shift the version of perl used by the release build process over to
> perl-5.10. This aligns the release build process with the current
> default version of perl in the ports tree.
> Pass the HTTP_PROXY and FTP_PROXY environment variables through in addition
> to FTP_PASSIVE_MODE so release building works for a machine that needs
> to use a proxy.
PR: misc/137688
Submitted by: Michael Leun
Implement the "-i" option to sysctl(8), to ignore failures while
retrieving individual OIDs. This allows the same list of OIDs to be
passed to sysctl(8) across different systems where particular OIDs may
not exist, and still get as much information as possible from them.
PR: bin/123644
Submitted by: dhw
Allow to modify directory's content even if the ZFS_NOUNLINK (SF_NOUNLINK,
sunlnk) flag is set. We only deny dirctory's removal or rename.
PR: kern/143343
Approved by: pjd
When CPUTYPE is defined to any value, on amd64 platform "mmx" is
available through MACHINE_CPU, indicating the CPU supports that
feature, as done by revision 138685.
This changeset adds "mmx" into the default amd64 MACHINE_CPU list
when no CPUTYPE is specified to provide consistent behavior.
PR: amd64/145593
Submitted by: mm
Add a timeout for the negative name cache entries in the NFS client.
This avoids a bogus negative name cache entry from persisting forever
when another client creates an entry with the same name within the
same NFS server time of day clock tick. Unlike 8.x and later, the
timeout is only adjustable via a system-wide sysctl
(vfs.nfs.negative_name_timeout) rather than a mount option. Setting
the timeout to 0 disables negative name caching.
I also fixed one obvious typo where args.timeo should be
args.maxgrouplist.
sparc64, and possibly other architectures, pads the length of the
section holding the config file to sh_addralign bytes using NULs.
This bogusly triggers an assert. Break out of the loop when we hit a
NUL within that many bytes of the end.
Make config -x <kernel> only return non-zero characters,
so that:
config -x <kernel> | grep <something>
just works.
Reported by: Danny Braniss <[email protected]>
Add a new option, -P, which reverts newsyslog(8) to the old behavior,
which stops to proceed further, as it is possible that processes which
fails to create PID file get screwed by rotation.
----
Don't consider non-existence of a PID file an error, we should be able
to proceed anyway as this most likely mean that the process has been
terminated.
PR: bin/140397
Submitted by: Dan Lukes <dan obluda cz>
It seems ale(4) controllers do not like to see TCP payload in the
first descriptor in TSO case. Otherwise controller can generate bad
frames during TSO. To address it, make sure to pull up ethernet +
IP + TCP header with options in first buffer. Also ensure the
buffer length of the first descriptor for TSO covers entire ethernet
+ IP + TCP with options and setup additional Tx descriptor if the
first buffer includes TCP payload.
Tested by: Amar Takhar <verm <> darkbeer dot org >
Scrt1_c.o was accidentally compiled with -DGCRT (profiling), like gcrt1_c.o.
This problem is i386-specific, the other architectures are OK.
If you have problems with PIE executables such as samba and cups leaving
behind gmon files, rebuild them after installing this change.
PR: ports/143924
Add a TestFloat based test suite for floating-point implementations
currently supporting sparc64. After a `make depend all` there are
three programs; testsoftfloat for testing against the SoftFloat in
src/lib/libc/softfloat for reference purposes, testemufloat for
testing the emulator source in src/lib/libc/sparc64/fpu and testfloat
for testing with the installed libc. Support for other architectures
can be added as needed.
PR: 144900
Submitted by: Peter Jeremy
While SPARC V9 allows tininess to be detected either before or after
rounding (impl. dep. #55), the SPARC JPS1 responsible for SPARC64 and
UltraSPARC processors defines that in all cases tininess is detected
before rounding therefore rounding up to the smallest normalized number
should set the underflow flag. This change is needed for using SoftFloat
on sparc64 for reference purposes.
PR: 144900
Submitted by: Peter Jeremy
Correct the DCR_IPE macro to refer to the right bit. Also improve the
associated comment as besides US-IV+ these bits are only available with
US-III++, i.e. the 1.2GHz version of the US-III+.
Do as the comment suggests and determine the bus space based on the last
bus we actually mapped at rather than always based on the last bus we
encountered while moving upward in the tree. Otherwise we might use the
wrong bus space in case the bridge directly underneath the nexus doesn't
require mapping, i.e. was skipped as it's the case for ssm(4) nodes.
instead of kmem.
Additionally, because of sysctl(3) use (which is generally good), behaviour
for crash dumps differs slightly from behaviour for live kernels and this
will probably never be fixed entirely, so weaken that claim.
in at least three ways, so do not say it is ignored:
* who may delete/rename a symlink in a sticky directory
* who may do lchflags(2)/lchown(2)/lchmod(2)
* whose inode quota is charged
Change how multipath labels are created and managed. This makes it easier
to support various storage boxes which really aren't active-active.
We only write the label on the *first* provider. For all other providers
we just "add" the disk. This also allows for an "add" verb.
A usage implication is that you should specificy the currently active
storage path as the first provider.
Note that this does not add RDAC-like functionality, but better allows for
autovolumefailover configurations (additional checkins elsewhere will support
this).
Sync with OpenBSD:
- avoid coredump when there's only one token on a line;
- Use calloc();
- Remove a line inherited from example mdoc.
Obtained from: OpenBSD
Intialize interrupt moderation control register. The magic value
was chosen by lots of trial and errors. The chosen value shows
good interrupt moderation without additional latency.
Without this change, controller can generate more than 140k
interrupts per second under high network load.
Submitted by: xclin <xclin <> cs dot nctu dot edu dot tw >
With r206844, CSUM_TCP is also set for CSUM_TSO case. Modify
drivers to take into account for the change. Basically CSUM_TSO
should be checked before checking CSUM_TCP.
Add driver for Silicon Integrated Systems SiS190/191 Fast/Gigabit Ethernet.
This driver was written by Alexander Pohoyda and greatly enhanced
by Nikolay Denev. I don't have these hardwares but this driver was
tested by Nikolay Denev and xclin.
Because SiS didn't release data sheet for this controller, programming
information came from Linux driver and OpenSolaris. Unlike other open
source driver for SiS190/191, sge(4) takes full advantage of TX/RX
checksum offloading and does not require additional copy operation in
RX handler.
The controller seems to have advanced offloading features like VLAN
hardware tag insertion/stripping, TCP segmentation offload(TSO) as
well as jumbo frame support but these features are not available
yet. Special thanks to xclin <xclin<> cs dot nctu dot edu dot tw>
who sent fix for receiving VLAN oversized frames.
devices with many serial ports (the device is reset for each port that
reports IOERROR).
Remove statements that should have been removed when rewriting the if
statement.
Put gone device timer into a structure tag that can hold more than 32 seconds. Oops.
Untangle some of the confusion about what role means when it's in the FCPARAM/SDPARAM
or isp_fc/isp_spi structures. This fixed a problem about seeing targets appear if you've
turned off autologin and find them, or rather don't, via camcontrol rescan.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change how multipath labels are created and managed. This makes it easier
to support various storage boxes which really aren't active-active.
We only write the label on the *first* provider. For all other providers
we just "add" the disk. This also allows for an "add" verb.
A usage implication is that you should specificy the currently active
storage path as the first provider.
Note that this does not add RDAC-like functionality, but better allows for
autovolumefailover configurations (additional checkins elsewhere will support
this).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Style fixes.
- Prefer strlcpy() over strncpy().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
There's no need for checking result of M_WAITOK allocation.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fix an obvious topology lock leak.
Escape characters unsafe for XML output in GEOM class, instance and
provider names.
- Characters in range 0x01-0x1f except '\t', '\n', and '\r' are replaced
with '?'. Those characters are disallowed in XML.
- '&', '<', '>', '\'', '"' and characters in range 0x7f-0xff are
replaced with XML numeric character reference.
If the kern.geom.confxml sysctl provides invalid XML, libgeom
geom_xml2tree() fails and utilities using it do not work. Unsafe
characters are common in msdosfs and cd9660 labels.
PR: kern/104389
Add Agere ET1011 PHY which is found on Belkin F5D5055 USB
controller. Unlike Agere ET1011C, Agere ET1011 does not seem to
need special DSP programming to workaround silicon bug.
Align the declaration for sa_sigaction with POSIX.
MFC r206649:
Still reference struct __sigaction with clarification when this form
of argument declaration is needed.
MFC r206802:
Revert r206649. Simplify the presented declaration of struct sigaction.
Remove an extra (commented out) .Sh HISTORY section heading, to avoid
the risk of "shadowing" the following .El request, and delete an empty
line to fix mdoc warnings.
Remove an extra (commented out) .Sh HISTORY section heading, to avoid
the risk of "shadowing" the following .El request, strip eol spaces
and delete an empty line to fix mdoc warnings.
Remove duplicate (but commented out) .Sh HISTORY section heading.
It almost "shadows" the ending .El request of a list, which seems
to have caused mdoc buglets in some gss_*.3 manpages.
(i.e. just checking the vnode for validity) then there is a window
between the VI_UNLOCK() in _vn_lock(9) and the subsequent VI_LOCK()
in vget() where another thread could have set VI_DOOMED.
Submitted by: Matthew Fleming <matthew fleming isilon com>
Reviewed by: kib
- Support for uncore counting events: one fixed PMC with the uncore
domain clock, 8 programmable PMC.
- Westmere based CPU (Xeon 5600, Corei7 980X) support.
- New man pages with events list for core and uncore.
- Updated Corei7 events with Intel 253669-033US December 2009 doc.
There is some removed events in the documentation, they have been
kept in the code but documented in the man page as obsolete.
- Offcore response events can be setup with rsp token.
Sponsored by: NETASQ
- Support for uncore counting events: one fixed PMC with the uncore
domain clock, 8 programmable PMC.
- Westmere based CPU (Xeon 5600, Corei7 980X) support.
- New man pages with events list for core and uncore.
- Updated Corei7 events with Intel 253669-033US December 2009 doc.
There is some removed events in the documentation, they have been
kept in the code but documented in the man page as obsolete.
- Offcore response events can be setup with rsp token.
Sponsored by: NETASQ
- Fixed 5708S 2.5G support broken in last commit.
- Added some new debug helper routines to systcl.
- Fixed many of the style(9) violations that have crept into the code
due to my use of a "smart" editor.
- Added support for 5709S/5716S PHYs.
- Update copyright to 2010.
- Add new debug code for RV2P block.
- Improve output formatting for various debug functions.
PR: kern/134658, kern/136417, kern/139761, kern/140970
Use panic() (which the environment is required to provide to libstand) to
implement assert() instead of relying on a non-required exit(). The exit()
invocation also did not match the semantics of the exit() routine that
current boot environments happen to require.
Introduce the function kmem_alloc_attr(), which allocates kernel virtual
memory with the specified physical attributes.
Correct an error in the prototype for kmem_malloc().
- Add constants for fields in the local APIC error status register.
- Add a handler for the local APIC error interrupt. For now it just prints
out the current value of the local APIC error register when the interrupt
fires.
Add preliminary support for 8168E/8111E PCIe controller.
While I'm here simplify device description string.
Tested by: Michael Beckmann < michael <> apfel dot de >
Partial revert r204545.
Just relying on status LE ownership of status block seems to cause
poor performance. Always read current status index register first
and then check status ownership as we had before. Accessing status
index register seems to trigger immediate status update if
controller have pending status updates.
Reported by: Andre Albsmeier <Andre.Albsmeier <> siemens dot com>
Tested by: Andre Albsmeier <Andre.Albsmeier <> siemens dot com>
serial ports (yes, 10, it has a built in GPS and other stuff) and we
need to access the last one for PPP access to the card. Other ports
are HSO (Option specific protocol; see Linux driver).
Reviewed by: thompsa
vm_reserv_alloc_page() should never be called on an OBJT_SG object, just
as it is never called on an OBJT_DEVICE object. (This change should have
been included in r195840.)
Remove the check for IFF_DRV_OACTIVE right before adding a port into lagg
interface. The check itself seems to be coming from OpenBSD but does not
seem to be useful for our code.
Discussed with: thomasa
File flags handling fixes for ext2fs:
- Disallow setting of flags not supported by ext2fs.
- Map EXT2_APPEND_FL to SF_APPEND.
- Map EXT2_IMMUTABLE_FL to SF_IMMUTABLE.
- Map EXT2_NODUMP_FL to UF_NODUMP.
Note that ext2fs doesn't support user settable append and immutable flags.
EXT2_NODUMP_FL is an user settable flag also on Linux.
PR: kern/122047
r204921: Better TwinAx transceiver detection.
r205944: Refresh the firmware version immediately after it is upgraded (or downgraded).
r205945: Improved PHY EDC settings.
r205946: Do not attempt to retrieve interrupt information before it is available.
From tzdata2010h:
- Tunis will not go into DST this year.
- Pakistan will not go into DST this year.
From tzdata2010g:
- Bangladesh cancels DST.
- Palestine goes into DST one day later than expected.
- Russian timezones update:
Europe/Samara goes to Moscow time.
Asia/Kamchatka goes to Moscow+8 time.
Asia/Anadyr goes to Moscow+8 time.
Clean up some printing stuff so that we can have a bit finer control
on debug output. Add a new platform function requirement to allow
for printing based upon the ITL nexus instead of the isp unit plus
channel, target and lun. This allows some printouts and error messages
from the core code to appear in the same format as the platform's
subsystem (in FreeBSD's case, CAM path).
o Add support for UltraSparc-IV+:
- Swap the configuration of the first and second large dTLB as with
US-IV+ these can only hold entries of certain page sizes each, which
we happened to chose the non-working way around.
- Additionally ensure that the large iTLB is set up to hold 8k pages
(currently this happens to be a NOP though).
- Add a workaround for US-IV+ erratum #2.
- Turn off dTLB parity error reporting as otherwise we get seemingly
false positives when copying in the user window by simulating a
fill trap on return to usermode. Given that these parity errors can
be avoided by disabling multi issue mode and the problem could be
reproduced with a second machine this appears to be a silicon bug of
some sort.
- Add a membar #Sync also before the stores to ASI_DCACHE_TAG. While
at it, turn of interrupts across the whole cheetah_cache_flush() for
simplicity instead of around every flush. This should have next to no
impact as for cheetah-class machines we typically only need to flush
the caches a few times during boot when recovering from peeking/poking
non-existent PCI devices, if at all.
- Just use KERNBASE for FLUSH as we also do elsewhere as the US-IV+
documentation doesn't seem to mention that these CPUs also ignore the
address like previous cheetah-class CPUs do. Again the code changing
LSU_IC is executed seldom enough that the negligible optimization of
using %g0 instead should have no real impact.
With these changes FreeBSD runs stable on V890 equipped with US-IV+
and -j128 buildworlds in a loop for days are no problem. Unfortunately,
the performance isn't were it should be as a buildworld on a 4x1.5GHz
US-IV+ V890 takes nearly 3h while on a V440 with (theoretically) less
powerfull 4x1.5GHz US-IIIi it takes just over 1h. It's unclear whether
this is related to the supposed silicon bug mentioned above or due to
another issue. The documentation (which contains a sever bug in the
description of the bits added to the context registers though) at least
doesn't mention any requirements for changes in the CPU handling besides
those implemented and the cache as well as the TLB configurations and
handling look fine.
o Re-arrange cheetah_init() so it's easier to add support for SPARC64
V up to VIIIfx CPUs, which only require parts of this initialization.
Committed from: EH2010
If there is multiple PMCs for the same interrupt ignore new post.
This will indirectly fix a bug where the thread will be pinned
forever if the assert is not compiled.
When run() returns an error, print the error message also in
non-interactive mode. Previously error messages were printed only in
interactive mode.
PR: bin/124517
- The firmware of Sun Fire V1280 has a misfeature of setting %wstate to
7 which corresponds to WSTATE_KMIX in OpenSolaris whenever calling into
it which totally screws us even when restoring %wstate afterwards as
spill/fill traps can happen while in OFW. The rather hackish OpenBSD
approach of just setting the equivalent of WSTATE_KERNEL to 7 also is
no option as we treat %wstate as a bit field. So in order to deal with
this problem actually implement spill/fill handlers for %wstate 7 which
just act as the WSTATE_KERNEL ones except of theoretically also handling
32-bit, turn off interrupts completely so we don't even take IPIs while
in OFW which should ensure we only take spill/fill traps at most and
restore %wstate after calling into OFW once we have taken over the trap
table. While at it, actually set WSTATE_{,PROM}_KMIX before calling into
OFW just like OpenSolaris does, which should at least help testing this
change on non-V1280.
- Remove comments referring to the %wstate usage in BSD/OS.
- Remove the no longer used RSF_ALIGN_RETRY macro.
- Correct some trap table addresses in comments.
- Ensure %wstate is set to WSTATE_KERNEL when taking over the trap table.
- Ensure PSTATE_AM is off when entering or exiting to OFW as well as that
interrupts are also completely off when exiting to OFW as the firmware
trap table shouldn't be used to handle our interrupts.
Check that gl_pathc is bigger than zero before derefencing gl_pathv.
When gl_pathc == 0, the content of gl_pathv is undefined.
PR: bin/144761
Submitted by: David BERARD <contact davidberard fr>
Obtained from: OpenBSD
Improve the KVA space sizing of r186682 (r190080); on machines with large
dTLBs we can actually use all of the available lockable entries of the tiny
dTLB for the kernel TSB. With this change the KVA space sizing happens to
be more in line with the MI one so up to at least 24GB machines KVA doesn't
need to be limited manually. This is just another stopgap though, the
real solution is to take advantage of ASI_ATOMIC_QUAD_LDD_PHYS on CPUs
providing it so we don't need to lock the kernel TSB pages into the dTLB
in the first place.
- Add TTE and context register bits for the additional page sizes supported
by UltraSparc-IV and -IV+ as well as SPARC64 V, VI, VII and VIIIfx CPUs.
- Replace TLB_PCXR_PGSZ_MASK and TLB_SCXR_PGSZ_MASK with TLB_CXR_PGSZ_MASK
which just is the complement of TLB_CXR_CTX_MASK instead of trying to
assemble it from the page size bits which vary across CPUs.
- Add macros for the remainder of the SFSR bits, which are useful for at
least debugging purposes.
Some machines can not only consist of CPUs running at different speeds
but also of different types, f.e. Sun Fire V890 can be equipped with a
mix of UltraSPARC IV and IV+ CPUs, requiring different MMU initialization
and different workarounds for model specific errata. Therefore move the
CPU implementation number from a global variable to the per-CPU data.
Functions which are called before the latter is available are passed the
implementation number as a parameter now.
- Add the 'cmp' and 'core' pseudo-busses which are used to group CPU cores
to the exclusion lists as the CPU nodes aren't handled as regular devices
either. Also add the pseudo-devices found in Sun Fire V1280.
- Allow nexus_attach() and nexus_alloc_resource() to be used by drivers
derived from nexus(4) for subordinate busses.
- Don't add the zero-sized memory resources of glue devices to the resource
lists.
- Search the whole OFW device tree instead of only the children of the
root nexus device for the CPUs as starting with UltraSPARC IV the 'cpu'
nodes hang off of from 'cmp' (chip multi-threading processor) or 'core'
or combinations thereof. Also in large UltraSPARC III based machines
the 'cpu' nodes hang off of 'ssm' (scalable shared memory) nodes which
group snooping-coherency domains together instead of directly from the
nexus.
It would be great if we could use newbus to deal with the different ways
the 'cpu' devices can hang off of pseudo ones but unfortunately both
cpu_mp_setmaxid() and sparc64_init() have to work prior to regular device
probing.
- Add support for UltraSPARC IV and IV+ CPUs. Due to the fact that these
are multi-core each CPU has two Fireplane config registers and thus the
module/target ID has to be determined differently so the one specific
to a certain core is used. Similarly, starting with UltraSPARC IV the
individual cores use a different property in the OFW device tree to
indicate the CPU/core ID as it no longer is in coincidence with the
shared slot/socket ID.
This involves changing the MD KTR code to not directly read the UPA
module ID either. We use the MID stored in the per-CPU data instead of
calling cpu_get_mid() as a replacement in order prevent clobbering any
registers as side-effect in the assembler version. This requires CATR()
invocations from mp_startup() prior to mapping the per-CPU pages to be
removed though.
While at it additionally distinguish between CPUs with Fireplane and
JBus interconnects as these also use slightly different sizes for the
JBus/agent/module/target IDs.
- Make sparc64_shutdown_final() static as it's not used outside of
machdep.c.
- At least the trap table of the Sun Fire V1280 firmware apparently has
no cleanwindows handler so just remove trying to trigger it from _start
and the AP trampoline code as that leads to a crash there. This should
be okay as leaking data from the OFW via the CPU registers on start of
the kernel should be no real concern.
- Make the comments of _start and the AP trampoline code regarding the
initializations they perform match each other and reality.
- Make the comments of the AP trampoline code regarding iTLB accesses
refer to the right macro.
Use the SUNW,{d,i}tlb-load methods for entering locked TLB entries like
OpenBSD and OpenSolaris do instead of fiddling with the MMUs ourselves.
Unlike direct access the firmware methods don't automatically use the
next free (?) TLB slot, instead the slot to be used has to be specified.
We allocate the TLB slots for the kernel top-down as OpenSolaris suggests
that the firmware will always allocate the ones for its own use bottom-up.
Besides being simpler, according to OpenBSD using the firmware methods is
required to allow booting on Sun Fire E10K with multi-systemboard domains.
- Assert that HEAPSZ is a multiple of PAGE_SIZE as at least the firmware
of Sun Fire V1280 doesn't round up the size itself but instead lets
claiming of non page-sized amounts of memory fail.
- Change parameters and variables related to the TLB slots to unsigned
which is more appropriate.
- Search the whole OFW device tree instead of only the children of the
root nexus device for the BSP as starting with UltraSPARC IV the 'cpu'
nodes hang off of from 'cmp' (chip multi-threading processor) or 'core'
or combinations thereof. Also in large UltraSPARC III based machines
the 'cpu' nodes hang off of 'ssm' (scalable shared memory) nodes which
group snooping-coherency domains together instead of directly from the
nexus.
- Add support for UltraSPARC IV and IV+ BSPs. Due to the fact that these
are multi-core each CPU has two Fireplane config registers and thus the
module/target ID has to be determined differently so the one specific
to a certain core is used. Similarly, starting with UltraSPARC IV the
individual cores use a different property in the OFW device tree to
indicate the CPU/core ID as it no longer is in coincidence with the
shared slot/socket ID.
While at it additionally distinguish between CPUs with Fireplane and
JBus interconnects as these also use slightly different sizes for the
JBus/agent/module/target IDs.
- Check the return value of init_heap(). This requires moving it after
cons_probe() so we can panic when appropriate. This should be fine as
the PowerPC OFW loader uses that order for quite some time now.
- Remove the BUS_HANDLE_MIN checking in the __BUS_DEBUG_ACCESS macro;
for UPA it should have fulfilled its purpose by now and Fireplane-
and JBus-based machines are way to messy in organization to implement
something equivalent.
- Fix a bunch of style(9) bugs.
- Const'ify the bus_stream_asi and bus_type_asi arrays.
- Replace hard-coded functions names missed in bus_machdep.c with __func__.
- Break some long lines.
- While SPARC V9 allows tininess to be detected either before or after
rounding (impl. dep. #55), the SPARC JPS1 responsible for SPARC64 and
UltraSPARC processors defines that in all cases tinyness is detected
before rounding, therefore rounding up to the smallest normalised
number should set the underflow flag.
- If an infinite result is rounded down, the result should have an
exponent 1 less than the value for infinity.
PR: 144900
Submitted by: Peter Jeremy
Division should take both arguments' signs into account when the
the dividend is infinity or zero and the divisor is not the same.
PR: 144900
Submitted by: Peter Jeremy
Use an unique directory name instead of hardcoded /tmp/.diskless.
A malicious user could create a file named /tmp/.diskless and cause
the script to misbehave.
PR: conf/141258
Checkin a facility for specifying a passthrough FIB from userland.
arcconf tool by Adaptec already seems to use for identifying the
Serial Number of the devices.
Sponsored by: Sandvine Incorporated
the problems related to the handling of broken DNSSEC trust chains.
This fix is only relevant for those who have DNSSEC validation
enabled and configure trust anchors from third parties, either
manually, or through a system like DLV.
r204019:
Include command type in COMMAND TIMEOUT messages to aid in debugging.
r203885:
Diff reduction with Adaptec's vendor driver.
Driver version 2.1.9 chosen as that Adaptec version roughly corresponds
with the current feature set merged to the in-tree driver.
r203801:
Garbage collect Falcon/PPC support that has not been used in released
products, based on discussion with Adaptec.
r198617:
Rename aac_srb32 to aac_srb, to match Adaptec's vendor driver.
Minor diff reduction with Adaptec's driver: in aac_release_command() set
cm_queue to AAC_ADAP_NORM_CMD_QUEUE by default. In every place it was
set, it was set to AAC_ADAP_NORM_CMD_QUEUE anyhow.
Use the same policy for rejecting / not-reject ACPI tables with incorrect
checksums as the base acpi(4) driver. This fixes a problem where the MADT
parser would reject the MADT table during early boot causing the MP Table
to be, but then the acpi(4) driver would attach and use non-SMP interrupt
routing.
- Extend the machine check record structure to include several fields useful
for parsing model-specific and other fields in machine check events
including the global machine check capabilities and status registers,
CPU identification, and the FreeBSD CPU ID.
- Report these added fields in the console log of a machine check so that
a record structure can be reconstituted from the console messages.
- Parse new architectural errors including memory controller errors.
The rmt client in GNU cpio could have a heap overflow when a malicious
remote tape service returns deliberately crafted packets containing
more data than requested.
Fix this by checking the returned amount of data and bail out when it
is more than what we requested.
PR: gnu/145010
Submitted by: naddy
Reviewed by: imp
Security: CVE-2010-0624
Print full path in the error message. It's possible that fts(3)
provides an empty fts_name and reporting the full path is more
appropriate especially with the -R option.
PR: bin/107515
Print out the family and model from the cpu_id. This is especially useful
given the advent of the extended family and extended model fields. The
values are printed in hex to match their common usage in documentation.
Add a "-x" option to chown(8)/chgrp(1) similar to the same option in
du(1), cp(1) etc, to prevent the crossing of mountpoints whilst using the
commands recursively.
PR: bin/130855
Submitted by: keramida
It seems PCI_OUR_REG_[1-5] registers are not mapped on PCI
configuration space on Yukon Ultra(88E8056) such that accesses to
these registers were NOPs which in turn make msk(4) instable on
this controller. Use indirect access method to access
PCI_OUR_REG_[1-5] registers. This should fix a long standing
instability bug which prevented msk(4) working on Yukon Ultra.
Special thanks to koitsu who gave me remote access to his system.
PR: kern/114631, kern/116853
r204975:
Enable hardware fixes for BCM5704 B0 as recommended by data sheet.
r204978:
Set maximum read byte count to 2048 for PCI-X BCM5703/5704 devices.
Also disable relaxed ordering as recommended by data sheet for
PCI-X devices. For PCI-X BCM5704, set maximum outstanding split
transactions to 0 as indicated by data sheet.
For BCM5703 in PCI-X mode, DMA read watermark should be less than
or equal to maximum read byte count configuration. Enforce this
limitation in DMA read watermark configuration.
r204979:
Fix typo in r204975.
r204981:
Fix typo in r204978.
Remove taskqueue based interrupt handling. After r204541 msk(4)
does not generate excessive interrupts any more so we don't need
to have two copies of interrupt handler.
While I'm here remove two STAT_PUT_IDX register accesses in LE
status event handler. After r204539 msk(4) always sync status LEs
so there is no need to resort to reading STAT_PUT_IDX register to
know the end of status LE processing. Just trust status LE's
ownership bit.
Implement rudimentary interrupt moderation with programmable
countdown timer register. The timer resolution may vary among
controllers but the value would be represented by core clock
cycles. msk(4) will automatically computes number of required clock
cycles from given micro-seconds unit.
The default interrupt holdoff timer value is 100us which will
ensure less than 10k interrupts under load. The timer value can be
changed with dev.mskc.0.int_holdoff sysctl node.
Note, the interrupt moderation is shared resource on dual-port
controllers so you can't use separate interrupt moderation value
for each port. This means we can't stop interrupt moderation in
driver stop routine. Also have msk_tick() reclaim transmitted Tx
buffers as safety belt. With this change there is no need to check
missing Tx completion interrupt in watchdog handler, so remove it.
- Cast intptr_t, pid_t and time_t values to intmax_t and use %jd with
printf.
- Cast the system call return value to long and use %ld in a printf in
ktrsysret().
PR: bin/123774
Disable TSO on BCM5755M controller until I understand better for
the issue. I still have no idea why TSO does not work on this
controller. davidch@ also confirmed there is no known TSO related
issues for this controller.
r204373:
Move TSO setup to new function bce_tso_setup(). Also remove VLAN
parsing code in TSO path as the controller requires VLAN hardware
tagging to make TSO work over VLANs.
While parsing the mbuf in TSO patch, always perform check for
writable mbuf as bce(4) have to reset IP length and IP checksum
field of IP header and make sure to ensure contiguous buffer before
accessing IP/TCP headers. While I'm here replace magic number 40 to
more readable sizeof(struct ip) + sizeof(struct tcphdr).
r204374:
Add TSO support on VLANs. bce(4) controllers require VLAN hardware
tagging to make TSO work on VLANs so explicitly disable TSO on VLAN
if VLAN hardware tagging is disabled.
r204368:
Allow disabling VLAN hardware tag stripping with software work
around. Management firmware(ASF/IPMI/UMP) requires the VLAN
hardware tag stripping so don't actually disable VLAN hardware tag
stripping. If VLAN hardware tag stripping was disabled, bce(4)
manually reconstruct VLAN frame by appending stripped VLAN tag.
Also remove unnecessary IFCAP_VLAN_MTU message.
r204370:
Make sure to stop controller first before changing MTU. And if
interface is not running don't initialize controller.
While here remove unnecessary update of error variable.
r204371:
Make toggling TSO, VLAN hardware checksum offloading work. Also fix
TX/RX checksum handler to set/clear relavant assist bits which was
used to cause unexpected results.
With this change, bce(4) can be bridged with other interfaces that
lack TSO, VLAN checksum offloading.
r204372:
Prefer m_collapse(9) over m_defrag(9).
r204363:
Optimize inserting LE for TX checksum computation. Controller does
not require checksum LE configuration if checksum start and write
position is the same as before. So keep track last checksum start
and write position and insert new LE whenever the position is
changed. This reduces number of LEs used in TX path as well as
slightly enhance TX performance.
r204365:
Don't hardcod register offset to set PCIe max read request size.
The register offset is not valid on 88E8072 controller. Also don't
blindly increase max read request size to 4096, instead, use 2048
which seems to be more sane value and only change the value if the
hardware default size(512) was used on that register.
For PCIX controllers, use system defined constant rather than using
magic value.
While I'm here stop showing negotiated link width.
r204366:
Allocate single MSI message. msk(4) used to allocate 2 MSI messages
for controllers like 88E8053 which reports two MSI messages.
Because we don't get anything useful things with 2 MSI messages,
allocating 1 MSI message would be more sane approach.
While I'm here, enable MSI for dual-port controllers too. Because
status block is shared for dual-port controllers, I don't think
msk(4) will encounter problem for using MSI on dual-port
controllers.
r204367:
Remove trailing white spaces.
r204539:
Properly sync status LEs after processing.
r204540:
Make sure to enable flow-control only if established link is
full-duplex. Previously msk(4) used to allow flow-control on
1000baseT half-duplex media. Also GMAC pause is enabled if link
partner is capable of handling it.
While I'm here use IFM_OPTIONS instead of using IFM_GMASK to check
optional flags of link.
r204361:
Reuse the configured LE for VLAN if new LE was created for TSO.
Only old controllers need to create new LE for TSO. This change
makes TSO work over VLANs.
r204362:
Add TSO support on VLANs. Controller requires VLAN hardware tagging
to make TSO work over VLANs.
r204228:
Add TSO support on VLANs. Also make sure to update TSO capability
whenever jumbo frame is configured.
While I'm here remove unnecessary check of VLAN hardware checksum
offloading. vlan(4) already takes care of this.
r204230:
Remove Tx mbuf parsing code for VLAN in TSO path. Controller does
not support TSO over VLAN if VLAN hardware tagging is disabled so
there is no need to check VLAN here.
r204155:
Increase PCIe maximuim read request size to 2048. Because re(4) uses
Tx DMA burst size 2048, I beleive PCIe maximum read request size
also should match to the value of Tx DMA burst size. With this
change I can get more than 800Mbps for TCP bulk transfers.
Previously I was not able to get more than 700Mbps. If I enable TSO
it now shows 927Mbps.
r204219:
Add TSO on VLANs. Because re(4) has a TSO limitation for jumbo
frame, make sure to update VLAN capabilities whenever jumbo frame
is configured.
While I'm here rearrange interface capabilities configuration. The
controller requires VLAN hardware tagging to make TSO work on VLANs
so explicitly check this requirement.
r204151:
Add TSO support on VLAN. Controller requires VLAN hardware tagging
to make TSO work on VLAN. So if VLAN hardware tagging is disabled
explicitly clear TSO on VLAN. While I'm here remove duplicated
VLAN_CAPABILITIES call.
r204223:
Remove Tx mbuf parsing code for VLAN in TSO path. Controller does
not support TSO over VLAN if VLAN hardware tagging is disabled so
there is no need to check VLAN here.
While I'm here make sure to pullup IP/TCP headers in the first
buffer.
The Australian Antartic Division:
- Macquarie Island will stay on UTC+11 for winter and not switch back from DST.
- Casey station reverted to its normal time of UTC+8 on 5 March 2010.
- Davis station will revert to its normal time of UTC+7 at 10 March 2010
- Mawson station stays on UTC+5.
Syria will start DST on Thursday 1 April 2010 at midnight.
Correct Samao DST start date (26 Sep vs 24 Oct)
Fix a long standing regression of readdir(3) in fdescfs(5) introduced
in r1.48. We were stopping at the first null pointer when multiple file
descriptors were opened and one in the middle was closed. This restores
traditional behaviour of fdescfs.
Tidy up callout for select(2) and read timeout.
- Add a missing callout_drain(9) before the descriptor deallocation.[1]
- Prefer callout_init_mtx(9) over callout_init(9) and let the callout
subsystem handle the mutex for callout function.
PR: kern/144453
Submitted by: Alexander Sack (asack at niksun dot com)[1]
Add TSO support on VLANs. Intentionally separated IFCAP_VLAN_HWTSO
from IFCAP_VLAN_HWTAGGING. I think some hardwares may be able to
TSO over VLAN without VLAN hardware tagging.
Driver changes and userland support will follow.
Use thr_once() with once_t controls to initialize various thread_key_t
objects used to provide per-thread storage in the RPC code. Almost all
of these used double-checking with a dedicated mutex (tsd_lock) to do this
before. However, that is not always safe with more relaxed memory orders.
There were also other bugs, such as one in __rpc_createrr() that caused a
new key to be allocated each time __rpc_createrr() was invoked.
In _gettemp(), check that the length of the path doesn't exceed
MAXPATHLEN. Otherwise the path name (or part of it) may not fit to
carrybuf causing a buffer overflow.
PR: bin/140228
- Added a workaround for NC-SI management firmware that would allow
frames to be accepted while the driver is resetting the hardware.
This failure is generally observed when broadcast frames are received
during driver load and will generate "Unable to write CTX memory"
errors.
- Small changes to driver flags display.
PR: kern/135836, kern/140684
r203358:
PCI express device status register has W1C feature. Writing 0 has
no effect. Make sure to clear error bits by writing 1. [1]
While I'm here use predefined value instead of hardcodig magic
vlaue.
Submitted by: msaitoh at NetBSD [1]
r203716:
Move device specific flag configuration to attach routine.
The softc obtained in device probe wouldn't be the same one used in
device attach. Drivers should not assume any values stored in softc
structure in probe routine will be available for its attach routine.
r202821:
Fix a long standing ASF heartbeat sending bug. The initial
implementation of heartbeat interval was 2 but there was typo which
caused the heartbeat is sent approximately every 5 seconds. This
caused unintended controller reset by firmware because firmware
thought OS was crashed.
Submitted by: Floris Bos < info <> je-eigen-domein dot nl >
Tested by: Andrzej Tobola < ato <> iem dot pw dot edu dot pl >
r202822:
Use new handshake command for BCM5750 or new controllers.
Add support for a few more Sony-specific ACPI features (default display
brightness, wired LAN power and bass gain), and update the description of
one previously unknown feature (display contrast). While here, expand on
a comment and remove two defines left over from an old version of the code.
Also update man page to document the above changes, and correct grammar.
PR: kern/127581
Remove dead code. This section of code is only run in the
(sblock.fs_magic == FS_UFS1_MAGIC) case, so the check within the
loop is redundant.
Merge 203835 from head:
When growing a UFS1 filesystem, we need to initialise all inodes in any new
cylinder groups that are created. When the filesystem is first created,
newfs always initialises the first two blocks of inodes, and then in the
UFS1 case will also initialise the remaining inode blocks. The changes in
growfs.c 1.23 broke the initialisation of all inodes, seemingly based on
this implementation detail in newfs(8). The result was that instead of
initialising all inodes, we would actually end up initialising all but the
first two blocks of inodes. If the filesystem was grown into empty
(all-zeros) space then the resulting filesystem was fine, however when
grown onto non-zeroed space the filesystem produced would appear to have
massive corruption on the first fsck after growing.
A test case for this problem can be found in the PR audit trail.
Fix this by once again initialising all inodes in the UFS1 case.
PR: bin/115174
Submitted by: "Nate Eldredge" <nge cs.hmc.edu>
Reviewed by: mjacob
The -newerXB option was being interpreted the same as the -newerXm option
as a check for F_TIME2_B was missing. Fix this.
PR: bin/138245
Submitted by: "David E. Cross" <crossd cs.rpi.edu>
Make it more clear in the docs that -a is not compatible with -iFU,
and enforce this in the code. Apparently a lot of users mistakenly
combine -a with these flags and are then mystified that no changes
were made.
While I'm here, fix a trailing space in mergemaster.8
According to the Linux sungem driver, in case of Apple (K2) GMACs
GEM_MIF_CONFIG_MDI0 cannot be trusted when the firmware has powered
down the chip so the internal transceiver has to be hardcoded. This
is also in line with the AppleGMACEthernet driver, which just doesn't
distinguish between internal/external transceiver and MDIO/MDI1
respectively in the first place. Tested by: Andreas Tobler
- The OPSZ macro actually only does the right thing for int32 and int64
operands but not for double and extended double ones. Instead of trying
to fix the macro just nuke it and unroll the loops in the correct way
though as extended double operands turn out to be the only special case.
- For FxTO{s,d,q} the source operand is int64 so rs2 has to be re-decoded
after setting type accordingly as it's generally decoded using the low
2 bits as the type, which are 0 for these three instructions.
- Similarly, in case of F{s,d,q}TOx the target is int64 so rd has to be
re-decoded using not only the operand mask appropriate for int64 but
also the correct register number encoding.
- Use const where appropriate.
- Wrap long lines.
Submitted by: Peter Jeremy (partly)
Implement an "-x" option to cp(1), for compatibility with Linux and
feature parity with du(1) and similar: When set, cp(1) will not traverse
mount points.
PR: bin/88056
Initial patch by: Graham J Lee <leeg teaching.physics.ox.ac.uk>
Traditionally, grdc would obtain time through time(3) which in turn gets
only the second part of clock (CLOCK_SECOND), and sleep for 1 second after
each screen refresh.
This approach would have two problems. First, we are not guaranteed to
be waken up at the beginning of a whole second, which will typically
exhibit as a "lag" on second number. Second, because we sleep for whole
second, and the refresh process would take some time, the error would
accumulate from time to time, making the lag variable.
Make grdc(6) to use time(3) to get time only at the beginning, and sample
time in CLOCK_REALTIME_FAST granularity after refreshing, and use the
nanosecond part to caculate how much time we want to sleep.
PR: bin/120813
Change the way shutdown is handled for log file.
pmc_flush_logfile is now non-blocking and just ask the kernel
to shutdown the file. From that point, no more data is
accepted by the log thread and when the last buffer is flushed
the file is closed.
This will remove a deadlock between pmcstat asking for
flush while it cannot flush the pipe itself.
Change the way shutdown is handled for log file.
pmc_flush_logfile is now non-blocking and just ask the kernel
to shutdown the file. From that point, no more data is
accepted by the log thread and when the last buffer is flushed
the file is closed.
This will remove a deadlock between pmcstat asking for
flush while it cannot flush the pipe itself.
Remove programming LED register and enable 25MHz TX clock for
88E1149 PHY. This will fix intermittent watchdog timeouts as well
as very slow network performance on 88E8072 Yukon Extreme.
PR: kern/144148
Sync acpi_video(4) with HEAD.
r197438:
Uninline an instance of STAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE().
r203810:
Implement LCD brightness control notify handler.
r203813:
Make sanity check slightly more useful and tweak an error message.
r203935:
Add support for `cycle' and `zero' events for LCD brightness control.
r203936:
Rename some macros to clarify their intentions and fix style nits.
The correct value of DEL is 0x7f, not 0xff. This is purely a documentation
issue - od(1) and hexdump(1) behave as expected.
PR: docs/143869
Submitted by: gcooper
in the topology map were present and enabled. Booting a system with
hyperthreading and at least one CPU would cause ULE to attempt to use a
disabled CPU when rebalancing load resulting in a panic. This is a direct
commit to 7 as the topology code is different in 8 and later.
Print the contents of the miscellaneous (MISC) register to the console if
it is valid along with the other register values when a machine check is
encountered.
- Adjust beginning / end of DST in Bangladesh (minimal impact)
- Fiji ends DST one month earlier to last Sunday of March
- Samoa changes
- Chile extends DST until 3 April this year.
- Reorganize code in 'plugin' to share log processing.
- Kcachegrind (calltree) support with assembly/source
code mapping and call count estimator (-F).
- Top mode for calltree and callgraph plugin (-T).
Do not restrict the allowed signals that can be specified by number
to the list of signals that has symbolic name. It was impossible to
send rt signals with kill(1) due to the check.
Document the interaction between /etc/devfs.conf and
/etc/defaults/devfs.conf
PR: docs/117308
Submitted by: Mel <mel.xyzzy rachie.is-a-geek.net> (partially)
Optimize pmap_demote_pde() by using the new KPTmap to access a kernel
page table page instead of creating a temporary mapping to it.
Set the PG_G bit on the page table entries that implement the KPTmap.
Locore initializes the unused portions of the NKPT kernel page table
pages that it allocates to zero. So, pmap_bootstrap() needn't zero
the page table entries referenced by CMAP1 and CMAP3.
Simplify pmap_set_pg().
These fixes correct a problem in the file system that treats large
inode numbers as negative rather than unsigned. For a default
(16K block) file system, this bug began to show up at a file system
size above about 16Tb.
These fixes also update newfs to ensure that it will never create a
filesystem with more than 2^32 inodes.
They also update libufs, tunefs, and growfs so that they properly
handle inode numbers as unsigned.
Reported by: Scott Burns, John Kilburg, and Bruce Evans
Followup by: Jeff Roberson
PR: 133980
Introduce new rc.conf variable firewall_coscripts. It can be used to
specify list of executables and/or rc scripts that should be executed
after firewall starts/stops.
Submitted by: Yuri Kurenkov <y dot kurenkov at init dot ru>
Reviewed by: rhodes, rc@
Initialize the execfile argument to NULL instead of _PATH_DEVNULL. This allows
the -M option to be used without specifying -N.
Approved by: rrs (mentor)
Fix mptutil's method for locating disk devices attached to a specific
mpt(4) controller. Previously, the code assumed that multiple match
patterns provided to an XPT_DEV_MATCH request were ANDed together.
Instead, they are ORed. Instead, to match peripherals for a specific bus,
one query needs to be performed to lookup the path ID of the bus. A second
query can then be performed matching peripherals attached to that path.
This approach also makes the code a bit cleaner as the returned match
results do not mix buses and perphierals.
- Don't emit a warning in 'show adapter' if the IOC2 or IOC6 pages are not
present. mpt(4) controllers that do not support RAID do not have an IOC6
page, for example.
- Correct a check for a missing page error in a debug function.
Our standard "xterm" termcap entry supports colour, so this tip is redundant.
As it happens, "xterm-color" has just been an alias for "xterm" since
src/share/termcap/termcap.src 1.131 in September 2002.
PR: docs/132959
The multiplicand a = 0x5deece66d = 25214903917, not 0xfdeece66d.
This bug in the man page has gone unnoticed for over 15 years!
PR: docs/143461
Submitted by: Jeremy Huddleston jeremyhu apple.com
- Return EAFNOSUPPORT instead of EINVAL for unsupported address family,
this matches the Linux behavior.
- Check if we have sufficient space allocated for socket structure, which
fixes a buffer overflow when wrong length is being passed into the
emulation layer. [1]
PR: kern/138860
Submitted by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik gmail com>
Reported by: Alexander Best [1]
than the APIC ID of the boot CPU prior to SI_SUB_SMP. This resulted in
some storage controllers not being able to enumerate attached devices when
using MSI/MSI-X interrupts. This only affects <= 7.x, so it is a direct
commit to 7 rather than an MFC.
Reviewed by: scottl
Approved by: re (kib)
Placate new binutils, by using 16-bit %ax instead of 32-bit %eax as an
argument for fnstsw. Explicitely specify sizes for the XMM control and
status word and X87 control and status words.
Approved by: re (bz)
fixes since the release of 9.4.3, including the most recent -P5 security
fix detailed below.
From the README:
BIND 9.4-ESV will be supported until December 31, 2010, at
which time you will need to upgrade to the current release
of BIND.
This versions address the following vulnerabilities:
BIND 9 Cache Update from Additional Section
https://www.isc.org/advisories/CVE-2009-4022v6http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2009-4022
A nameserver with DNSSEC validation enabled may incorrectly add
unauthenticated records to its cache that are received during the
resolution of a recursive client query
BIND 9 DNSSEC validation code could cause bogus NXDOMAIN responses
https://www.isc.org/advisories/CVE-2010-0097http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2010-0097
There was an error in the DNSSEC NSEC/NSEC3 validation code that could
cause bogus NXDOMAIN responses (that is, NXDOMAIN responses for records
proven by NSEC or NSEC3 to exist) to be cached as if they had validated
correctly
These issues only affect systems with DNSSEC validation enabled.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
Loaded 100 of 6333 files, more files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff.
Show more
Reference in new issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
Dimitry Andric